Ncar PDF

NEPALESE CIVIL AIRWORTHINESS REQUIREMENTS
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

ISSUE 2
JANUARY 2009
ISSUE AMENDMENT
CHAPTER PAGE DATE OF ISSUE DATE OF ISSUE
NUMBER NUMBER
i 2 JANAURY 2009
ii 2 JANAURY 2009
iii 2 JANAURY 2009
iv 2 JANAURY 2009
LIST OF EFFEC-
v 2 JANAURY 2009
TIVE PAGES
vi 2 JANAURY 2009
vii 2 JANAURY 2009
viii 2 JANAURY 2009
ix 2 JANAURY 2009
i 10 JANAURY 2009
CONTENTS ii 10 JANAURY 2009
iii 10 JANAURY 2009
RECORD OF i 2 JANAURY 2009
AMENDMENT
FOREWORD i 4 JANAURY 2009
SECTION A
1 4 JANAURY 2009
2 4 JANAURY 2009
3 4 JANAURY 2009
4 4 JANAURY 2009
5 4 JANAURY 2009
CHAPTER A1
6 4 JANAURY 2009
7 4 JANAURY 2009
8 4 JANAURY 2009
9 4 JANAURY 2009
10 4 JANAURY 2009
1 3 JANAURY 2009
CHAPTER A.2
2 3 JANAURY 2009
1 3 JANAURY 2009
CHAPTER A.3
2 3 JANAURY 2009
1 2 JANAURY 2009
CHAPTER A.4
2 2 JANAURY 2009
SECTION B
1 4 JANAURY 2009 1 14 July 2013
2 4 JANAURY 2009 1 14 July 2013
3 4 JANAURY 2009 1 14 July 2013
4 4 JANAURY 2009 1 14 July 2013
5 4 JANAURY 2009 1 14 July 2013
INSTRUCTION
6 4 JANAURY 2009 1 14 July 2013
APPENDIX 1
1 4 JANAURY 2009 1 14 July 2013
2 4 JANAURY 2009 1 14 July 2013
CHAPTER B.1
APPENDIX 2
1 4 JANAURY 2009 1 14 July 2013
APPENDIX 3
2 4 JANAURY 2009 1 14 July 2013
3 4 JANAURY 2009 1 14 July 2013
4 4 JANAURY 2009 1 14 July 2013
APPENDIX 4
1 4 JANAURY 2009 1 14 July 2013
2 4 JANAURY 2009 1 14 July 2013
3 4 JANAURY 2009 1 14 July 2013
i
NCAR, List of Effective pages Issue 1, March 2002
Amendment 4 Dec 2013
ISSUE 2
JANUARY 2009
ISSUE AMENDMENT
NUMBER NUMBER
APPENDIX 5
CHAPTER B.1
1 1 14 July 2013
1 4 JANAURY 2009 4 December 2013
CHAPTER B.2 8 4 JANAURY 2009 4 December 2013
APPENDIX 1
APPENDIX 2
APPENDIX 3
1 1 SEPTEMBER 1982 1 MARCH 2002
CHAPTER B.3
1 2 MARCH 2013 1 14 July 2013
2 2 MARCH 2013 1 14 July 2013
3 2 MARCH 2013 1 14 July 2013
4 2 MARCH 2013 1 14 July 2013
5 2 MARCH 2013 1 14 July 2013
6 2 MARCH 2013 1 14 July 2013
APPENDIX I
CHAPTER B.4
1 2 MARCH 2013 1 14 July 2013
2 2 MARCH 2013 1 14 July 2013
APPENDIX II
3 2 MARCH 2013 1 14 July 2013
APPENDIX III
4 2 MARCH 2013 1 14 July 2013
5 2 MARCH 2013 1 14 July 2013
1 4 JANAURY 2009
2 4 JANAURY 2009
3 4 JANAURY 2009
4 4 JANAURY 2009
5 4 JANAURY 2009
6 4 JANAURY 2009
7 4 JANAURY 2009
CHAPTER B.5
APPENDIX 1
1 3 JULY 2002
2 3 JULY 2002
APPENDIX 2
1 3 JULY 2002
APPENDIX 3
1 3 JULY 2002
1 1 SEPTEMBER 1996 1 JULY 2002
CHAPTER B.6 6 1 SEPTEMBER 1996 1 JULY 2002
APPENDIX 1
1 2 JULY 2002
2 2 JULY 2002
APPENDIX 2
1 2 JULY 2002
ii
ISSUE 2
JANUARY 2009
ISSUE AMENDMENT
NUMBER NUMBER
SECTION C
1 4 JANAURY 2009 1 FEBRUARY 2010
CHAPTER C.1
CHAPTER C.2 2 1 SEPTEMBER 1982 1 JULY 2002
1 2 JANAURY 2009
2 2 JANAURY 2009
CHAPTER C.3 3 2 JANAURY 2009
APPENDIX 1 AND APPENDIX 2
4 2 JANAURY 2009
APPENDIX 1
CHAPTER C.4 1 4 JANAURY 2009 1 FEBRUARY 2010
1 4 JANAURY 2009
2 4 JANAURY 2009
CHAPTER C.5
3 4 JANAURY 2009
4 4 JANAURY 2009
1 1 SEPTEMBER 1982 2 APRIL 2013
CHAPTER C.6 4 1 SEPTEMBER 1982 2 APRIL 2013
APPENDIX 1
CHAPTER C.7
APPENDIX 1
1 1 MARCH 2002
CHAPTER C.8
iii
ISSUE 2
JANUARY 2009
ISSUE AMENDMENT
NUMBER NUMBER
1 2 JANAURY 2009
2 2 JANAURY 2009
APPENDIX 1
CHAPTER C.9 1 2 JULY 2002 1 JULY 2002
2 2 JULY 2002 1 JULY 2002
APPENDIX 2
1 2 JULY 2002
2 2 JULY 2002
CHAPTER C.10
1 2 JANAURY 2009
2 2 JANAURY 2009
3 2 JANAURY 2009
4 2 JANAURY 2009
APPENDIX 1
1 2 JULY 2002
CHAPTER C.11 2 2 JULY 2002
3 2 JULY 2002
APPENDIX 2
1 2 JULY 2002
2 2 JULY 2002
3 2 JULY 2002
4 2 JULY 2002
1 1 FEBRUARY 1983 1 MARCH 2002
CHAPTER C.12
APPENDIX 1
CHAPTER C.13 3 1 FEBRUARY 1983 1 MARCH 2002
APPENDIX 1
1 1 MARCH 2002
1 1 SEPTEMBER 1996 2 JANAURY 2009
CHAPTER C.14
APPENDIX 1
CHAPTER C.15
CHAPTER C.16
iv
1 2 JANAURY 2009
2 2 JANAURY 2009
3 2 JANAURY 2009
4 2 JANAURY 2009
5 2 JANAURY 2009
7 2 JANAURY 2009
8 2 JANAURY 2009
9 2 JANAURY 2009
10 2 JANAURY 2009
11 2 JANAURY 2009
1 2 JANAURY 2009
2 2 JANAURY 2009
3 2 JANAURY 2009
4 2 JANAURY 2009
5 2 JANAURY 2009
6 2 JANAURY 2009
7 2 JANAURY 2009
8 2 JANAURY 2009
9 2 JANAURY 2009
11 2 JANAURY 2009
12 2 JANAURY 2009
13 2 JANAURY 2009
14 2 JANAURY 2009
15 2 JANAURY 2009
16 2 JANAURY 2009
17 2 JANAURY 2009
18 2 JANAURY 2009
19 2 JANAURY 2009
1 01 FEBRUARY 2010 1 14 July 2013
2 01 FEBRUARY 2010 1 14 July 2013
3 01 FEBRUARY 2010 1 14 July 2013
4 01 FEBRUARY 2010 1 14 July 2013
5 01 FEBRUARY 2010 1 14 July 2013
6 01 FEBRUARY 2010 1 14 July 2013
7 01 FEBRUARY 2010 1 14 July 2013
8 01 FEBRUARY 2010 1 14 July 2013
9 01 FEBRUARY 2010 1 14 July 2013
10 01 FEBRUARY 2010 1 14 July 2013
11 01 FEBRUARY 2010 1 14 July 2013
CHAPTER C.20
12 01 FEBRUARY 2010 1 14 July 2013
13 01 FEBRUARY 2010 1 14 July 2013
14 01 FEBRUARY 2010 1 14 July 2013
15 01 FEBRUARY 2010 1 14 July 2013
16 01 FEBRUARY 2010 1 14 July 2013
17 01 FEBRUARY 2010 1 14 July 2013
18 01 FEBRUARY 2010 1 14 July 2013
19 01 FEBRUARY 2010 1 14 July 2013
20 01 FEBRUARY 2010 1 14 July 2013
21 01 FEBRUARY 2010 1 14 July 2013
22 01 FEBRUARY 2010 1 14 July 2013
v
ISSUE 2
JANUARY 2009
ISSUE AMENDMENT
NUMBER NUMBER
SECTION D
CHAPTER D.1
APPENDIX 1
1 1 OCTOBER 1982 1 JULY 2002
APPENDIX 2
1 1 OCTOBER 1982 1 JULY 2002
1 2 JULY 2002
2 2 JULY 2002
3 2 JULY 2002
4 2 JULY 2002
CHAPTER D.2
APPENDIX 1
1 2 JULY 2002
APPENDIX 2
1 2 JANUARY 2009
1 1 NOVEMBER 1994 1 MARCH 2002
CHAPTER D.3
1 1 OCTOBER 1982 1 MARCH 2002
CHAPTER D.4 4 1 OCTOBER 1982 1 MARCH 2002
APPENDIX 1
1 1 MARCH 2002
1 1 APRIL 1983 1 MARCH 2002
2 1 APRIL 1983 1 MARCH 2002
CHAPTER D.5
3 1 APRIL 1983 1 MARCH 2002
4 1 APRIL 1983 1 MARCH 2002
CHAPTER D.6
vi
ISSUE 2
JANUARY 2009
ISSUE AMENDMENT
NUMBER NUMBER
1 5 SEPTEMBER 2011
2 5 SEPTEMBER 2011
3 5 SEPTEMBER 2011
CHAPTER D.7
4 5 SEPTEMBER 2011
5 5 SEPTEMBER 2011
6 5 SEPTEMBER 2011
CHAPTER D.8
CHAPTER D.9 To be issued
CHAPTER D.10 2 1 SEPTEMBER 1996 1 JULY 2002
SECTION E
CHAPTER E.1
1 4 JANAURY 2009 1 14 July 2013
2 4 JANAURY 2009 1 14 July 2013
CHAPTER E.2 3 4 JANAURY 2009 1 14 July 2013
4 4 JANAURY 2009 1 14 July 2013
5 4 JANAURY 2009 1 14 July 2013
CHAPTER E.3
CHAPTER E.4 2 1 NOVEMBER 1982 1 MARCH 2002
CHAPTER E.5
1 1 JANUARY 1983 1 MARCH 2002
CHAPTER E.6 2 1 JANUARY 1983 1 MARCH 2002
3 1 JANUARY 1983 1 MARCH 2002
1 2 JANAURY 2009
2 2 JANAURY 2009
CHAPTER E.7
3 2 JANAURY 2009
4 2 JANAURY 2009
1 2 JANAURY 2009
2 2 JANAURY 2009
CHAPTER E.8
3 2 JANAURY 2009
4 2 JANAURY 2009
SECTION F
1 4 JANAURY 2009
2 4 JANAURY 2009
CHAPTER F.1 3 4 JANAURY 2009
4 4 JANAURY 2009
5 4 JANAURY 2009
1 3 MARCH 2002
2 3 MARCH 2002
CHAPTER F.2
3 3 MARCH 2002
4 3 MARCH 2002
vii
ISSUE 2
JANUARY 2009
ISSUE AMENDMENT
NUMBER NUMBER
APPENDIX 1
1 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
2 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
3 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
4 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
5 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
6 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
7 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
8 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
9 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
10 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
11 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
12 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
13 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
14 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
15 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
16 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
17 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
18 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
19 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
CHAPTER F.3
20 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
21 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
22 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
23 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
24 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
25 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
APPENDIX 2
1 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
2 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
3 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
4 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
5 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
6 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
7 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
8 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
9 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
10 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
11 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
12 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
13 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
14 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
15 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
16 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
17 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
viii
ISSUE 2
JANUARY 2009
ISSUE AMENDMENT
NUMBER NUMBER
APPENDIX 2
18 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
19 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
CHAPTER F.3 20 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
21 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
22 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
23 1 SEPTEMBER 1982
CHAPTER F.4
1 3 MARCH 2002
2 3 MARCH 2002
3 3 MARCH 2002
CHAPTER F.5 APPENDIX 1
1 3 JULY 2002
APPENDIX 2
1 3 JULY 2002
ix
NEPALESE CIVIL AIRWROTHINESS REQUIREMENTS
CONTENTS
ISSUE 10
JANUARY 2009
CHAPTER TITLE ISSUE NO. DATE

Foreword 4 January 2009
SECTION A. GENERAL
A.1 Definitions in N.C.A.R. 4 January 2009
A.2 Procedure for Issue of NCAR, and its Amendments 3 January 2009
A.3 Responsibility of Owner or Operator and Civil Aviation 3 January 2009
Authority of Nepal
A.4 Categories of Aircraft 2 January 2009
SECTION B. AIRWORTHINESS CERTIFICATION
B.1 Type Certificates 4 January 2009

B.2 Issue, Validation or Renewal of a Certificate of Airworthiness 4 January 2009
B.3 Export Certificate of Airworthiness 1 September 1982
B.4 Permit to Fly / Special Flight Permit 2 March 2013
B.5 Registration of Aircraft 4 January 2009
B.6 Requirements for Manufacture, Registration and
Airworthiness Control of Hot Air Balloons 1 September 1996
SECTION C. MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS
C.1 Maintenace of Aircraft 4 January 2009

C.2 Certification of Maintenance 1 September 1982
C.3 Maintenance Release and Certificate of Fitness for Flight 2 January 2009
C.4 Maintenance Schedules 4 January 2009
C.5 Airworthiness Directives, Modifications and Repairs 4 January 2009
C.6 Weight and Balance 1 September 1982
C.7 Duplicate Inspection of Flying Controls 1 September 1982
C.8 Flight Testing 1 September 1982
C.9 Defect Reporting 2 January 2009
C.10 Fuel and Oil 1 September 1982
C.11 Safety Equipment 2 January 2009
i
NCAR , Contents Issue 9, March 2002
CONTENTS
C.12 Calibration of Compassess 1 February 1983
C.13 Radio Stations 1 February 1983
C.14 Structural Integrity Requirements for Aging Aircraft 1 September 1996
C.15 Corrosion Prevention and Control Program for Aircraft 1 September 1996
C.16 Aircraft Leasing Requirements 1 September 1996
C.17 Cockpit Voice Rerorder 2 January 2009
C.18 Flight Data Recorder 2 January 2009
C.19 Continuing Airworthiness/ Maintenance Requirements for 1 May 2009
CAT II and/or CAT III Airworthiness Approval
C.20 Requirements for Implementation of Reduced Vertical 1 February 2010
Seperation Minimum (RVSM)
SECTION D. APPROVAL PROCEDURES
D.1 Maintenance Organizations 2 January 2009

D.2 Design Organizations 2 July 2002
D.3 Storage and Supply Organizations 1 November 1994
D.4 Training Courses and Training Organizations 1 October 1982
D.5 Periods Between Overhauls and Component Life Limitations 1 April 1983
D.6 Welders 1 November 1994
D.7 Non-Destructive Test Personnel 5 September 2011
D.8 Materials and Parts 1 November 1994
D.9 Glider and Sport Flying To be issued
D.10 Approval of Airborne Global Positioning Systems (GPS)
Installation in Aircraft for IFR Operation 1 September 1996
SECTION E. MANUALS AND RECORDS
E.1 Documents to be Carried in Flight 2 January 2009

E.2 Operator's Maintenance Control Manual/Engineering
Procedure Manual 4 January 2009
E.3 Manufactures' Manuals and Technical Data 1 October 1982
E.4 Flight Manual 1 November 1982
E.5 Crew Manual 1 November 1982
E.6 Technical Log 1 January 1983
E.7 Aircraft, Engine and Propeller Logbooks 2 January 2009
E.8 Deficiency List (Minimum Equipment List-MEL) 2 January 2009
ii
CONTENTS
SECTION F. AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN LICENSES
F.1 License Categories, Ratings and Privileges 4 January 2009

F.2 License Grant, Extension and Renewal 3 March 2002
F.3 License Knowledge and Experience Requirements 1 September 1982
Appendix 1: Syllabi of Examinations for Aircraft

Maintenace Technicians Licenses 1 September 1982
Appendix 2: Experience Required for Grant and Extension

of License Categories and Ratings 1 September 1982
F.4 Responsibilities of Licensed Aircraft Maintenance Technicians 1 September 1982

F.5 Recognition of Foreign Licenses 3 March 2002
iii
NEPALEE CIVIL AIRWORTHINESS REQUIREMENTS
RECORD OF ISSUES/AMENDMENTS
Issues/Amendments
Issue/amendment Date issued Entered by Date entered
No.
1 February 2010 Sun Keshari 5 March 2010
2 April 2013 Sun Keshari 3 May 2013
3 14 July 2013 Sun Keshari 16 July 2013
4 December 2013 Sun Keshari 29 Dec 2013
Issue 1, January 1983

Amendment 4, Dec 2013
CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY OF NEPAL
Foreword
Nepalese Civil Airworthiness Requirements, known hereafter as NCAR January 2009

edition have been issued by Director General pursuant to Rule 82 of Civil Aviation
Regulation 2002 (2058 B.S.). These Requirements complement and amplify the Civil
Aviation Regulation 2002 (2058 B.S.).
The Requirements have been developed in line with latest amendments to Annexes 1,
6,7,8 and 16 to convention in order to fulfill the state's obligation towards implementation
of International Civil Aviation Organization(ICAO) standard and recommended practices
of ICAO.
This issue of NCAR supersedes the applicable Requirements of previous issues. These
Requirements are applicable to all Nepalese registered aircraft, and, if specifically stated,
to foreign aircraft operating in Nepal. These Requirements are also applicable to AOC
holders, maintenance organizations, supplier organizations and owners and operators of
aircrafts apart from concerned persons or agency mentioned therein.
This issue of NCAR comes into force with effective from 30th January 2009.
(Keshab Raj Khanal)

Director General
Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal
SECTION A
GENERAL
CHAPTER A.1 ISSUE 4

JANUARY 2009
DEFINITIONS IN N. C. A. R.
In these Requirements, unless the context otherwise requires, the following definitions shall
apply:
Accepted means satisfying the applicable prevailing rules, regulations and requirements.
'AMT' means holder of aircraft maintenance technician licence in accordance with NCAR
Section F and/or NCAR Part-66.
Aerial Work means an aircraft operation in which an aircraft is used for specialized services
such as agriculture, construction, photography, surveying, observation, and patrol, search and
rescue, aerial advertisement, etc.
Aeroplane' means a power-driven heavier-than-air aircraft, deriving its lift in flight chiefly
from aerodynamic reactions on the surfaces which remain fixed under given conditions of flight.
Air Operator' means a person, organization or enterprise who is the holder of an Air Operator
Certificate.
'Air Operator Certificate' means a certificate issued by the Director General pursuant to the
Rules that authorizes the operator to carryout specified commercial air transport pperations.
'Aircraft' means any machine that can derive support in the atmosphere from the reactions of
the air, other than the reactions of the air against the earth's surface.
Aircraft- category means classification of aircraft according to specified basic characteristics,
e.g. aeroplane, helicopter, glider, free balloon.
Aircraft- type of means all aircraft of the same basic design including all modification thereto
except those modification which result in a change in handling or flight characteristics.
Aircraftavionics means a term designating any electronic device- including its electrical part-
for use in an aircraft, including radio, automatic flight control, and instrument system.
'Aircraft Components' include airframe structural parts, engines, propellers, instruments,
system components, accessories and equipment forming part of an aircraft as defined in its type
certificate data.
'Aircraft System' means a combination of aircraft components and associated wiring,

plumbing or other interconnections installed in an aircraft to perform specific functions.
Afterburning means a mode of engine operation wherein a combustion system fed (in whole
or part) by vitiated air is used.
Airship means a power-driven lighter-than-air aircraft.
1
NCAR,Chapter A.1 Issue 4, January 2009
Ammendment 1, February 2016
'Air Time' with respect to keeping technical records, means the time in hours and minutes from
the moment an aircraft leaves the ground on every flight untill it touches the ground at the end of
that flight.
'Air Transport Service' means a commercial air service that is operated for the purpose of
transporting persons, personal belongings, baggage, goods or cargo in aircraft between two
points for renemuration or hire.
'Airworthiness Directive' means mandatory modifications or special inspections required by
the Director General or by the airworthiness authority of type certificate holder.
'Airworthiness Limitations' means a life limitation applicable to life limited part or any
maintenance task which is mandatory as a condition of the type certificate of an aeronautical
product or as specified by Director General.
'Airworthy' means the status of an aircraft, engine, propeller or part when it conforms to its
approved design and is in a condition for safe operation.
'Airworthiness Standard' in respect of the design manufacture or maintenance of an
aeronautical product, means the description, in terms of a minimum standard, of the properties
and attributes of the configuration, material and performance of physical characteristics of that
aeronautical product, and includes the procedures to ascertain compliance with or to maintain
that minimum standard, as specified in the applicable parts of the Airworthiness Manual.
Anticipated operating conditions' means those conditions which are known from experience
or which can be reasonably envisaged to occur during the operational life of the aircraft taking
into account the operations for which the aircraft is made eligible, the conditions so considered
being relative to the meteorological state of the atmosphere, to the configuration of the terrain,
to the functioning of the aircraft, to the effiency of the personnel and to all the factors affecting
sqfety in flight. Anticipated operating conditions do not include :
a) those extremes which can be effectively avoided by means of operating procedures; and
b) those extremes which occur so infrequently that to require the Standards to be met in
such extremes would give a higher level of airworthiness than experience has shown to
be necessary and practical.
Approach Phase means the operating phase defined by the time during which the engine is
operated in approach operating mode.
'Appropriate airworthiness requirementsmeans the comprehensive and detailed

airworthiness codes established, adopted or accepted by a Contracting State for the class of
aircraft, engine or propeller under consideration.
'Approved' means accepted by the Director General in writing as suitable for a particular
purpose.
Approved Maintenance Organization means an organization approved/accepted/validated

by CAA Nepal, in accordance with NCAR Part-145 or NCAR Chapter D.1 as applicable, to
perform maintenance of aircraft or parts thereof and operating under supervision of CAA Nepal.
Approved Training means training conducted under special curricula and supervision
approved by CAA Nepal.
Approved Training Organization means an organization approved/accepted/validated by and
operating under the supervision of CAA Nepal in accordance with the requirements of NCAR
Part-147 or NCAR Chapter D.4 to perform approved training.
2
'Apron' means a part of an aerodrome, other than the maneuvering area, that is intended to be
used for the loading and unloading of passengers and cargo, the refueling, servicing,
maintenance and parking of aircraft and the movement of aircraft, vehicles and persons engaged
in services necessary for those purposes.
'Associated aircraft systems'means those aircraft systems drawing electrical/pneumatic power

from an auxiliary power unit during ground operations. 'Authorized Person' means an officer
of Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal to whom the Director General has delegated
functionsspecified in these Requirements.
'Auxiliary power-unit (APU)' means a self-contained power-unit on an aircraft providing

electrical/pneumatic power to aircraft systems during ground operations.'Avionics' means the
electrical, instrument and electronic components and systems of aircraft.
'Balloon' means a non-power-driven lighter than air aircraft.
'Balloon Component' means any part, soundness and correct functioning of which when fitted
to a balloon is essential for the continued airworthiness and safety of the balloon.
'Basket' means the container suspended beneath the envelope, mainly used for the balloon
occupants.
'By-pass ratio' means the ratio of the air mass flow through the by-pass ducts of a gas turbine
engine to the air mass flow through the combustion chambers calculated at maximum thrust
when the engine is stationary in an international standard atmosphere at sea level.
'CAA' stands for Civil Aviation Authority.
'CAAN' stands for Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal.

'Category A.' means with respect to helicopters, means a multi- engine helicopter designed with
engine and system isolation features specified in Part IVB and capable of operations using take-
off and landing data scheduled under a critical engine failure concept which assures adequate
designated surface area and adequate performance capability for continued safe flight or safe
rejected take-off.
'Category B' means with respect to helicopters, means a single- engine or multi-engine
helicopter which does not meet Category A standards. Category B helicopters have no
guaranteed capability to continue safe flight in the event ofan engine failure, and a forced landing
is assumed.
Certify as airworthy (to) means to certify that an aircraft or parts thereof comply with current
airworthiness requirements after maintenance has been performed on the aircraft or parts
thereof.
Certifying Staff means personnel responsible for the release of an aircraft or a component
after maintenance.
Climb Phase means the operating phase defined by the time during which the engine is
operated in climb operating mode. Commercial air transport operation means an aircraft
operation involving the transport of passenger, cargo or mail for remuneration or hire.
Competency means a combination of skills, knowledge and attitudes required to perform a

task to the presbribed standards.
'Component' means any material, part or subassembly intended for use on an aeronautical
product.
3
Common mark means a mark assigned by the International Civil Aviation Organization to the
common mark registering authority registering aircraft of an international operating agency on
other than a national basis.
Common mark registering authority is the authority maintaining the non-national register
or, where appropriate, the part thereof, in which aircraft of an international operating agency are
registered.
'Configuration (as applied to the aeroplane) means a particular combination of the positions
of the moveable elements, such as wing flaps and landing gear, etc., that affect the aerodynamic
characteristics of the aeroplane.
Configuration Deviation List (CDL) means a list established by the organization responsible
for the type design with the approval of State of Design which identifies any external parts of an
aircraft type which may be missing at the commencement of the flight, and which contain,
where necessary, any information on associated operating limitations and performance
correction.
'Continuing airworthiness' means the set of processes by which an aircraft, engine, propeller or
part complies with the applicable airworthiness requirements and remains in a condition for safe
operation throughout its operating life.
'Contracting State' means a State which is a party to the Convention.

'Convention' means the Convention on International Civil Aviation, and includes the
international standards and recommended practices and procedures adopted and/or approved by
the International Civil Aviation Organization in pursuance of Article 37 of the Convention.
'Corrosion Level 1' is defined as being corrosion damage that is occurring between
successive inspections which is local and can be re-worked within structural repair manual
limits or can be attributed to an event not typical of an operator usage of other aircraft in the
same fleet (e.g. mercury spill), or where the latest inspection reveals corrosion damage which
is a cumulative blend-out of several previous inspections now exceeds the allowable limits
requiring a repair or partial replacement of a primary structural member.
'Corrosion Level 2' is defined as corrosion damage occurring between successive inspections
requiring re-work which exceeds the structural repair manual limits or which requires a repair or
partial replacement of a primary structural member, but is not of immediate airworthiness
concern.
'Corrosion Level 3' is defined as being corrosion damage of immediate airworthiness concern
requiring expeditious action.
'Crew Member' means a person assigned or self assigned to duty in an aircraft during flight
time.
Critical Engine(s) means any engine whose failure gives the most adverse effect on the
aircraft characteristics relative to the case under consideration.
CRS means Certificate of Release to Service.
Date of Manufacture means the date of issue of the document attesting that the individual
aircraft or engine as appropriate conforms to the requirements of type or the date of an
analogous document.
'Day' means the period beginning one half hour before sunrise and ending one half hour after
sunset.
4
Derived version means an aircraft gas turbine engine of the same generic family as an
originally type-certificated engine and having features which retain the basic core engine and
combustor desion of the original model and for which other factors, as judged by the certifying
authority, have not changed.
'Derived version of a helicopter means a helicopter which, from the point of view of
airworthiness, is similar to the noise certificated prototype but incorporates changes in type
design which may affect its noise characteristics adversely.
'Derived version of an aeroplane' means an aeroplane which, from the point of view of
airworthiness, is similar to the noise certificated prototype but incorporates changes in type
design which may affect its noise characteristics adversely.
'Director General' means the Director General of Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal.
'Design landing mass' means the maximum mass of the aircraft at which, for structural design
purposes, it is assumed that it will be planned to land.
'Design take-off mass' means the maximum mass at which the aircraft, for structural design
purposes, is assumed to be planned to be at the start of take-off run.
'Design taxiing mass' means the maximum mass of the aircraft at which structural provision is
made for load liable to occur during use of the aircraft on the ground prior to the start of take-
off.
'Discrete source damage means structural damage of the aeroplane that is likely to result
from: impact with a bird, uncontained fan blade failure, uncontained engine failure, uncontained
high-energy rotating machinery failure or similar causes.
'EASA' stands for European Aviation Safety Agency.

Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) means a generic term describing equipment which
broadcasts distinctive signal on designated frequencies and, depending on application, may be
automatically activated by impact or be manually activated.
'Engine means a unit used or intended to be used for aircraft propulsion. It consists of at least
those components and equipment necessary for functioning and control, but excludes the
propeller/rotors (if applicable).
'Effective CPCP' is defined as being a Corrosion Prevention and Control Program which is
capable of maintaining all corrosion findings to corrosion level 1 or better between successive
inspections of the same area.
'Envelope' means the enclosure in which the lifting medium is contained.
'External equipment (helicopter)'. Any instrument, mechanism, part, apparatus, appurtenance,
or accessory that is attached to or extends from the helicopter exterior but is not used nor is
intended to be used for operating or controlling a helicopter in flight and is not part of an
airframe or engine.Exhaust Nozzle means in the exhaust emissions sampling of gas turbine
engines where the jet effluxes are not mixed (as in some turbofan engines for example) the
nozzle considered is that for the gas generator (core) flow only. Where, however, the jet efflux is
mixed the nozzle considered is the total exit nozzle.'FAA' stands for Federal Aviation Agency
of the United States of America.
'Factor of safety means a design factor used to provide for the possibility of loads greater than
those assumed, and for uncertainties in design and fabrication.'Final approach and take-off
area (FATO ) means a defined area over which the final phase of the approach manoeuvre to
hover or landing is completed and from which the take-off manoeuvre is commenced. Where the
5
FATO is to be used by performance class 1 helicopters, the defined area includes the rejected
take-off area available.
'FAR' stands for Federal Aviation Regulations published by the Government of the United
States of America.
'Fireproof' means the capability to withstand the application of heat by a flame for a period of
15 minutes.
Note. The characteristics of an acceptable flame can be found in ISO 2685.Fireproof
material means a material capable of withstanding heat as well as or better than steel when the
dimensions in both cases are appropriate for the specific purpose.
'Fire resistant means the capability to withstand the application of heat by a flame for a period
of 5 minutes.
Note. The characteristics of an acceptable flame can be found in ISO 2685.

'First Aid Kit' means a kit containing such items which can be used for the purpose of first aid
treatment of injuries which may occur in flight or as a result of minor accidents.
Flight Manual means a manual, associated with certificate of airworthiness, containing
limitations within which the aircraft is to be considered airworthy, and instructions and
informations necessary for flight crew member for the safe operation of aircraft.
'Flight Time' means the Total Time in hours and minutes from the moment the aircraft first
moves under its own power for the purpose of taking off until the moment it comes to rest at the
end of the flight.
Flight Time - Aeroplanes means the total time from the moment an aeroplane first moves for
the purpose of taking off until the moment if finally comes to rest at the end of the flight.
Flight Time Helicopter means the total time form the moment a helicopters rotor blades
start turning until the moment the helicopter finally comes to rest at the end of the flight, and the
rotor blades are stopped.
'Foreign Aircraft' means any aircraft other than an aircraft registered in Nepal.
FSSD means Flight Safety Standards Department.
Ground Handling means services necessary for an aircrafts arrival at, and departure from,
an airport, other than air traffic services.
'Glider' means a non-power-driven heavier-than-air aircraft which derives its lift in flight
chiefly from aerodynamic reactions on surfaces which remain fixed under given conditions of
flight.
Glider flight time means the total time occupied in flight, whether being towed or not, from
the moment the glider first moves for the purpose of taking off until the moment it comes to rest
at the end of the flight.
Gyroplane means a heavier-than-air aircraft supported in flight by the reactions of the air on
one or more rotors which rotate freely on substantially vertical axes.
Heavier-than-air means any aircraft deriving its lift in flight chiefly from aerodynamic forces.
'Helicopter A heavier-than-air aircraft supported in flight chiefly by the reactions of the air on
one or more power-driven rotors on substantially vertical axes.
6
'Hot Air Balloon' means a balloon that drives its lift from heated air contained within the
envelope.
Human Factors principles means principles which apply to aero-nautical design,
certification, training, operations and maintenance and which seek safe interface between the
human and other system components by proper consideration to human performance.
'Human performance' means human capabilities and limitations which have an impact on the
safety and effiency of aeronautical operations.
'IFR' stands for Instrument Flight Rules.

International operating agency is an agency of the kind contemplated in Article 77 of the
Convention.
'Journey Log' means a chronological record of the particulars relating to the operation and
maintenance of an aircraft.
'Landing' means
(a) in respect of an aircraft other than an airship or balloon, the act of coming into
contact with a supporting surface, and includes the acts immediately preceding and
following the coming into contact with that surface, and
(b) in respect of an airship or balloon, the act of bringing the airship or balloon under
restraint, and includes the acts immediately preceding and following the bringing of
the airship or balloon under restraint.
'Landing surface' means that part of the surface of an aerodrome which the aerodrome
authority has declared available for the normal ground or water run of aircraft landing in a
particular direction.
Large aeroplane means an aeroplane of a maximum certificated take-off mass of over 5700
Kg.
Lighter-than-air aircraft means any aircraft supported chiefly by its buoyancy in the air.
'Limit loads' means the maximum loads assumed to occur in the anticipated operating
conditions.
'Load factor' means the ratio of a specified load to the weight of the aircraft, the former being
expressed in terms of aerodynamic forces, inertia forces, or ground reactions.
'Life Limit Part' means a part which, as a condition of the type certificate, may not exceed a
specified time, or number of operating cycles, in service.
'Maintenance' means the performance of tasks required to ensure the continuing airworthiness
of an aircraft, including any one or combination of overhaul, inspection, replacement, defect
rectification, and the embodiment of a modification or repair.
Maintenance organizations procedure manual means a document endorsed by the head of
the maintenance organization which details the maintenance organizations structure and
management responsibilities, scope of work, description of facilities, maintenance procedures
and quality assurance or inspection systems.
Maintenance Programme means a document which describes the specific schedule
maintenance tasks and their frequency of completion and related procedures, such as a reliability
programme, necessary for the safe operation of those aircraft to which it applies.
7
'Maintenance Release' means a document which contains a certification confirming that the
maintenance work to which it relates has been completed in a satisfactory manner, either in
accordance with the approved data and the procedures described in the maintenance
organizations procedure manual or under an equivalent system.
'Major Maintenance' means the overhaul, major repair or extensive modification of aircraft or
aircraft components, the extensive dismantling or reassemble of them and the manufacture of
simple replacement parts in accordance with approved data.
'Manufacturer' means the person, organization or enterprise who has been granted authority,
by the Civil Aviation Authority of a Contracting State, to manufacture an aeronautical product
in accordance with the standards specified in a design approval issued by the Civil Aviation
Authority.
Master minimum equipment list (MMEL) means a list established for a particular aircraft
type by the organization responsible for the type design with the approval of the State of Design
containing items, one or more of which is permitted to be unserviceable at the commencement
of a flight. The MMEL may be associated with special operating conditions, limitations or
procedures.
Minimum equipment list (MEL) means a list which provides for the operation of aircraft,
subject to specified conditions, with particular equipment inoperative, prepared by an operator
in conformity with, or more restrictive than, the MMEL established for the aircraft type.
'Minor Maintenance' means all work relating to the maintenance of aircraft other than major
maintenance.Minor maintenance includes adjustment, periodic inspection, functional
testing,component replacement, minor repair and minor modification of aircraft including
components and equipment.
'Modification' means any alteration to an aircraft or aircraft component affecting its design,
construction, equipment, performance or its safe operation.
'MRB (Maintenance Review Board)'means the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA)
Maintenance Review Board report that provides requirements to manufacturers to ensure that
their Maintenance Planning Documents (MPD) provide continuing airworthiness for their
aircraft.
'MSG(Maintenance Steering Group)-3'means the Air Transport Association (ATA) Airline/
Manufacturer Maintenance Program Planning Document. It describes the "Top Down" approach
to Maintenance whereby failures in aircraft components are analyzed at the systems level first
and then "Downward" toward establishing specific maintenance tasks.
'NCAR' stands for Nepalese Civil Airworthiness Requirements. NCAR Part-145, NCAR Part-
M, NCAR Part-66 and NCAR Part-147 forms the integral part of NCAR.
'Nepalese Aircraft' means aircraft that is registered pursuant to Chapter B.5 of NCAR.
'NFSR' means Neplaese Flying School Requirements.

Night means the hours between the end of evening civil twilight and the beginning of morning
civil twilight or such other period between sunset and sunrise, as may be prescribed by
authority.
'Operator' means a person, organization or enterprise, engaged in or offering to engage in an

aircraft operation.
8
Operators maintenance control manual means a document which describes the operators
procedures necessary to ensure that all scheduled and unscheduled maintenance is performed on
the operators aircraft on time and in a controlled and satisfactory manner.
Ornithopter means a power-driven heavier-than-air aircraft supported in flight chiefly by the

reactions of the air on planes to which a flapping motion is imparted.
'Owner' means the person, organization or enterprise lawfully entitled to possession of an
aircraft, except that, if an aircraft is hired for any period exceeding 28 days, the hirer shall be
regarded as the owner for the purposes of these Requirements.
Oxides of nitrogen means the sum of the amounts of the nitric oxide and nitrogen dioxide
contained in a gas sample calculated as if the nitric oxide were in the form of nitrogen dioxide.
'Passenger' means a person, other than a crew member, who is carried on board an aircraft.
'Performance Class 1 helicopter' A helicopter with performance such that, in case of engine
failure, it is able to land on the rejected take-off area or safely continue the flight to an
appropriate landing area.
'Performance Class 2 helicopter' : A helicopter with performance such that, in case of engine
failure, it is able to safely continue the flight, except when the failure occurs prior to a defined
point after take-off or after a defined point before landing, in which cases a forced landing may
be required.
'Performance Class 3 helicopter' A helicopter with performance such that, in case of engine
failure at any point in the flight profile, a forced landing must be performed.
'Physician's Kit' a kit containing such life saving drugs intended to be administered only by
qualified medical practitioner if and when available.
Pilot in command means the pilot designated by the operator, or in the case of general
aviation, the owner, as being in command and charged with safe conduct of the flight.
Power Plant means the system consisting of all the engines, drive system component (if
applicable), and propeller (if installed), their accessories, ancillary parts, and fuel and oil
systems installed on an aircraft but excluding the rotors for a helicopter.
'Pressure-altitude' means an atmospheric pressure expressed in terms of altitude which
corresponds to that pressure in the Standard Atmosphere.
'Primary Structure' means a structure that carries flight, ground or pressure loads.
'Private Aircraft' means an aircraft that is registered as a private aircraft pursuant to Chapter
B.5 and Chapter A.4 of NCAR.
'Permit to Fly' means a certificate of authorization granted by the Director General permitting
the flight on private operations only of an aircraft which cannot comply with the requirements
for a Certificate of Airworthiness.
Rated thrust means for engine emissions purposes, the maximum take-off thrust approved by
the certificating authority for use under normal operating conditions at ISA sea level static
conditions, and without the use of water injection. Thrust is expressed in kilonewtons.
Rating means anauthorization entered on or associated with licence and forming part thereof,
stating special conditions, privileges or limitations pertaining to such licence.
9
Re-certification means certification of an aircraft with or without a revision to its certification
noise levels, to a Standard different to that to which it was originally certificated.
Reference pressure ratio means the ratio of the mean total pressure at the last compressor
discharge plane of the compressor to the mean total pressure at the compressor entry plane when
the engine is developing take-off thrust rating in ISA sea level static conditions.
'Remotely Piloted Aircraft (RPA)' An unmanned aircraft which is piloted from a remote pilot
station.'Rendering (a Certificate of Airworthiness) valid' means the action taken by a CAA
Nepal, as an alternative to issuing its own Certificate of Airworthiness, in accepting a Certificate
of Airworthiness issued by any other Contracting State as the equivalent of its own Certificate of
Airworthiness.
Rendering (a licence) valid means the action taken by a CAA Nepal, as an alternative, to
issue its own licence, in accepting a licence issued by any other contrating state as the equivalent
of it own licence.
'Repair' means the restoration of an aeronautical product to an airworthy condition to ensure

that the aircraft continues to comply with the design aspects of the airworthiness requirements
used for the issuance of type certificate for the respective aircraft type, after it has been damaged
or subjected to a wear.
'Rotorcraft' means a power-driven heavier-than-air aircraft supported in flight by the reactions

of the air on one or more rotors.
Safety Management System (SMS) means a systematic approach to managing safety,
including the necessary organizational structure, accountabilities, policies and procedures.
'Satisfactory evidence' A set of documents or activities that a CAA Nepal accepts as sufficient
to show compliance with an airworthiness requirement.'Schedule Maintenance' means any
maintenance performed at predetermine intervals as required pursuant to these Requirements, an
approved inspection plan or an airworthiness directive.
'Self-sustaining powered sailplane' A powered aeroplane with available engine power which
allows it to maintain level flight but not to take off under its own power.'Serviceable' in respect
of an aeronautical product, means in a fit and safe condition for flight.
Sign a maintenance release (to) means to certify that maintenance work has been completed
satisfactory in accordance with the applicable standards of airworthiness, by issuing the
maintenance release.
'Small Aeroplane' means an aeroplane having a maximum allowable take off weight of 5700
kg (12,566 lb.) or less, Smoke means the carbonaceous materials in exhaust emissions which
obscure the transmission of light.
Smoke number means the dimensionless term quantifying smoke emissions.
'Standard atmosphere' means an atmosphere defined as follows:

Note 1 the air is a perfect dry gas;
Note 2 the physical constants are:
Sea level mean molar mass: M0 = 28.964 420 10-3 kg mol-1
Sea level atmospheric pressure: P0 = 1013.250 hPa
Sea level temperature:

10
t0 = 15C
T0 = 288.15 K
Sea level atmospheric density:
0 = 1.225 0 kg m-3
Temperature of the ice point: Ti = 273.15 K
Geopotential altitude (Km) Temperature gradient (km)

(Kelvin per standard geopotential kilometer)
From To
11.0 20.0 0.0

20.0 32.0 +1.0
32.0 47.0 +2.8
47.0 51.0 0.0
51.0 71.0 -2.8
71.0 80.0 -2.0
Note 4 The standard geopotential metre has the value 9.80665 m2 s-2.
Note 5 See Doc 7488 for the relationship between the variables and for tables giving
the corresponding values of temperature, pressure, density and geopotential.
'State of Design' The State having jurisdiction over the organization responsible for the type
design.
'State of Manufacture' The state having jurisdiction over the organization responsible for the
final assembly of the aircraft.
'State of Registry' The State on whose register the aircraft is entered.
State safety program (SSP) means an intregated set of regulations and activities aimed at
improving safety.
Subsonic aeroplane means an aeroplane incapable of sustaining level flight at speeds
exceeding flight Mach number of 1.Take-off phase means the operating phase defined by the
time during which the engine is operated at the rated thrust.'Take-off surface' That part of the
surface of an aerodrome which the aerodrome authority has declared available for the normal
ground or water run of aircraft taking off in a particular direction.
11
Taxi/ground idle means the operating phases involving taxi and idle between the initial
starting of the propulsion engine(s) and the initiation of the take-roll and between the time of
runway turn-off and final shutdown of all propulsion engine(s).
'Technical Record' means a chronological record of the particulars relating to the maintenance
of an aircraft or any aeronautical product installed on the aircraft.
'The Act' means the Civil Aviation Act 1996 (2053 B.S.) and any subsequent amendment.
'The Rules' mean the Civil Aviation Rules 2002 (2058 B.S.) and any subsequent amendments.
Tilt rotor means a powered-lift capable of vertical take-off, vertical landing, a sustained low-
speed flight , which depends principally on engine-driven rotors mounted on tiltable nacelles for
the lift during these flight regimes and on non-rotating aerofoil(s) for lift during high-speed
flight
'Time in Service' means the time in hours and minutes from the moment an aircraft leaves the
ground on every flight until it touches the ground at the end of that flight.
'Type Certificate' means a document issued by a Contracting State to define the design of an
aircraft type and to certify that this design meets the appropriate airworthiness requirements of
that State.
'Type Design' means

(a) the drawings and specifications and a listing of those drawings and specifications,
necessary to define the configuration and the design features of the product in
conformity with the basis of approval applicable to the product,
(b) information on dimensions, materials and manufacturing processes necessary to

define the structural strength of the product,
(c) any other data necessary to allow, by comparison, the determination of the
Airworthiness,
(d) where applicable, environmental characteristics of later products of the same type or
model.
'Ultimate load' means the limit load multiplied by the appropriate factor of safety.
Unburned hydrocarbons means the total of hydrocarbons compounds of all classess and
molecular weights contained in a gas sample, calculated as if they were in the form of methane.
'USA' stands for United States of America.
'V.F.R.' stands for Visual Flight Rules.
'Validation' means the acceptance of certificate/approval or any other document issued by

airworthiness aurthority of contracting state.
Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal.
12
SECTION A
GENERAL
CHAPTER A.2 ISSUE 3

JANUARY 2009
PROCEDURE FOR ISSUE OF NCAR, AND ITS AMENDMENTS
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 The Nepalese Civil Airworthiness Requirements are issued by Civil Aviation
Authority of Nepal in persuance of the Article 3 of the Act. These Requirements
complement and amplify The Rules.
1.2 This chapter prescribes procedures for the issue, amendment and circulation of
Nepalese Civil Airworthiness Requirements to the approved organization owner
or operator of civil arcraft registered in Nepal.
2. PROCEDURE
2.1 Nepalese Civil Airworthiness Requirements are devided in different sections and
each section is further devided in different chapters.
2.2 When Nepalese Civil Airworthiness Requirements are issued they are given an
issue number and date of issue along with the section and chapter.
2.3 NCAR shall be amended when there are changes in Civil Aviation Regulations as
well as when applicable stadards of annexes 1,6,7,8, and 16 are amended.
2.4 If there are diffrences against the standards of above annexes they will be notified
to ICAO.
2.5 A designated official in Airwprthiness Inspection Division shall be reponsible for

intiation of amendment as and when required.
2.6 When minor changes are made to a N.C.A.R. chapter the same is issued bearing
an amendment number and the date of issue of an amendment. The date of issue
and issue number of that perticular amended N.C.A.R. chapter are not changed. A
vertical line (change line) in the right hand margin is used to indicate changes
made (addition or deletion). The change line shall be removed at the next
amendment to that page.
2.7 When substantial changes are made to a N.C.A.R. chapter the same is issued
bearing new issue number and the date of issue. Morever if many chaters are
afftected in new edition will be issued.
1
NCAR, Chapter A.2 Issue 3,January, 2009
2.8 As and when an amendment or a new issue of a N.C.A.R. chapter becomes
effective the earlier issue of the particular N.C.A.R. chapter automatically will be
cancelled. A record of amendment page is provided in front of NCAR for
recording amendment indicating date of amendment intered.
2.9 Each approved organization, owner or operator of civil aircraft in Nepal shall hold
sufficient copies of the N.C.A.R. and shall ensure that these Requirements are
provided for all persons operating or maintaining his aircraft to have access to a
copy whilst on duty.
2.10 The approved organization, owner or operator shall be provided with the list of
effective pages to the N.C.A.R. when any amendment or new issue of a N.C.A.R.
chapter is issued. It shall be the responsibility of the approved organization, owner
or operator to procure the copy of N.C.A.R. chapter so issued and to ensure that
they are compiled by their concerned staff in order to keep N.C.A.R. up to date.
2.11 It shall be the responsibility of the approved organization, owner or operator to

ensure that their Engineering Manual or Operator's Maintenance Procedure
Manual, as applicable, reflects these Requirements and contains well defined
procedures to procure N.C.A.R. as well as their amendment and new issue and
compile them in order to keep N.C.A.R. up to date.
2.12 The N.C.A.R., their amendment and new issue can be procured from the
Airworthiness Division, Aviation Safety Department, Civil Aviation Authority of
Nepal.
2.13 The latest copy of NCAR can also be accessed from the internet web site of Civil
Aviation Authority of Nepal (http://www.caanepal.org.np)
2
NCAR, Chapter A.2 Issue 3,January, 2009
SECTION A
GENERAL
CHAPTER A.3 ISSUE 3

JANUARY 2009
RESPONSIBILITY OF OWNER OR OPERATOR AND

1. INTRODUCTION
The Nepalese Civil Airworthiness Requirements are issued by the Director General of the
Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal and constitute a minimum series of standards for the
establishment and continuance of the airworthiness of aircraft, aircraft engineering and
maintenance, licencing/approval of persons and approval of organizations which shall be
observed at all times unless exemption is granted in writing by the Director General or by
an authorized person.
2. SCOPE OF RESPONSIBILITY OF OWNER OR OPERATOR
2.1 It shall be the responsibility of the owner or operator to develop detail procedures
in their Operator's Maintenance Control Manual for the proper and timely
compliance with these Requirements.
2.2 Each owner or operator engaged in air transport service shall:
a) ensure that the Certificate of Airworthiness of each aircraft they operate

remains valid by maintaining each aircraft in an airworthy condition by an
approved maintenance organization, or under an equivalent system of
maintenance by maintenance personnel licensed or authorized by Director
General , either of which shall be documented in the approved Operator's
Maintenance Control Manual.
b) Employ a person or group of persons to ensure that all maintenance is carried
out in accordance with the maintenance control manual or the maintenance
procedure manual, if the operator has its own maintenance facility.
c) Ensure that the maintenance of its aeroplanes is performed in accordance with
the approved maintenance schedule. The maintenance schedule should form
part of the Operators Maintenance Control Manual or Maintenance
Procedure Manual.
d) ensure that the operational and emergency equipment necessary for an
intended flight is serviceable and the aircraft are operated in accordance with
approved Flight Manual which is associated with and forming part of, the
Certificate of Airworthiness.
e) The operator of aircraft and maintenance organizations shall monitor and
assess maintenance and operational experience with respect to continuing
1
NCAR, Chapter A.3 Issue 3, January 2009
airworthiness and provide information to Director General as specfied in para
2.1 of Chapter C.9 for the purpose of continuous airworthiness information .
f) extend co-operation and give access to the authorized person from
Airworthiness Inspection Division in the audit of engineering and maintenance
activities within their maintenance organization.
3. SCOPE OF RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY OF

NEPAL
3.1 The Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal is responsible to perform regular safety
oversight of all Airworthiness aspect of aviation in Nepal to ensure high standards
are maintained and to fulfill the country's obligations under the convention on
International Civil Aviation.
3.2 The Safety Oversight Responsibilities are being performed through the medium of:
a) Airworthiness audit of the approved organization within the scope of a pre-

determined audit programme.
b) spot checks of aircraft and aircraft components undergoing maintenance and

their associated documents.
c) investigation of reportable defects.
2
NCAR, Chapter A.3 Issue 3, January 2009
SECTION A
GENERAL
CHAPTER A.4 ISSUE 2

JANUARY 2009
CATEGORIES OF AIRCRAFT
1. INTRODUCTION
The Certificate of Airworthiness (of which the Flight Manual forms a Part) classifies the
aircraft in a category and so specifies the purposes for which the aircraft may fly and the
operational limitations which must be observed.
2. CATEGORIES
The categories in which an aircraft may be classified are as follows:
(i) Transport Category (Passenger)

(ii) Transport Category (Cargo)
(iii) Private Category
(iv) Aerial Work Category
(v) Special Category
(vi) Special Category (Training)
3. PURPOSES
The purposes for which aircraft in each category may fly are as follows:
(i) Transport Category (Passenger): Any purpose.

(ii) Transport Category (Cargo): Any purpose other than public transport of passengers.
(iii) Private Category: Any purpose other than public transport or aerial work.
(iv) Aerial Work Category: Specified aerial work only.
(v) Special Category: Any specified purpose other than public transport.
(vi) Special Category (Training): For the purpose of pilot's flight training
4. IMPLEMENTATION
4.1 An aircraft may be used only for specified purposes, these purposes will be
specified in the Flight Manual.
1
NCAR,Chapter A.4 Issue 2 January 2009
4.2 An aircraft may be classified in the Special Category if it is temporarily ineligible
to be classified in another category. This may apply if:
(a) the aircraft is approved to operate at an overload for a ferry flight,

(b) the aircraft incorporates a modification which is not yet fully approved, or
(c) the damaged or defective aircraft is to be flown to a place where the damage
or defect can be rectified.
4.3 The category of the aircraft may be changed by Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal if
the necessary modifications are carried out as per bulletin of manufacturer and
acceptable to Director General.
2
NCAR,Chapter A.4 Issue 2 January 2009
SECTION B
AIRWORTHINESS CERTIFICATION
CHAPTER B.1 ISSUE 4
JANUARY 2009
TYPE CERTIFICATES
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 Before a Nepalese Certificate of Airworthiness may be granted to an aircraft, the

aircraft type must have received approval by the grant of a Nepalese Type Certificate
or by validating a Type Certificate (or an equivalent document) issued by an
Airworthiness Authority of a contracting state. A Type Certificate issued or validated
by the Director General approves the design of the aircraft and any variants specified
on associated Data Sheets.
1.2 This chapter prescribes the requirements applicable to the issue or validation or
acceptance of a Type Certificate (or an equivalent document) with respect to an
aircraft.
2. ISSUANCE OR VALIDATION OR ACCEPTANCE OF A TYPE CERTIFICATE
2.1 The Director General may issue a Nepalese Type Certificate or validate or accept a
Type Certificate (or an equivalent document) issued by an Airworthiness Authority
of a Contracting State for an aircraft if:
a) it is established to the satisfaction of the Director General that the aircraft (

including power units, systems and equipments ) was designed in accordance
with basic airworthiness design standards of ICAO Annex 8 or Part 23, 25, 27 or
29, as appropriate, of the Federal Aviation Regulations of the United States of
America or their equivalent standards issued by other Contracting State, or
b) it is issued by Airworthiness Authority of either the USA (FAA) or Europe
(EASA).
c) for Type certificates issued by FAA or EASA, they will be directly accepted and
for others Director General may verify that the aircraft conforms to the code of
airworthiness of either FAA or EASA.
2.2 An applicant for a Type Certificate for an aircraft for which a Nepalese Certificate of
Airworthiness is required may apply in writing to the Director General. The
application which should be made in Form B.1.1 shown in Appendix-1 of this
Chapter B.1 must be accompanied by the following type data:
a) Particulars of the basic airworthiness design standards to which the aircraft was
designed, including the title, issue number and date. Full information on any
deviations from these standards must also be submitted.
1
NCAR, Chapter B.1 Issue 4, Janauary 2009
Amendment 2, Nov 2016
Note 1: The Organization Responsible for Type Design is most often but not always, the
manufacturer of the aircraft. It will normally be the holder of the Type Certificate or an
equivalent document.
Note 2 : A Type Certificate (or an equivalent document) and Type Certificate Data Sheet issued by
the State of Manufacture is acceptable for this purpose.
b) All Supplemental Type Certificates issued by the State of Manufacture for the
aircraft type.
c) A three view drawing of the aircraft and any other drawings necessary to define
the aircraft.
d) General arrangement drawings of the main assemblies of the structure, systems

and components.
Note: A set of manufacturers' Illustrated Parts Catalogues for the airframe, engine and vendor
components is acceptable for this purpose.
e) for aeroplanes of a maximum certificated take-off mass in excess of 45 000 kg or

with a passenger seating capacity greater than 60, a design document
demonstrating that consideration has been given for the provision of least-risk
bomb location so as to minimize the effects of a bomb on the aeroplane and its
occupants.
f) In all aeroplanes which are required by Director General to have approved flight
crew compartment door, and for which an application for the issue of a type
certifiate is first submitted to the appropriate national authority on or after 20 May
2006, the flight crew compartment bulkheads, floors and ceilings shall be designed
to resist penetration by small arms fire and grenade shrapnel and to resist forcible
intrusion, if these areas are accessible in flight to passengers and cabin crew.
g) For aeroplanes of a maximum certificated take-off mass in excess of 45 500 kg or

with a passenger seating capacity greater than 60, design consideration shall be
taken into account that will deter the easy concealment of weapons, explosives or
other dangerous objects on board aircraft and that will facilitate each procedures
for such objects.
h) A list of documents which identifies all technical publications of State of

Manufacture and manufacturers of aircraft, engine and vendor component (as far
as possible) as well as one copy of all such publications in English to support the
continuing airworthiness of the aircraft.
i) A written subscription from operator for the continuing airworthiness information

from designer/manufacturer. The operator shall ensure that a copy of such data
are made available to Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal too.
j) The Certificate of Noise Compliance issued by the State of Manufacture.
k) The flight test report.
l) A copy of voucher against the payment of required fee for the issuance/validation
of Type Certificate
m) Any other relevant documents required by the Director General.

2
2.3 The Director General may request further information, including proof of compliance
with basic airworthiness design standards acceptable to the Director General. The
Director General may issue or validate a Type Certificate (or an equivalent document)
and a Type Certificate Data Sheet stating any required conditions, limitations in
respect to the aircraft type where the Director General is satisfied that there is
compliance with all requirements of NCAR and that the design does not have any
features or characteristics that render it unsafe under the anticipated operating
conditions.
Note: When a Type Certificate has been issued, the type of aircraft concerned is acceptable for
application to receive a Nepalese Certificate of Airworthiness in accordance with the
procedures of Chapter B.2 .
3. FORM OF TYPE CERTIFICATE
3.1 Where a Type Certificate is issued or validated, it shall be in a Form B.1.2 or Form
B.1.3 as shown in Appendix - 2 or Appendix 3 as appropriate to this Chapter
B.1.
3.2 The Type Certificate will contain:

a) The designation of the type,
b) A statement that the type of aircraft concerned is acceptable for Nepalese
Airworthiness certification,
c) A reference to the associated Type Certificate Data Sheet,
d) The Type Certificate number,
e) The name of the applicant,
f) A reference to the NCAR chapter that the Type Certificate is issued persuant to.
3.3 A Supplemental Type Certificate may be issued if aircraft of the type incorporates
modifications which make it a variant of the original type.
3.4 A new Type Certificate may be issued when substantial changes are incorporated
which affect the basic design, such as:
a) The change in design, power configuration (engines), power limitation

(engines) speed limitations (engines) or width is so extensive that a
substantially complete investigation of compliance with the applicable
requirements is required, or
b) Where the change is;
(i) in the number of engines or rotors, or
(ii) to engines or rotors, using different principles of operation, or
c) In the case of an aircraft engine, the change is in the principle of operation,
or
d) In the case of propellers, the change is in the number of blades or principle of
pitch change operation.
3
4. FORM OF TYPE CERTIFICATE DATA SHEET
4.1 The Type Certificate Data Sheet is part of the Type Certificate and will give the
basis of certification and the designation of each aircraft variant, included as part
of the Type Certificate. It will also define general particulars of the design and
prescribe conditions and limitations under which the Type Certificate is granted.
4.2 Where a Type Certificate Data Sheet is issued or validated, it shall be in a Form
B.1.4 or Form B.1.5 as shown in Appendix-4 or 5, as appropriate to this
Chapter B.1.
5. DISTRIBUTION OF TYPE CERTIFICATE AND TYPE CERTIFICATE

DATA SHEETS
5.1 The Type Certificate and Type Certificate Data Sheet will be issued to the
applicant.
5.2 Copies of Type Certificate and Type Certificate Data Sheet may be obtained
from the Airworthiness Inspection Division, Aviation Safety Department, Civil
Aviation Authority of Nepal.
6. RESPONSIBILITY OF HOLDERS OF NEPALESE TYPE CERTIFICATE
The holder of a Nepalese Type Certificate is responsible to ensure that:

(a) a system of continuing airworthiness is maintained which will collect and
perform ongoing analysis of defects, accidents, maintenance and other
operational information and which will initiate and transmit recommended or
mandatory actions needed to be taken by owners or operators in response to that
analysis.
(b) the details of those corrective actions which are necessary to preserve
airworthiness are communicated to the Director General in order that mandatory
airworthiness actions can be determined and taken.
7. VARIATION OR CANCELLATION OF TYPE CERTIFICATE
7.1 At suitable times the Director General will review the holder of the Type
Certificate, the type design to determine if the Type Certificate is still required
or a variation is necessary. On the basis of this review, the Director General will
make such changes or cancellations as may be appropriate to the circumstances.
7.2 In the event that the holder of the Nepalese Type Certificate, either ceases to
function, or fails to discharge the responsibilities of paragraph 6 above, the
holder of the Type Certificate will be required to surrender the Type Certificate,
or where another organization exists who can discharge the responsibilities of
paragraph 6, transfer the Type Certificate to that organization. When no such
arrangements can be made, the Type Certificate will be cancelled.
4
8. CONTINUING AIRWORTHINESS
8.1 In the interests of safety and where, in the opinion of the Director General, the current
maintenance instructions applicable to an aircraft type are not adequate to detect defects
because of the number of flight hours or flight cycles or age in calendar years
accumulated by that aircraft type, the Director General may require the holder of the
Type Certificate to prepare additional maintenance instructions in a form and manner
acceptable to the Director General. These additional maintenance instructions shall be
prepared in a format to include such contents as are described in Chapter C.14 and C.15
of these Requirements.
8.2 Where additional maintenance instructions are required by the Director General, their
implementation may be mandated by Airworthiness Directive in accordance with
Chapter C.5 of these Requirements. Standards which identify limitations within which
aircraft types shall be required to have additional maintenance instructions prepared, are
included within Chapter C.14 and C.15 of these Requirements.
8.3 Where additional maintenance instructions are prepared and mandated in accordance
with paragraph 8.1 and paragraph 8.2 above, the holder of the Type Certificate shall
make the instructions and any subsequent changes to the instructions, available to any
person or organization required to comply with any of those instructions.
9. Aircraft Noise Certification
9.1 Noise Certification shall apply for aircraft engaged in international operation.
9.2 Noise Certification shall be validated by Director General on the basis of certificate
issued by state of design.
9.3 The validated noise certificate shall be on board aircraft for international operation.
9.4 The validated noise certificate shall contain the details of the original certificate issued
by the state of design.
9.5 The validated noise certificate shall be numbered serially.
9.6 The administrative records of noise certificate validation shall be maintained in

Airworthiness Inspection Division, Aviation Safety Department.
9.7 Director General shall validate the noise certificate granted by another contracting state
provided that the basic requirements are met.
5
INSTRUCTIONS
The Form B.1.1 given in Appendix 1 consists of two Parts. In Part I, the applicant provides or
references all the necessary information and in Part II, the Airworthiness Authority of the State
of Manufacture certifies the validity of the regulatory information.
Part I
The applicant need not to be responsible for the control of the product design / manufacture, but
he must be able to provide the necessary access to those who are responsible for the product
design / manufacture.
Part II
In addition to certifying the validity of the regulatory information on the application,

endorsement ensures that the Airworthiness Authority of the State of Manufacture is aware that
the Nepalese Type Certification process has been initiated.
The Airworthiness official identified on the application, or his representative, will normally be
requested to support the Type Certification program in accordance with agreed procedures, and
may be requested to make findings of compliance on behalf of the Director General.
6
Form B.1.1. Appendix-1
APPLICATION FOR ISSUE/VALIDATION

OF TYPE CERTIFICATE OF AIRCRAFT
PART I - TO BE COMPLETED BY THE APPLICANT
1) Name and Address of the Applicant
2) Application is hereby made for Nepalese approval of the design of the aeronautical product prescribed below:
3) Is the applicant responsible for control of product manufacturing in accordance with the approved design?
Yes No
If no, please provide details, including the name and address of the responsible party
4) Does the applicant hold any Supplemental Type Certificates for which concurrent approval is being sought?
Yes No
If yes, please indicate the nature of the approval
5) Is the applicant requesting concurrent review for compliance with design-related Operational Requirements
(including Master Minimum Equipment List)?
Yes No
6) Applicant shall submit the documents identified in Paragraph 2.2 of Chapter B.1 to the Nepalese Civil
Airworthiness Requirements in support of this application.
7) The applicant shall submit a statement detailing the basis of type design certification of the product applied
by the Airworthiness Authority of the State of Manufacture, including any special conditions, and the date
of application for Nepalese type design certification.
1
NCAR, Chapter B.1 Issue4, January 2009
8) The applicant shall submit a statement detailing any exemptions from, or findings of equivalent safety with,
the basic airworthiness design standards for the aircraft, engines and propellers as approved by the
Airworthiness Authority of State of Manufacture. Documentation explaining the rationale for accepting these
items should be included. Copies shall be provided for all such exemptions or findings of equivalent safety.
9) The applicant shall also submit a document detailing the proposed Nepalese basis of approval.
I declare that the details in this application are true in every respect
Signature of the Applicant : .
Date: ..
PART II - To be completed by the Airworthiness Authority of the State of Manufacture before submission to Civil
Correspondence relating to this approval by Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal may be forwarded to the following
Airworthiness Authority Official:
Name :
Address : .
Telephone: Telex & Facsimile No.: ..
Title : .
It is hereby certified that the statements of basis of approval and deviations, exemptions or differences as specified in
PART I Items ( 7 ) and ( 8 ) are correct and complete, except as follows:
Signature of Airworthiness Authority Official
Title :
Date :
When Part I and Part II have been completed, submit to: The Airworthiness Division, Aviation Safety Directorate,
2
NCAR, Chapter B.1 Issue4, January 2009
Form B.1.2 Appendix-2
Certificate No.:-
TYPE APPROVAL CERTIFICATE
Pursuant to the act of the Nepalese Civil Aviation Rules 2002 (2058 B.S.) and conditions
specified in Chapter B.1 (Type Certificate) of the Nepalese Civil Airworthiness Requirements,
this Type Approval Certificate is issued to
for the following aeronautical product(s)
Details of type design, basis of certification, operating limitations and other associated
Airworthiness Requirements, which shall be complied are specified in the Nepalese Civil
Airworthiness Requirements.
Date of issue For the Director General
1
NCAR, Chapter B.1 Issue 4, January 2009
Certificate No.:-
TYPE VALIDATION CERTIFICATE
Pursuant to the act of the Nepalese Civil Aviation Rules 2002 (2058 B.S.) and conditions
specified in Chapter B.1 (Type Certificate) of the Nepalese Civil Airworthiness Requirements,
this Type Approval Certificate is issued to
for the following aeronautical product(s)
Details of type design, basis of certification, operating limitations and other associated
Airworthiness Requirements, which shall be complied are specified in the Nepalese Civil
1
AIRCRAFT TYPE CERTIFICATE DATA SHEET
1. Aircraft Manufacturer :
2. Address of Manufacturer :
3. General Description of Aircraft :
4. Aircraft Model :
5. Aircraft Category:
Transport Category (Passenger)
Transport Category (Cargo)
Private Category
Aerial Work Category
Special Category
6. State of Manufacture :
7. Year of Manufacture :
8. Aircraft Serial Number :
9. Type Certification Basis :
10. Production Basis :
11. Airworthiness Authority of the Country
of Manufacture :
12. Type Certification in Other Countries :
13. Dimensions :
(i) Wing Span :
(ii) Wing Aspect Ratio :
(iii) Length Overall :
(iv) Height Overall :
(v) Wheel Track :
(vi) Wheel Base :
(vii) Wing Area :
2
14. Type of Engine :
15. Number of Engines :
16. Engine Limits :
17. Propeller and Propeller Limits :
18. Fuel : Type : Capacity :
19. Oil : Type : Capacity :
20. Air Speed Limits :
(i) Maximum Operating Speed :
(ii) Maneuvering Speed :
(iii) Maximum Flap Extended Speed :
(iv) Single Engine Minimum Control Speed :
(v) Landing Gear Extended Speed :
(vi) Demonstrated Cross Wind Component :
21. Datum :
22. Leveling Means :
23. C.G. Range :
24. Weights :
(i) Maximum Taxing Weight :
(ii) Maximum Take off Weight :
(iii) Maximum Landing Weight :
(iv) Zero Fuel Weight :
25. Minimum Crew :
26. Number of Seats :
27. Maximum Baggage :
3
28. Control Surface Moments :
(i) Wing Flaps, Inner and Outer :
(ii) Ailerons :
(iii) Aileron Tab :
(iv) Elevator :
(v) Elevator Tab :
(vi) Rudder Tab :
29. Maximum Operating Altitude :
30. Maximum Operating Temperature :
31. Operating Manuals :
32. Airworthiness Limitations :
33. Instructions for Continued Airworthiness :
34. Equipment :
4
ROTORCRAFT TYPE CERTIFICATE DATA SHEET
1. Rotorcraft Manufacturer :
2. Address of Manufacture :
3. General Description of Rotorcraft :
4. Rotorcraft Model :
5. Rotorcraft Category :
Private Category
Special Category
6. State of Manufacture :
7. Year of Manufacture :
8. Rotorcraft Serial Number :
9. Type Certification Basis :
10. Production Basis :
11. Airworthiness Authority of the Country
of Manufacture :
12. Type Certification in Other Countries :
5
13. Dimensions :
(i) Diameter of Main Rotor:
(ii) Main Rotor Blade Chord:
(iii) Diameter of Tail Rotor:
(iv) Length Overall :
(v) Length of Fuselage:
(vi) Height Overall:
(vii) Wheel Track:
(viii) Wheel Base:
14. Type of Engine :
15. Number of Engines :
16. Engine Operating Limits :
All Engines Operating :
One Engine Inoperative Limits :
17. Main Rotor Limits : Power Off : Power On :
18. Fuel : Type : Capacity :
19. Oil : Type : Capacity :
20. Air Speed Limits :
Never Exceed Speed Power On :
Never Exceed Speed Power Off :
21. Datum :
22. Leveling Means :
23. C.G. Range :
24. Maximum Take-off Weight : Zero Fuel Weight :
25. Minimum Crew :
26. Number of Seats :
6
27. Maximum Baggage :
28. Control Movements :
29. Maximum Operating Altitude :
30. Maximum Operating Temperature :
31. Operating Manuals :
32. Airworthiness Limitations :
33. Instructions for Continued Airworthiness :
34. Equipment :
7
FORM B.1.6 Appendix-5
VALIDATION OF
NOISE CERTIFICATE
Certificate No.:-
Nationality and Registration Marks: Manufacturer and manufacturer's designation of aircraft: Aircraft Serial Number
Engine: Propeller*:
Maximum take-off mass: Maximum landing mass*: Noise certification Standard:
kg kg
Additional modifications incorporated for the purpose of compliance with the applicable noise certification Standards:
Lateral/full-power noise level*: Approach noise level*: Flyover noise level*: Over flight noise level*: Take-off noise
level*:
Remarks:
This noise certificate is issued pursuant to Volume I of Annex 16 to the convention on International Civil Aviation, in respect of the above-mentioned
aircrafts, which is considered to comply with the indicated noise Standard when maintained and operated in accordance with the relevant requirements
and operating limitations.
Date of issue............................................................................................ Signature........ ..........................................................................
* These boxes may be omitted depending on the noise certification Standard
8
INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING NOISE CERTIFICATE
All information items in blocks are numbered and should be completed with relevant information as
indicated below:
Item 1. Name of State issuing the noise certification documentation as in the certificate of registration and the
certificate of airworthiness.
Item 2. Title of the noise document noise certificate, or any other title that the State of Registry uses in its
administrative system.
Item 3. Number of the document A unique number, issued to identify this particular document.
Item 4: . Nationality and registration marks of the aircraft the certificate is related to .
Item 5. Manufacturer and manufacturers designation of aircraft - The type and model of the subject aircraft.
Item 6. Aircraft serial number- The aircraft serial number as given by the manufacturer of the aircraft.
Item 7. Engine manufacturer, type and model - The type and model of the of the installed engine(s).
Item 8. Propeller type and model for propeller-driven aeroplanes - Type and model of the installed propeller(s).
Item 9. Maximum take-off mass and unit - The maximum take-off mass, in kilograms (kg), of the aircraft.
Item 10. Maximum landing mass and unit - The maximum landing mass, in kilograms (kg), of the aircraft for
documents issued under Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 and 12 of Annex 16.
Item 11. The chapter and section of Annex 16, Volume I, according to which the aircraft is certificated - The
chapter of Annex 16, Volume I, to which the subject aircraft is noise certificated. For Chapters 2, 8, 10
and 11, the section specifying the noise limits should also be included.
Item 12. Additional modifications incorporated for the purpose of compliance 2.1.13 with the applicable noise
certification Standards List all additional modifications to the basic aircraft that are essential in order
to meet the requirements of the chapter of Annex 16, Volume I.
Item 13. The lateral/full-power noise level in the corresponding unit for documents issued under Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5
and 12 of Annex 16.
Item 14. The approach noise level in the corresponding unit for documents issued under Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5, 8
and 12 of Annex 16.
Item 15. The flyover noise level in the corresponding unit for documents issued under Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 and 12
of Annex 16.
Item 16 The overflight noise level in the corresponding unit for documents issued under Chapters 6, 8 and 11
of Annex 16.
Item 17 The take-off noise level in the corresponding unit for documents issued under Chapters 8 and 10 of
Annex 16.
Item 18 Statement of compliance, including reference to Annex 16, Volume I - A statement that the subject
aircraft complies with the applicable noise requirements.
Item 19 Date of issuance of the noise certification document.
Item 20 Signature of the officer issuing it
Reference should be made for further detail on completing the form to Annex 16 Attachment G.
9
SECTION B
CHAPTER B.2 ISSUE 4
JANUARY 2009
CERTIFICATE OF AIRWORTHINESS
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 The regulation requires that no person shall fly or assist in flying any aircraft in
Nepalese airspace unless the aircraft is in possession of a valid Certificate of
Airworthiness kept in force. The Regulation also empowers the Director General
to issue, validate, renew, cancel or suspend a Certificate of Airworthiness.
1.2 This chapter prescribes the requirements for the issue, validation, keeping in
force and the renewal of a Certificate of Airworthiness. It also deals with the
circumstances when the Certificate of Airworthiness is suspended or cancelled.
1.3 For an aircraft which has been issued with a Nepalese Type Certificate in
accordance with NCAR Chapter B.1, the Director General may issue a
Certificate of Airworthiness in any category specified in Chapter A.4 of these
requirements. Before the expiry of a Certificate of Airworthiness, the Director
General may renew it if he is satisfied that the aircraft is airworthy and confirms
to the approved type design or to approved modifications of that design.
1.4 A Certificate of Airworthiness shall be issued on the basis of satisfactory

evidence that the aircraft complies with the design aspects as defined in the
validated type certificate.
1.5 Director General shall not issue or render valid a Certificate of Airworthiness for
which it intends to claim recognition pursuant to Article 33 of the Convention on
International Civil Aviation unless it has satisfactory evidence that the aircraft
complies with the applicable standards of airworthiness codes which are assessed
during the validation of type certificate.
1.6 Where a Certificate of Airworthiness is issued it shall be in Form B.2.2 as shown

in Appendix-2 to this Chapter B.2. and all applicable fields shall be filled up in
English.
2. ISSUE OR VALIDATION OF A CERTIFICATE OF AIRWORTHINESS FOR A

NEW IMPORTED AIRCRAFT
2.1 Subject to paragraph 4 the Director General may issue a Nepalese Certificate of
Airworthiness or validate a foreign Certificate of Airworthiness for a new
imported aircraft in Nepal if:
1
a) it is registered in Nepal in accordance with Chapter B.5 of these
Requirements,
b) a Nepalese Type Certificate for the type concerned has been issued in
accordance with Chapter B.1 of these Requirements,
c) an Export Certificate of Airworthiness issued by the previous State of
Registry not more than 30 days before the date of export is submitted to the
Director General, or, if the State from which the aircraft is imported does not
issue Export Certificate of Airworthiness, it is confirmed that a Certificate of
Airworthiness issued by that State was in force immediately prior to the
export,
d) the owner or operator has deposited the data specified in paragraph 2.2 with
the Airworthiness Inspection Division,
e) logbooks and other records showing the complete maintenance and
modification history of the aircraft and aircraft components prior to
importation are submitted, and,
f) a confirmation inspection including ground and flight tests as deemed
necessary has confirmed that the aircraft confirms to the approved type
design or to approved modifications of that design.
g) a Survey Inspection made by the Airworthiness Inspection Division confirms
that the aircraft is airworthy and that all applicable Airworthiness Directives
of the State of Manufacture have been implemented.
h) an aircraft is equipped with all the applicable operational derived equipment

and Instruments, as per requirements laid down in current relevant Flight
Operations Requirements.
2.2 The owner or operator of a new aircraft for which a Certificate of Airworthiness
is required must apply in writing to the Director General. The application which
should be made in Form B.2.1 as shown Appendix-1 of this Chapter B.2 must be
accompanied by the following data:
a) A list of documents which identifies all technical publications of the State of
Manufacture and manufacturers of aircraft, engine and vendor component
(where ever possible) as well as one copy of such publications in English to
support the continuing airworthiness of aircraft.
b) Written confirmation from the State of Manufacture and from the
manufacturers of the aircraft, engine and vendor component (where ever
possible) that they will continue to supply any amendments for reissues of
the above technical publications as long as the aircraft type remains on the
Nepalese Register.
c) Two copies of the proposed Flight Manual compiled in accordance with
Chapter E.4 of these Requirements,
d) Two copies of the proposed Maintenance Schedule compiled in accordance
with Chapter C.4 of these Requirements.
e) Two copies of the proposed Standard Flight Test Schedule compiled in
accordance with Chapter C.8 of these Requirements.
2
f) Two copies of Operator's Minimum Equipment List compiled in accordance
with Chapter E.8 of these Requirements.
g) Aircraft Component Status Report giving all controlling intervals whether
recorded as flight time, landings, flight cycles, time since new, time since
overhaul or by other intervals,
h) Seating configuration approved document where appropriate (for Transport
Category - Passenger),
i) In case of twin engine aircraft - certification for ETOPs operation, if any.
j) The applicant's request for the issuance of Mobile Radio Station Licence with
a list of radio communication, navigation and radar equipments installed,
including make, model, and their operating frequencies,
k) The particulars and result of a airworthiness acceptance flight test,
l) A copy of voucher against the payment of required fee for the issuance of
Certificate of Airworthiness for a new imported aircraft.
2.3 Before issuing or validating a Certificate of Airworthiness the Director General
may also require that:
a) a certificate be issued by the Chief of Quality Assurance stating that no

modification / Airworthiness Directive / inspection is due,
b) a Certificate of Compliance be issued by an appropriately licensed / approved
person for the assembly work in case the aircraft was imported in a dismantled
condition,
c) the aircraft be weighed and a copy of the Weight and Balance Report be
submitted to the Airworthiness Division,
Note: The Director General may exempt a particular aircraft if he is satisfied that the Empty
Weight and Empty Weight C.G. are given accurately by a recent Weight and Balance
Report issued by the Manufacturer or by the Airworthiness Authority of the State from
which the aircraft was exported.
d) the aircraft be flight tested in accordance with an approved flight test
schedule.
3. ISSUE OR VALIDATION OF A CERTIFICATE OF AIRWORTHINESS FOR

AN USED IMPORTED AIRCRAFT
3.1 Subject to paragraph 4 the Director General may issue a Nepalese Certificate of
Airworthiness or validate a foreign Certificate of Airworthiness for an used
imported aircraft if:
a) it is registered in Nepal in accordance with Chapter B.5 of these

Requirements,
b) a Nepalese Type Certificate for the type concerned has been issued in
accordance with Chapter B.1 of these Requirements,
c) an Export Certificate of Airworthiness issued by the previous State of
Registry not more than 30 days before the date of export is submitted to the
Airworthiness Division, or, if the State from which the aircraft is imported
3
does not issue Export Certificate of Airworthiness, it is confirmed that a
Certificate of Airworthiness issued by that State was in force immediately
prior to the export,
d) the owner or operator has deposited the data specified in paragraph 3.2 with
the Airworthiness Inspection Division,
e) logbooks and other records showing the complete maintenance and
modification history of the aircraft and aircraft components prior to
importation are submitted, and,
f) a Confirmation Inspection including ground and flight tests as deemed
necessary has confirmed that the aircraft confirms to the approved type
design or to approved modifications of that design.
g) a Survey Inspection made by the Airworthiness Inspection Division confirms
that the aircraft is airworthy and that all applicable Airworthiness Directives
of the State of Manufacture have been implemented.
h) an aircraft is equipped with all the applicable operational derived equipment

and Instruments, as per requirements laid down in current relevant Flight
Operations Requirements.
3.2 The owner or operator of an used aircraft for which a Certificate of

Airworthiness is required must apply in writing to the Director General. The
application which should be made in the Form B.2.1 shown in Appendix-1 of
this Chapter B.2 must be accompanied by the following data:
a) A list of documents which identifies all technical publications of the State of

Manufacture and manufacturers of aircraft, engine and vendor component (as
far as possible) as well as one copy of such publications in English to support
the continuing airworthiness of aircraft.
b) Written confirmation from the State of Manufacture and from the
manufacturers of the aircraft, engine and vendor component (as far as
possible) that they will continue to supply any amendments for reissues of
the technical publications as long as the aircraft type remains on the Nepalese
Register.
c) Two copies of the proposed Flight Manual compiled in accordance with
Chapter E.4 of these Requirements,
d) Two copies of proposed Maintenance Schedule compiled in accordance with
Chapter C.4 of these Requirements.
e) Two copies of the proposed Standard Flight Test Schedule compiled in
accordance with Chapter C.8 of these Requirements
f) Two copies of Operator's Minimum Equipment List compiled in accordance
with Chapter E.8 of these Requirements.
g) Component Status Report giving complete history of the aircraft and aircraft
components and equipments including all controlling intervals whether
recorded as flight time, landings, flight cycles, time since new, time since
overhaul or by other intervals,
4
h) Seating configuration approved document where appropriate (for Transport
Category - Passenger),
i) In case of twin engine aircraft - certification for ETOPs operation, if any.
j) The applicant's request for the issuance of Mobile Radio Station Licence with
a list of radio communication, navigation and radar equipments installed,
including make, model and their operating frequencies,
k) The particulars and result of a recent delivery flight test,
l) A complete history of past operational uses of the aircraft,
m) Details of changes of major structural components such as wings, tailplanes,
helicopter rotor or transmission components and history of the replacing
components,
n) Details of major structural repair including the nature of damage in each case,
including the approval procedure and document for each repair,
o) Where applicable, the documentation showing that the aircraft is compliant
with the Structural Integrity Requirements and Corrosion Prevention and
Control Program of Chapters C.14 and C.15 of these Requirements.
p) A copy of voucher against the payment of required fee for the issuance of
Certificate of Airworthiness for an used imported aircraft.
3.3 Before issuing or validating a Certificate of Airworthiness the Director General
may also require that:
a) a certificate be issued by the Chief of Quality Assurance stating that no

modification / Airworthiness Directive / inspection is due,
b) a Certificate of Compliance be issued by an appropriately licenced / approved
person for the assembly work in case the aircraft was imported in a dismantled
condition,
c) the aircraft be weighed and a copy of the Weight and Balance Report be
submitted to the Airworthiness Division,
Note: The Director General may exempt a particular aircraft if he is satisfied that the Empty
Weight and Empty Weight C.G. are given accurately by a recent Weight and Balance
Report issued by the Manufacturer or by the Airworthiness Authority of the State from
which the aircraft was exported.
d) the aircraft be flight tested in accordance with an approved flight test
schedule.
4. CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO AIRCRAFT IMPORTATION
4.1 The issue or validation of a Certificate of Airworthiness for an imported aircraft

may be delayed or refused by the Director General until such time, as he is
satisfied that:
a) the aircraft is suitable for existing operating condition in Nepal and will
receive any required product support from the manufacturer,
5
b) the operator has the necessary facilities and licensed/approved personnel or
has made an agreement with an approved Maintenance Organization to
maintain the aircraft,
c) the documents required by paragraph 2.2 or 3.2 as applicable are supplied,
d) where the aircraft is first of its type imported in Nepal, training in areas of
airframe, engine and avionics is provided to the Airworthiness Inspection
Division by the operator,
e) any deficiencies found during the Survey Inspection of the aircraft are
rectified or made the subject of operational limitations or are listed as Special
Conditions, and
f) any investigation required to be made prior to the importation of the aircraft
into Nepal which involves costs against the Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal
will be paid in full by the operator importing the aircraft.
5. VALIDITY
5.1 The Director General may make the Certificate of Airworthiness valid for any
period, although ordinarily this shall be for one year.
5.2 Where the Certificate of Airworthiness issued by the previous state of registry is
rendered valid by the Director General, the validity of this authorization shall not
extend beyond the period of validity of the Certificate of Airworthiness.
5.3 The Validated Certificate of Airworthiness (Form B.2.3) should be carried with
the original Certificate of Airworthiness issued by the previous state of registry.
5.4 Where it is found necessary and in the interest of safety, the Director General may
further restrict the validity period to such period as is necessary.
6. CIRCUMSTANCES WHEN THE CERTIFICATE OF AIRWORTHINESS IS IN

FORCE
6.1 Subject to paragraph 5, a Certificate of Airworthiness shall be in force when the

aircraft for which the Certificate of Airworthiness is issued is not subject to the
circumstances itemized in paragraph 6.2 and when the aircraft is certified in
accordance with Chapter C.2 of these Requirements.
6.2 A Certificate of Airworthiness shall not be in force and automatically becomes

invalid if:
a) he Maintenance Release becomes invalid due to any failure to maintain the
aircraft in an airworthy condition as per CAAN approved Maintenance
Schedule,
b) an unapproved modification or repair is made on the aircraft,
c) an unapproved material, procedure or practice is used on the aircraft during
maintenance.
6
7. RENEWAL OF A CERTIFICATE OF AIRWORTHINESS
7.1 The owner or operator of an aircraft shall make an application for renewal of a
Certificate of Airworthiness a minimum of 15 days before the expiry of a
Certificate of Airworthiness and the Director General may renew it if he is
satisfied that:
a) the aircraft has been properly maintained whilst the Certificate remained
valid and all damage and defects have been rectified by approved procedures,
b) there has been compliance with all relevant airworthiness directives
originating from Nepal or the State of Manufacture,
c) a Confirmation Inspection made by the Airworthiness Inspection Division
confirms that the aircraft confirms to the approved type design or to approved
modifications of that design.
d) a Survey Inspection made by the Airworthiness Inspection Division
confirms that the aircraft is airworthy, and
e) the aircraft performs satisfactorily during a flight test.
7.2 The owner or operator applying for the renewal of a Certificate of Airworthiness
must submit to the Airworthiness Inspection Division with the following:
a) Logbooks and other records showing the complete maintenance and

modification history of the aircraft and aircraft components as well as
Aircraft Component Status Report, Service Bulletin, Modification and
Inspection Compliance List etc
b) A certification from the Chief of Quality Assurance or an equivalent person,
confirming; that the Certificate of Airworthiness is currently in force with
respect to paragraph 6 of this Chapter and that all other requirements of the
NCAR applicable to the Airworthiness of the aircraft are met.
c) An approved flight test report duly completed and certified by the Pilot-in-
command in the flight test, indicating the aircraft actual performance, as
compared to the required performance,
d) A copy of the voucher against the payment of required fee for the renewal of
e) A certification that the operational check of radio communication, navigation
and radar equipment on board the aircraft have been carried-out in presence
of an authorized person from the Airworthiness Inspection Division during
the flight test and that a valid Mobile Radio Station Licence is also submitted
for renewal.
f) A certification from the Chief of Quality Assurance or Operations
Department that all documents held to support the continued Airworthiness
of aircraft and the Flight Manual are current and up-to-date.
8. TEMPORARY CERTIFICATE OF AIRWORTHINESS
8.1 An aircraft which is temporarily ineligible for a Certificate of Airworthiness in its

usual category but which, subject to special conditions, is safe to fly, may be
7
granted a temporary Certificate of Airworthiness in the Special Category.
A Certificate issued in such a case will be valid only for sufficient time to
complete the mission for which it is granted and will be endorsed as being valid
for ferry flight or test flight, as the case may be.
Note: In special circumstances, an aircraft which is ineligible for a Certificate of Airworthiness in any
category may be granted a Permit to fly under conditions prescribed by the Director General.
8.2 An aircraft with a temporary Certificate of Airworthiness or Permit to Fly may

only fly if a Certificate of Fitness for Flight, for it is issued by an appropriately
licensed or approved person.
9. SUSPENSION AND CANCELLATION
9.1 The Director General may suspend summarily or cancel a Certificate of

Airworthiness if such action is necessary to ensure compliance with the
Regulation or if it is necessary to do so in the interest of safety.
9.2 If the Certificate of Registration of an aircraft is cancelled, the Certificate of

Airworthiness is automatically cancelled.
9.3 If an aircraft develops a defect beyond the limits permitted by the Minimum
Equipment List and requiring rectification by other than the flight crew, or if it
has no valid Maintenance Release, the Certificate of Airworthiness is considered
automatically suspended until rectification of the defect or the Maintenance
Release, as the case may be, is certified.
9.4 Damage to aircraft:
i) When an aircraft has sustained damage the Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal
shall judge whether the damage is of a nature such that the aircraft is no
longer airworthy as defined by the appropriate airworthiness requirements.
ii) If the damage is sustained or ascertained when the aircraft is in the territory of
another contracting state, the authorities of the other contracting state shall be
entitled to prevent the aircraft from resuming its flight on the condition that
they shall advise CAA Nepal immediately, communicating to it all the details
necessary to formulate the judgement referred to in 9.4 i).
iii) When CAA Nepal considers that the damage sustained is of a nature such that
the aircraft is no longer airworthy, it shall prohibit the aircraft from resuming
flight until it is restored to an airworthy condition; CAA Nepal may, however,
in exceptional circumstances, prescribe particular limiting conditions to
permit the aircraft to fly without fare paying passengers to an aerodrome at
which it will be restored to an airworthy condition, and the contracting state
that had originally, in accordance with 9.4 ii), prevented the aircraft from
resuming flight shall permit such flight.
iv) When CAA Nepal considers that the damage sustained is of a nature such that
the aircraft is still airworthy, the aircraft shall be allowed to resume its flight.
9.5 Any failure to maintain an aircraft in an airworthy condition as defined in NCAR

shall render the aircraft ineligible for operation until the aircraft is restored to an
airworthy condition. No aircraft may be flown whilst its Certificate of
Airworthiness is expired, not in force, cancelled or suspended except to complete
8
a flight during which damage or a defect has occurred or if it is issued with a
Permit to Fly by the Director General.
10. SURVEY INSPECTION
10.1 An Aircraft for which application is made for the issue, validation or renewal of a
Certificate of Airworthiness is subject to a Survey Inspection by an authorized
person from the Airworthiness Inspection Division.
10.2 The owner or operator of the aircraft shall agree in advance with the authorized
person when the Survey Inspection shall be made and shall prepare the aircraft by
removing all cowlings and panels, ensuring that it is thoroughly clean and
positioning ladders and work platforms for access. All logbooks and maintenance
records shall be made available for inspection to the authorized person from the
Airworthiness Inspection Division.
10.3 The authorized person from the Airworthiness Inspection Division may require to
witness or inspect the following:
a) the structure for corrosion, cracks and distortion,
b) the systems for condition and functioning,
c) the flying controls for condition, rigging and functioning,
d) the landing gear for retraction functioning and the shock struts for condition
and correct inflation,
e) the wheels and tyres for creep, wear, correct inflation, condition of brakes, etc,
f) pressure cabin proof test,
g) tests of safety equipment,
h) swing of compass,
i) condition and functioning of avionic systems and equipment,
j) installation of required instruments and equipment necessary for the safe
operation of the aeroplane in the anticipated operating conditions, including
those instruments and equipment necessary to enable the crew to operate the
aeroplane within its operating limitations,
k) installation of applicable operational derived instruments and equipment
comply to the standards of relevant part of Flight Operations Requirements
(FOR) of CAA Nepal ,
l) markings and placards on instruments, equipment, controls, etc., have such
limitations, or information as necessary for the direct attention of the flight
crew during flight,
m) markings and placards or instructions provided give essential information to
the ground crew in order to preclude the possibility of mistakes in ground
servicing (e.g. towing, refueling) which could jeopardize the safety of the
aeroplane in subsequent flight,
n) implementation of all applicable Airworthiness Directives and embodiment
of other modifications to confirm that the aircraft confirms to the approved
type design or to the approved modifications of that design.
9
10.4 On completion of the Survey Inspection, the Director General may require that
aircraft to be test flown.
10
Form B.2.1 Appendix - 1
APPLICATION FOR ISSUE/VALIDATION OF

A CERTIFICATE OF AIRWORTHINESS
1. Name of the Owner :

2. Address of the Owner :
3. Nationality :
4. Name of the Operator :
5. Address of the Operator :
6. Nationality :
7. Manufacturer of the Aircraft :
8. Country and Year of Manufacture :
9. Aircraft Nationality and
Registration Mark :
10. Description of Aircraft :
(a) Aircraft Type/Model :
(b) Aircraft Serial Number :
(c) Land or Marine :
(d) Type and Number of Engines :
(e) Maximum Number of Persons
to be Carried Including Crew:
11. Empty Weight of Aircraft :
12. Maximum Take Off Weight :
13. Has a Certificate of Airworthiness in respect of the aircraft been issued by the
Airworthiness Authority of the country of Manufacture ? : Yes No
If yes, the documents should be submitted with the application.
14. Category of Aircraft :
Transport Category (Passenger) Aerial Work Category
Transport Category (Cargo) Private Category
I hereby declare that the above particulars are true in every respect.
....................................
Signature of the Applicant :
Date :
Place:
1
File No. Serial No.

CERTIFICATE OF AIRWORTHINESS
1. Nationality and Registration 2. Manufacture and Manufacturer's
3. Aircraft Serial Number
Marks Designation of aircraft
4. Categories
5. This Certificate of Airworthiness has been issued pursuant to the Convention on International Civil Aviation dated 7
December 1944, Nepalese Civil Airworthiness Requirements Chapter B.2 and the Rules made under the Civil Aviation Act
1996.
This Certificate shall remain valid so long as the aircraft is maintained and operated in accordance with the relevant Rules
and the pertinent operating limitations.

Date of issue For Director General
RENEWAL & EXTENSIONS
From To Signature From To Signature
1
File No. Serial No.

VALIDATED CERTIFICATE OF AIRWORTHINESS
1. Nationality and Registration 2. Manufacture and Manufacturer's
3. Aircraft Serial Number
Marks Designation of aircraft
4. Categories
5. This Certificate of Airworthiness has been issued pursuant to the Convention on International Civil Aviation dated 7
December 1944, Nepalese Civil Airworthiness Requirements Chapter B.2 and the Rules made under the Civil Aviation Act
1996.
The Validated Certificate of Airworthiness shall remain valid so long the period of validity of the original Certificate of
Airworthiness remains valid.
The Validated Certificate of Airworthiness shall be carried with the original Certificate of Airworthiness issued by the
previous state of registry.

1
1
NCAR, Chapter B.2

SECTION B
CHAPTER B.3 ISSUE 1
SEPTEMBER 1982
EXPORT CERTIFICATE OF AIRWORTHINESS
1. APPLICABILITY
1.1 This chapter prescribes the requirements for the issue of a Nepalese Export
1.2 An Export Certificate of Airworthiness is not a certificate which authorizes flight.

It is a certificate which attests that at the time of issue an aircraft or aircraft
component conformed to its type design as modified only by approved
modifications, complied with all pertinent Nepalese Civil Aviation Rules and Civil
Airworthiness Requirements currently in force and was in a condition for safe
operation.
1.3 The Director General may grant an Export Certificate of Airworthiness in respect
of an aircraft, engine or major aircraft component if he is satisfied that it is eligible
for such a certificate prior to being exported from Nepal.
2. ELIGIBILITY OF EXPORT CERTIFICATE OF AIRWORTHINESS
2.1 To be eligible for an Export Certificate of Airworthiness a used aircraft must:
a) have a current Nepalese Certificate of Airworthiness,

b) be accompanied by its complete maintenance and modification history as
documented in logbooks and associated records,
c) have a schedule of all Airworthiness Directives with which there has been
compliance and any applicable Airworthiness Directives with which there has
not been compliance,
d) be subject to a Survey Inspection made by an authorized person from the
Airworthiness Division and be found free of defects, and
e) pass such flight tests as the Director General may require.
1
NCAR, Chapter B.3 Issue 1, September 1982
Amendment 1, March 2002
2.2 To be eligible for an Export Certificate of Airworthiness a used engine or major
aircraft component must:
a) meet the conditions of paragraph 2.1 sub-paragraphs (b), (c) and (d), and
b) pass such bench tests as the Director General may require.
2
SECTION B
CHAPTER B.4 ISSUE 2
MARCH 2013
PERMIT TO FLY/ SPECIAL FLIGHT PERMIT
1. GENERAL
1.1 An aircraft which does not qualify for a Certificate of Airworthiness but which
subject to limiting conditions, is considered safe to fly may be granted a Permit
to Fly by the Director General.
1.2 A Permit to fly is granted to any aircraft in case of test flight of an aircraft for the
purpose of renewal of C of A, while the C of A has expired.
1.3 A Permit to Fly may be granted to an amateur-built aircraft, an ex-military

aircraft or to a vintage aircraft if the Director General is satisfied that the aircraft
is safe to be operated within prescribed limitations.
1.4 A Permit to Fly may be granted to a microlight aircraft, hand glider or other sport
aircraft whether professionally-built or amateur-built.
2. DEFINITIONS
Amateur-built Aircraft : An amateur-built aircraft is an aircraft for sport flying which

has been mainly constructed outside an approved manufacturing organization.
Vintage Aircraft : An aircraft of type designed prior to 1950 which has been maintained
or restored to a condition fit for flight,
Microlight Aircraft : An aircraft which does not exceed 100 kg. Empty Weight, has a
wing loading not exceeding 10 kg. per square metre and carried only one person.
Hang Glider : A glider of simple construction in which the pilot is suspended below the
wing.
Sport Aircraft : Aircraft which are flown for sporting or private purposes only.
1
NCAR, Chapter B.4 Issue 2, March 2013
Amendment 1, 14 July 2013
3. ISSUE OF PERMIT TO FLY
3.1 A Permit to Fly will not be issued to:
a) Any aircraft which is eligible for Certificate of Airworthiness.

b) An amateur-built aircraft the maximum weight of which exceeds 680 kg., the
wing-loading of which at maximum weight exceeds 73 kg/m2 or the stall
speed of which exceeds 55 knots.
c) Any aircraft which is considered by the Director General to be unsafe to fly.
3.2 The owner or operator of a Nepalese aircraft for which a Permit to Fly is required
must apply in writing to the Director General. The application, which should be
made on the Form B.4.1 as shown in Appendix 1 of this Chapter B.4, must
define the aircraft completely and be accompanied by adequate data giving its
performance, handling qualities, design criteria, construction principles and
maintenance requirements.
Note : If the data required for the issue of a Certificate of Airworthiness for the aircraft type
has been previously submitted, reference to this is acceptable.
3.3 Where applicable the documents, must show that the aircraft is in compliance
with the Structural Integrity Requirements and Corrosion Prevention and Control
Program of Chapters C.14 and C.15 of these Requirements.
3.4 Before granting a Permit to Fly, the Director General may require additional data
to be submitted, or require inspections or tests, including flight tests, to be made.
3.5 An aircraft for which a Permit to Fly is requested will be subject to a Survey
Inspection as defined in Chapter B.2 of these Requirements.
3.6 An aircraft for which a Permit to Fly is requested, shall be weighed in accordance
with Chapter C.6 and any compass fitted shall be calibrated in accordance with
Chapter C.12.
3.7 If the Director General determines that a Permit to Fly may not be granted until
the aircraft has been test flown, a temporary Permit to Fly may be granted for the
purpose of the flight test only.
3.8 A Permit to Fly shall remain valid for the period specified on it, which will
normally be one year. A Permit to Fly is also subject to any conditions endorsed
on it.
2
4. RENEWAL OF A PERMIT TO FLY
4.1 An applicant for renewal of Permit to Fly should complete the Form B.4.1 as
shown in Appendix 1 of this Chapter B.4 and forward it to the Airworthiness
Division, Aviation Safety Directorate, Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal not later
than 14 days before expiry of the current permit.
4.2 The Permit to Fly may be renewed for a further period if the condition of the
aircraft and its documents are found to be satisfactory on Survey Inspection by an
authorized person from the Airworthiness Division.
4.3 A Permit to Fly will not be renewed until any additional work required by the
Director General has been completed and all logbooks and other records are
found to be up to date and satisfactory.
5. CONDITIONS OF PERMIT TO FLY
5.1 An aircraft issued with a Permit to Fly shall be flown only on Private Operations
and not be flown for hire or reward.
5.2 The aircraft shall be flown only by day in accordance with Visual Flight Rules.
5.3 A Certificate of Fitness for Flight, as prescribed in Chapter C.3, must be in force
whenever the aircraft is flown.
5.4 The aircraft shall not be flown over any concourse of people or any populous area
except as may be necessary for the purposes of taking-off or landing.
3
SPECIAL FLIGHT PERMIT
1. Purpose
This part specifies the circumstances under which an aircraft without valid Certificate
of Airworthiness (C of A), suspended or deemed to have suspended C of A, may be
permitted to undertake ferry flight and the procedure for issue of such special flight
permit or ferry flight permit.
2. Special Flight/Ferry flight permit

Special Flight Permit or ferry flight permit is a permission granted by the Director
General to fly an aircraft that may not meet current applicable airworthiness
requirements but is capable of undertaking safe flight.
3. Circumstances that requires Special Flight

Defects and damages may be encountered during operation of an aircraft for which
repair facilities may not exist at en-route stations. At times work required by a
mandatory Airworthiness Directives is to be performed for which it is essential for
the aircraft to be dispatched to the base maintenance station. In certain other
conditions, evacuation of aircraft or persons from, areas of impending danger may be
required. There may be occasions where the aircraft have to be flown for
experimental or test flights including production test flights without valid C of A. In
the above circumstances, special flight/ ferry flight may be authorized if the aircraft is
otherwise safe to conduct the intended flight.
However, Special Flight Permit is not required in case of test flight of an aircraft for
the purpose of renewal of C of A, while the C of A has expired. For the purpose of
renewal of C of A while the C of A has expired requirements pertaining to Permit to
Fly shall apply.
3.1 A special flight/ferry flight permit may be issued by the Director General to an
aircraft when Certificate of Airworthiness has been suspended or deemed to be
suspended or has become invalid. Such aircraft may not currently meet applicable
airworthiness requirements but is capable of performing safe flight for the
following purposes:
i. Ferry fly to a base without passengers onboard for repair, modification and
maintenance are to be performed to remove the suspension of the C of A.
ii. Test flying a production aircraft
iii. Evacuation of aircraft or persons from areas of impending danger.
iv. Flight for special purposes.
a. Customer demonstration flights in new production aircraft that have
satisfactorily completed production test flights.
b. Ferry flight to a point of temporary / permanent storage.
c. Operation of an aircraft at a weight in excess of its maximum certified
take- off weight for flight beyond the normal range over water or over
land areas where adequate landing facilities or fuelling facilities are not
available The excess weight that may be authorized is limited to the
additional fuel, fuel carrying facilities and navigation equipment necessary
for the flight.
4
4. Procedure
4.1 The owner / operator seeking a special flight permit shall submit an application as
per Appendix I, together with a report covering assessment of defect and extent of
damage sustained if any, to the Director General. The operator shall also forward
a copy of damage report for information. The operator should substantiate how
the aircraft can be flown safely and the steps taken for safe flight. The application
shall be concurred and signed by the engineering and operations departments of
the operator signifying that the proposed operation is safe from engineering and
operational aspects. In case the aircraft sustains damage/defect outside the
country, application for special/ferry flight permit shall be submitted to the office,
where the aircraft is based.
4.2 The report sent along with the application, detailing the condition of the aircraft
and the steps taken for safe flight will be analyzed and based on the assessment
with regard to safety of aircraft Director General may grant special flight / ferry
flight permit as per Appendix II subject to the following conditions/ limitations.
a) Inspection or tests by the operator for determining the safety of aircraft for
the intended flight and certified to that effect by appropriately licensed or
authorized / approved persons.
b) A limitation that the operating weight on any ferry flight must be the
minimum necessary with the necessary reserve fuel load and that the
C.G. is within limits
c) Any other operational limitation considered necessary for the particular
flight.
d) Flight is to be conducted within the performance operating limitations given
in the Aircraft Flight Manual and any additional limitation(s) that may be
specified by Director General for the particular flight.
e) As far as possible initial climb should not be over thickly populated area.
f) The aircraft shall be operated only by crew holding appropriate license
issued or validated by the Director General.
g) Crew properly briefed of the nature of deficiencies and defective system,
item, and component isolated and suitably placarded in cockpit.
h) Weather conditions at the take off and destination airport are to be at least
equal to that required for VFR flight.
i) Persons other than required flight crew shall not be carried during the flight
j) Fuel and fuel distribution limits.
k) Maneuvers to which the aircraft is limited.
l) Limits on usage of flight equipment such as autopilots etc.
m) Runway selections if considered necessary for safe flight.
n) Air speed limits as required.
o) Communications required with airport tower personnel to inform them prior
to take- off or landing of the non standard condition of the aircraft.
4.3 A copy of the special flight permit must be carried onboard the aircraft at all times
when the aircraft is operating under the terms and conditions of the permit.
4.4 The registration marks assigned to the aircraft shall be displayed in accordance
5
with required procedures.
4.5 It is the responsibility of the operator / owner to ensure that the aircraft is capable
of performing safe flight for the intended purpose. However, Director General
may require the applicant to make the aircraft available for inspection especially
when the aircraft is damaged or the airworthiness/safety of aircraft is in doubt.
4.6 Special /ferry flight permit issued by Director General shall be valid till the arrival
of the aircraft at destination or specific date mentioned in the permit as
applicable.
4.7 If the flight involves operation over countries outside Nepal, the operator of the
aircraft must obtain special /ferry flight permit from the appropriate authorities of
such countries prior to operation of such flight. And such flights shall be in
accordance with the applicable general operating rules of the State in or over
which the operations are conducted.
4.8 If the damage is sustained or ascertained when the aircraft is in the territory of
another Contracting State, the authorities of the other Contracting States shall be
entitled to prevent the aircraft from resuming its flight on the condition that they
shall advise Director General immediately, communicating to it all details
necessary to formulate the judgment necessary for ascertaining the nature of the
damage and its effect on airworthiness and safety.
4.9 When the Director General considers that the damage is of a nature such that the
aircraft is no longer airworthy, it shall prohibit the aircraft from resuming flight
until it is restored to airworthy condition. The Director General may however, in
exceptional circumstances, prescribe particular limiting conditions to permit the
aircraft to undertake a non-commercial operation to an aerodrome at which it will
be restored to an airworthy condition. In prescribing particular conditions the
Director General shall consider all limitations proposed by the Contracting State
that had originally, in accordance with Para 4. h, prevented the aircraft from
resuming its flight. Director General shall permit such flight or flights within the
prescribed limitations.
4.10 When Director General considers that the damage is of a nature such that the
aircraft is still airworthy the aircraft shall be allowed to resume flight. Upon
completion of the special/ferry flight the operator will render a report to the
Director General, where the aircraft is based and a copy forwarded to the
authority who had issued the special flight permit which shall include.
a) Any abnormality encountered during flight.
b) Action taken at base to render aircraft airworthy.
c) Result of production test flight.
d) Any other information regarding the flight as deemed necessary.
5. Notwithstanding the above, the Director General may refuse to grant permit to any flight
if there is reasonable doubt that such flight may jeopardize the safety of the aircraft and/
or persons on board.
6
Form B.4.1 Appendix -I
APPLICATION FOR ISSUE OR RENEWAL OF A PERMIT TO FLY
If information has been previously submitted for issue of a Certificate of Airworthiness, only
Paragraphs 1 (a), 2 (a), 5 and 6 need to be completed.
1. OWNERSHIP
(a) Name of Owner in Full :

(b) Permanent Address :
(c) Mailing Address :
(if different from b)
(d) Nationality of Owner :
2. AIRCRAFT DESCRIPTION
(a) Aircraft Type : Registration Mark.:

(b) Constructor's Name :
(c) Constructor's Address :
(d) Airframe Serial No.:
(e) Engine Type and Manufacturer :
(f) Propeller Type and Manufacturer :
3. PREVIOUS REGISTRATION
(a) Has the aircraft been registered before : Yes No

(b) If so, in what State ? Last Registration :
4. AVIONICS
The applicant's request for the issuance of Mobile Radio Station Licence with a list
avionic equipments, if fitted, including make, model and their operating frequencies.
(a) Communication Radios :
(b) Navigation Radios :
(c) Automatic Pilot :
(d) Remote Reading Compass :
1
5. REMARKS
(Describe any special or unusual features of the aircraft).
6. DECLARATION
I declare that the details in this application are true in every respect.
.
Name of Applicant : Signature of Applicant
Address : . Date : ..
2
Form B.4.2 Appendix-II
APPLICATION FOR ISSUE OF SPECIAL/FERRY FLIGHT PERMIT
1. Name of the Owner /Operator:

2. Address of the Owner /Operator:
3. Aircraft Details:
Make _______________________
Model ______________________
Serial Number _______________
Registration Marks____________
4. Purpose of the Flight:
5. Flight Plan:
6. Names of the
Flight Crew :__________________________
Ratings held : _________________________
Licence validity: _______________________
7. Detailed assessment of defect/damage sustained:
8. Any limitation/restriction the applicant considers necessary for safe operation of the aircraft:
9. Engineering :______________________________________________
Operation :________________________________________________
10. Proposed action to make the aircraft fit for ferry flight:
11. Any other information relevant to the flight for the purpose of prescribing Operating
limitations:
Signature of Chief of Engineering/ QA Signature of Chief of Operations

QCM
Date:
Place:
3
Form B.4.3 Appendix-III
Special / Ferry Flight Permit
Special / Ferry flight permit is here by granted to ___________ to fly ________ aircraft ,
Registration Mark __________ from ________ to _______for the purpose
of_______________________________________________________ .
The Ferry/ Special Flight Permit is valid till __________________
The Ferry/ Special Flight Permit is valid subject to the following conditions:
1. A copy of this ferry/ special flight permit shall be carried on board the aircraft when
operating under this special flight permit.
2. No persons or property should be carried for compensation or hire purpose.
3. Before operating an aircraft that does not meet applicable airworthiness requirements, the
operator shall make a determination that the aircraft can safely be flown to a station where
maintenance or alterations can be performed. In addition, the operator will have the aircraft
inspected in accordance with procedures contained in the operator's manual and have a
certificated engineer certify in the aircraft logbook that the aircraft is in safe condition for
the flight as specified in the operator's manual.
4. Only flight crew members and persons essential to the purpose of flight shall be carried
aboard during ferry flights, after being advised of the contents of the authorization and the
airworthiness status of the aircraft.
5. The aircraft should be operated only by crew holding appropriate certificates or licences
issued or validated by the CAA Nepal.
6. All flights should be conducted so as to avoid areas having heavy traffic or any other areas
where flights might create hazardous exposure to persons or property
7. Operating mass of the aircraft must be the minimum necessary for the flight with
necessary reserve fuel load.
8. Flight shall be conducted in accordance with performance operating limitations contained
in Airplane Flight Manual / CDL/ DDPG of MEL and additional limitations specified by
CAA Nepal for the intended flight.
9. This ferry/ special flight permit does not permit operation of a product to which an
airworthiness directive applies except in accordance with the requirements of that
directive.
10. Aircraft involved in an accident or incident shall not be ferried prior to notifying the CAA
Nepal.
11. If the flight involves operation over countries outside Nepal, the operator of the aircraft
must obtain special/ ferry flight permit from the appropriate authorities of such countries
prior to operation of such flight.
12. Any other conditions or limitations as considered necessary by the operator for safe
4
operation of flight.
13. The Special/ Ferry flight permit shall be conducted prior to the expiry date of the
authorization.
Date: Authorised Signatory
5
SECTION B
CHAPTER B.5 ISSUE 4

JANUARY 2009
REGISTRATION OF AIRCRAFT
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 The Rules require that no person shall fly or assist in flying any aircraft in
Nepalese airspace unless the aircraft:
a) has been registered and the Certificate of Registration is carried on board the
aircraft, and
b) bears the nationality and registration marks, affixed in accordance with the
rules of the State of Registry of the aircraft.
1.2 This chapter prescribes the requirements for the registration of aircraft in Nepal.
1.3 Registration of an aircraft does not permit it to fly without a valid Certificate of
Airworthiness or Permit to fly or Special flight permit is in force.
1.5 A Certificate of Registration is not subject to renewal and shall remain in effect
untill such time as there is request for transfer of ownership of the aircraft. The
Certificate of Registration is cancelled if the aircraft is removed from the Nepalese
Civil Aircraft Register.
1.6 Where an aircraft is registered in accordance with this chapter, the aircraft shall
carry an identification plate for the aircraft which is made of a fireproof metal or
other fireproof material of suitable physical properties. The indentification plate
shall be secured to the aircraft in a prominent position near the main entrance
door or,
i. in the case of an unmanned free balloon, affixed conspicuously to the
exterior of the payload and
ii. in the case of remotely piloted aircraft, secure in a prominent position
near the main entrance or compartment or affix conspicuously to the exterior of
the aircraft if there is no main entrance or compartment .
The owner shall have inscribed the following on the identification plate:
a) The nationality and registration marks of the aircraft,

b) The manufacturer of the aircraft,
c) The type, model and serial number of the aircraft,
d) The date of aircraft manufacture.
1
Amendment 1 , February 2016
1.7 The provisions of this Chapter shall not apply to meteorological pilot balloons used
exclusively for meteorological purposes or to unmanned free balloons without a
payload.
1.8 While an aircraft first of its type is entrerd in the Nepalese civil aircraft register,
CAA Nepal shall advise the State of Design that it has entered such an aircraft on its
register..
2. CLASSIFICATION OF AIRCRAFT
2.1 Aircraft shall be classified in accordance with Table 1.
2.2 An aircraft which is intended to be operated with no pilot on board shall be further
classified as unmanned.
2.3 Unmanned aircraft shall include unmanned free balloons and remotely piloted
aircraft.
Table 1.Classification of aircraft
2
Amendment 1, February 2016
3. REGISTRATION OF AIRCRAFT
3.1 Subject to paragraph 3.2 an aircraft may be registered:
a) by the Nepalese Air Operator, or

b) by any Company, on behalf of Nepalese Air Operator.
Note 1 : The Director General does not issue any Certificate of Ownership or endorse any
information with respect to the ownership on a Certificate of Registration. The Director
General issues a Certificate of Registration to a person, organization or enterprise who
has provided evidence of ownership pursuant to paragraph 3.2 (b).
Note 2 "Evidence of the Ownership" as recorded at the Nepalese Civil Aircraft Register of Civil
Aviation Authority of Nepal. In this paragraph the Owner shall include a buyer in
possession, a bailee or a lessee of an aircraft under a contract of conditional aircraft sale
and the assignee of that person.
3.2 The owner of an aircraft which is to be registered in Nepal must apply in writing
to the Director General. The application which should be made in Form B.5.1 as
shown in Appendix-1 of this Chapter B.5 must be accompanied by the following
necessary documents:
a) A copy of Nepalese Validated Type Certificate for the type concerned.

b) A copy of the Bill of Sale or Conditional Sales Contract.
Note 1 : Where an aircraft to be registered is subject to a lease or lease purchase agreement,
a copy of the lease or lease purchase agreement shall be provided will this
application.
Note 2. : "Evidence of Ownership"; The buyer in possessing or the bailee or the lessee of
an aircraft under a contract of conditional sale must submit a copy of the
contract. The assignee under a contract of conditional sale must submit both the
contract and his assignment from the original buyer, bailee, lessee or prior
assignee that bears the written assent of the seller, bailer, lessor or assignee
thereof, under the original contract
c) Proof of cancellation of previous registration or certificate of non-registration
issued by the previous state of registry or manufacturing state.
Note : The satisfactory evidence of cancellation of previous registration or proof of non-
registration may be a statement by the Airworthiness Authority of the previous
State of Registry that the aircraft has been deregistered or non-registered from
airworthiness Authority of exporting state.
d) Copy of the valid aircraft insurance policy acceptable to the Director General.
e) Proof of Nepalese custom clearance after arrival of the aircraft at Nepal. If the
certificate of registration is issued outside Nepal, operator is required to
submit the custom clearance document before permission of normal flight is
granted.
f) A copy of voucher against the payment of aircraft registration fee.
g) A statement that it meets the requirement of paragraph 10 of Chapter B.2.
h) A statement that all placards, instructions and documents related to the
aircraft are in English.
i) Any other necessary documentation as requested by the Director General.
3
4. AIRCRAFT NOT TO BE REGISTERED
4.1 Notwithstanding anything contained in this chapter the aircrafts mentioned in
Rule 11 of Civil Aviation Rules 2002 A.D. (2058 B.S) (and its amendments)
shall not be registered by CAAN.
5. ALLOCATION OF NEPALESE REGISTRATION MARKS
5.1 Operator may apply in writing for the allocation of Nepalese Registration marks
for the purpose of importing aircraft under the valid AOC/ASOC/NOC. The
operator must submit the following documents along with the application.
a. Lease/Lease Purchase/ Sales contract agreement. For lease/ lease purchase the
operator must have received lease agreement approval from CAAN.
b. Copy of Nepalese Validated Aircraft Type Certificate.
c. Aircraft specification.
d. Proof of ownership.
e. Aircraft present status (Location)
f. Availability of proposed Fleet Type in Licence issued by Ministry of Civil
Aviation.
g. Date of manufacture (Aircraft Life/Cycles/Hour etc must be in accordance
with the latest Civil Aviation Policy)
h. Any other documents as required by the Director General
5.2 On the receipt of above mentioned documents CAAN may issue a Nepalese
allocation of registration mark only for importation purpose. This allocation
doesnt mean a Certificate of Registration.
5.3 The validity of allocated registration marks shall be only for three months if the
aircraft is not registered in accordance with para 3 of this chapter.
6. NEPALESE CIVIL AIRCRAFT REGISTER
6.1 The Airworthiness Inspection Division shall maintain a current civil aircraft
register showing each aircraft registerd by the Authority, the information recorded
in the Certificate of Registration. The register of unmanned free balloons shall
contain the date, time and location of release, the type of balloon and the name of
the operator.
6.2 Where a Certificate of Registration is issued, it shall be in English language and in

a Form B.5.3 as shown in Appendix - 3 to this Chapter B.5.
6.3 Upon transfer of ownership full detail of the new owner and operator will be
entered in to the Nepalese Civil Aircraft Register.
4
6.4 Where the Certificate of Registration of an aircraft is cancelled the aircraft will be
removed from the Nepalese Civil Aircraft Register.
7. NATIONALITY AND REGISTRATION MARKS
7.1 The nationality and registration mark shall consist of a group of characters.
7.2 The registration mark shall consist of a set of letters. The registration mark shall be
preceded by a hyphen
7.3 The nationality mark for Nepal shall be '9N'
7.4 The registration mark shall be combination of letter as assigned by CAA Nepal.
7.5 While alloting registration mark , letter combinations shall not be used which might
be confused with the five-letter combinations used in the International Code of Signals,
Part II, the three-letter combinations beginning with Q used in the Q Code, and with the
distress signal SOS, or other similar urgent signals, for example XXX, PAN and TTT.
7.6 The Nationality and Registration Marks shall be painted on the aircraft or shall be
affixed by any other means ensuring a similar degree of permanance. The marks shall be
kept clean and visible at all times.
7.7 Location of Nationality and Registration Marks :
7.7.1 Lighter-than air aircraft :
7.7.1.1 Airships : The marks on an airship shall appear either on the hull or on the
stabilizer surfaces. Where the marks appear on the hull, they shall be located
lengthwise on each side of the hull and also on its upper surface on the line of
symmetry. Where the marks appear on the stabilizer surfaces, they shall appear
on the horizontal and on the vertical stabilizers; the marks on the horizontal
stabilizer shall be located on the right half of the upper surface and on the left
half of the lower surface, with the tops of the letters and numbers toward the
leading edge; the marks on the vertical stabilizer shall be located on each side of
the bottom half stabilizer, with the letters and numbers placed horizontally.
7.7.1.2 Spherical balloons ( other than unmanned free balloons ) : The marks shall
appear in two places diametrically opposite. They shall be located near the maximum
horizontal circumference of the balloon.
7..7..1.3 Non-spherical balloons (other than unmanned free balloons) : The marks
shall appear on each side. They shall be located near the maximum cross-section of the
balloon immediately above either the rigging band or the points of attachment of the
basket suspension cables.
7.7.1.4 Lighter-than-air aircraft(other than unmanned free balloons) : The side marks
shall be visible both from the sides and from the ground.
7.7.1.5 Unmanned free balloons : The marks shall appear on the identification plate
5
7.7.2 Heavier-than-air aircraft
7.7.2.1 Wings : The marks shall appear once on the lower surface of the wing structure.
They shall be located on the left half of the lower surface of the wing structure unless
they extend across the whole of the lower surface of the wing structure. So far as is
possible, the marks shall be located equidistant from the leading and trailing edges of the
wings. The tops of the letters and numbers shall be toward the leading edge of the wing.
7.7.2.2 Fuselage (or equivalent structure) and vertical tail surfaces : The marks shall
appear either on each side of the fuselage (or equivalent structure) between the wings
and the tail surface or on the upper halves of the vertical tail surfaces. When located on a
single vertical tail surface, they shall appear on both sides. When located on multivertical
tail surfaces, they shall appear on the outboard sides of the outer surfaces.
7..7..2.3 Special cases : If a heavier-than-air aircraft does not posses parts

corresponding to those mentioned in 7.7.2.1 and 7.7.2.2 , the marks shall appear in a
manner such that the aircraft can be identified readily.
7.8 Measurement of Nationality and Registration Marks :
7.8.1 The letters and numbers in each separate group of marks shall be of equal height.
7.8.2 Lighter-than-air aircraft :
7..8.2.1 The height of the marks on lighter-than air aircraft other than unmanned
free balloons shall be at least 50 centimetres.
7.8..2.2 The measurements of the marks related to unmanned free balloons shall be
determined by CAAN, taking into account the size of the payload to which the
identification plate is affixed.
7.8.2.3 Special cases : If a lighter-than-air aircraft does not posses parts of sufficient size
to accommodate the mark described in 7.8.2, the measurement of the mark shall be such
that the aircraft can be identified readily.
7.8.3 Heavier-than-air aircraft :
7.8.3.1 Wings : the height of the marks on the wings shall be at least 50 centimetres
7.8.3.2 Fuselage (or equivalent structure) and vertical tail surfaces : the height of the marks on
fuselage (or equivalent structure) and on the vertical tail surfaces shall be at least 30 centimetres.
7.8.3.3 Special cases : If a heavier-than-air aircraft does not posses parts corresponding to those
mentioned in 7.8.3.1 and 7.8.3.2 above, the measurements of the marks shall be such that the
aircraft can be identified readily.
7.9 Type of characters for Nationality and Registration Marks :
7..9.1The letters shall be capital letters in Roman characters without ornamentation .Numbers
shall be Arabic numbers without ornamentation.
6
7.9.2 The width of each character (except the letter I and the number 1) and the length of
hyphens shall be two-thirds of the height of a character.
7.9.3 The characters and hyphens shall be formed by solid lines and shall be of a colour
contrasting clearly with the background. The thickness of the lines shall be one-sixth of the
height of a character.
7.9.4 Each character shall be seperated from that which it immediately precedes or follows, by
a space of not less than one-quarter of a character width. A hyphen shall be regarded as a
character for this purpose.
8. ISSUE OF DUPLICATE CERTIFICATE OF REGISTRATION
8.1 Subject to paragraph 8.2, where a Certificate of Registration has been lost the
owner or operator may apply to Airworthiness Inspection Division, for the issue of
a duplicate certificate,
8.2 Where application is made in accordance with para.8.1, an affidavit attesting that
the Certificate of Registration has been lost shall be presented with the application
for issuance of duplicate certificate.
8.3 Where the Certificate of Registration has been mutilated, the owner or operator
may apply for issue of a duplicate certificate.
8.4 The owner or operator shall be required to pay the prescribed fee for the issuance
of a duplicate Certificate of Registration subject to paragraph 8.1 and 8.3 above.
9. APPLICATION FOR CANCELLATION OF CERTIFICATE OF

REGISTRATION
9.1 Where an aircraft is damaged beyond repair or is permanently sent abroad by the
owner of the aircraft and is to be registered in a foreign country an application for the
removal of an aircraft from Nepalese Civil Aircraft Register shall be made in writing to
the Director General by the owner of the aircraft and the original Certificate of
Registration must be returned to the Director General for cancellation and retaintion.
9.2 Following documents shall be attached along with the De-registration application
where applicable.
a) All applicable CAAN dues for the said aircraft are cleared.
b) Clearance of Bank or financial institution in case the aircraft is under
mortgage.
c) In the case of Accident and incident, clearance letter from investigation
commission for De-registration.
d) A copy of voucher against the payment of the fee presbribed in CAR 2058
Appendix 1.
Note :- Notification of cancellation of an aircraft registration i.e.removeal of an aircraft from Nepalese
Civil Aircraft Register to a foreign State of Registry will be made if requested by the owner or
the foreign State of Registry.
10. TRANSFER OF OWNERSHIP/ OPERATORSHIP
7
10.1 The Certificate of Registration becomes ineffective when an application is made in
writing to the Director General for the transfer of ownership of a Nepalese registered
aircraft. In such a case the previous owner of the aircraft must return the original
Certificate of Registration to the Director General. The aircraft may not be flown untill
such time as the transfer of ownership is decided and entered in to the Certificate of
Registration and issued to the new owner. In such a case the Nationality and Registration
Marks normally will remain the same unless otherwise requested by the new owner for
the change in Registration Mark. The Owner shall make an application to CAAN for the
transfer of ownership and with the consent of financial institution if any and pay the
applicable fee prescribed in CAR 2058 and its amendments.
10.2 The transfer of operatorship may also be carried out by Civil Aviation Authority of
Nepal upon receiving request in writing to the Director General by both current and
proposed operator for transfer of operatorship of the Nepalese registered aircraft. In such
a case the previous owner of the aircraft must return the original Certificate of
Registration to the Director General. The aircraft may not be flown untill such time as the
transfer of operatorship is decided and entered in to the Certificate of Registration and
issued to the new operator. In such a case the Nationality and Registration Marks
normally will remain the same unless otherwise requested by the new operator for the
change in Registration Mark. The Owner shall make an application to CAAN for the
transfer of operaotrship and with the consent of financial institution if any and pay the
applicable fee prescribed in CAR 2058 and its amendments.
11. SIGNATURE AND INSTRUMENTS MADE BY REPRESENTATION
Each signature on an application for aircraft registration or for transfer of ownership or a

request for cancellation of a Certificate of Registration or on a document submitted as
supporting evidence under this paragraph must be in ink. When one or more persons
doing business under a trade name submits an application for aircraft registration or for
transfer of ownership or a request for cancellation of a Certificate of Registration, the
application on request must be signed by or on behalf of each person who shares title to
the aircraft.
11.1 When an organization or enterprise submits an application for an aircraft

registration or for transfer of ownership or a request for the cancellation of
Certificate of Registration, it must
i) have an authorized person sign the application or request,

ii) show the title of the signer's office on the application or request,
iii) submit a copy of authorization from the Board of Directors to sign for an
organization or enterprise,
iv) provide evidence that the signer of the application or request is a corporate
officer or other person in a managerial position in the organization or
enterprise and the title of his office is as stated.
12. MAXIMUM PERSMISSIBLE AGE OF AIRCRAFT
8
The maximum permissible age of an aircraft, in terms of aircraft flight hours, cycles or
calender life, that a Nepalese operator may register shall be in accordance with National
Civil Aviation Policy 2063 Article 3.3 and any amendments made thereto.
9
APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION OF AIRCRAFT
1. Type of Aircraft :-
Manufacture of Aircraft :-
Date of Manufacture :-
S/N of Aircraft :-
2. Engine Type :-
Engine Make :-
No. of Engines :-
Power Rating :-
3. Max. Take-off Weight :-

Max. No. of Crew :-
Max. Passenger Seats :-
4. Propeller/Rotor Make :-
Model :-
5. Aircraft Manufacturer's :-
Address :-
Tel/Fax :-
6. Number of hours flown and landings since new :-
7. History of accidents (if any). Indicate incidents/accidents met by the aircraft, the nature
and extent of damage sustained by the aircraft, details of any major repairs carried out
details. If required a separate page may be used for providing the above.
8. Has the aircraft been previously registered in Nepal ? Yes No

If yes, state Registration Mark :-
9. Is the aircraft already registered in any country outside Nepal ? Yes No

If yes, give full particulars.
10. Name of Owner :-

Address :-
Nationality :-
1
11. Is the aircraft wholly owned:
(a) by the citizens of Nepal

(b) by an organization or enterprise registered and having its principle place
of business in Nepal. The Chairman and at least 2/3rd of the Board
of Directors are citizens of Nepal
(c) by the person resident of Nepal or is carrying business in Nepal who
is not the citizen of Nepal
(d) by an organization or enterprise registered elsewhere than in Nepal but
carrying business in Nepal
For applicants who come under (c) and (d) state how long the applicants have
been resident of Nepal have been in business in Nepal ?
Nature of business :-
12. Name of Operator :-

Nationality :-
Address :-
13. Base Station of Aircraft :-
14. Category of Aircraft :-

Private Category
Special Category
15. A copy of voucher against the payment of aircraft registration fee.
I hereby declare that the above particulars are true in every respect and that nothing has
been cancelled or withheld by me. I have studied the relevant Rules and Nepal Civil
Airworthiness Requirements currently in force and shall abide by them.
Name of Applicant :-
Address :-
Tel/Fax :-
.................................
Date :- Signature of Applicant
Note : In case the applicant is not the owner, he/she should provide evidence in writing that they have been duly
authorized by the owner to furnish the foregoing information and to sign this document on his behalf.
2
NEPALESE CIVIL AIRCRAFT REGISTER
1. Registration Mark :- 9N - . . . . . . . Date of Registry :- 19 / /
2. Aircraft Make :- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Model :- . . . . . . . . . . . . Serial No. :- . . . . . . .
Year of A/C Manufacture :- 19 / /
3. Engine Make :- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Model :- . . . . . . . . . No. of Engine :- . .
4. Propeller/Rotor Make :- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Model :- . . . . . . . . .
5. Previous Registration :- . . . . . Country :- . . . .

Owner :- . . . . . . . . .
Operator :- . . . . . . . .
Date of Previous De-Registration :- 19 / / Place :- . . . . . . .
6. Category of Aircraft :- . . . . . . . . .
7. Lease/Purchase :- . . . . . . . . . . . .
8. Max. Take-off Weight :- . . . Min. No. of Crew :- . . .

Max. Passenger Seats :- . . . Empty Weight :- . . . .
9. Owner's Name :- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Address :- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tel./Fax :- . . . . . . . . . / . . . . . . . . ..
10. Operator's Name :- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Address :- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tel./Fax :- . . . . . . . . . / . . . . . . . . ..
11. Place of Registry :- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . Country :- . . . . . . .

Registred By :- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .
(Name and Signature)
Remarks :-.......................................................................................................................................
Transfer of Ownership or of De-Registration from Nepalese Civi Aircraft Register (if applicable):-
Cause :-
.. ..
Place Signature Date
1
File No. Serial No.

CERTIFICATE OF REGISTRATION
2. Manufacture and Manufacturer's
1. Nationality and Registration Marks 3. Aircraft Serial Number
Designation of Aircraft
4. Name of owner :
5. Address of owner :
6. Name of operator :
7. Address of operator :
8. It is hereby certified that the above described aircraft has been duly entered on the Civil Aircraft Register of Nepal in
accordance with the Convention on International Civil Aviation dated 7 December 1944 and with the Civil Aviation Act 1999
and the Rules made thereunder.

Note: This certificate is issued for registration purpose only and is not a certificate of title. The Civil Aviation Authority of
Nepal does not determine the right of ownership as between private persons, organizations or enterprises.
1
2
NCAR, Chapter B.5
SECTION B
CHAPTER B.6 ISSUE 1
SEPTEMBER 1996
REQUIREMENTS FOR MANUFACTURE, REGISTRATION AND

AIRWORTHINESS CONTROL OF HOT AIR BALLOONS
1. APPLICABILITY
This part lays down the requirements for manufacture, registration, issue/ renewal of
Certificate of Airworthiness and continuous maintenance of manned free balloons. The
persons engaged in maintenance / overhaul / inspection / repair of the balloons and the
balloon components shall be licensed/approved by the Director General.
2. MANUFACTURE OF HOT AIR BALLOONS
2.1 The standards prescribed in FAR Part 31 for the design shall be the minimum
requirements for Airworthiness of the hot air balloons.
2.2 The suitability and durability of all materials must be established on the basis of
experience or tests. It will be ensured that they have the strength and other
properties assumed in the design.
2.3 Persons/firms desirous to take up design and manufacture of hot air balloons will
advise the Director General of their intention and apply for necessary approval as
required under Nepalese Civil Airworthiness Requirements. Where balloons are of
an unusual shape special considerations will need to be taken into account prior to
Type Certification.
2.4 A hot air balloon used for personal flying by the pilot(s) need not have a Type
Certificate. All other balloons should have a Type Certificate issued or revalidated
by the Director General before undertaking the manufactures.
2.5 The manufacturer will be responsible for the quality assurance of his products and
will issue a certificate of compliance to Airworthiness standards, except where the
balloon is certified in experimental category.
2.6 The manufacturer shall keep a complete record of all hot air balloons
manufactured and full particulars of those to whom sold and should produce this
record to the Director General when required.
2.7 The manufacturer shall prepare the necessary documents regarding maintenance
and operation and submit for approval of the Director General in accordance with
Nepalese Civil Airworthinss Requirements except for the experimental category
balloons.
1
2.8 The manufacturer shall develop satisfactory Maintenance Schedule to ensure
continued airworthiness of the hot air balloon and should deliver the same with
every balloon produced. The manufacturer should also specify the overhaul life of
the burner/instruments/ gas pipelines and advise the operators regarding
organizations which should be approached for the overhaul or other major
maintenance. He will be responsible for issuance of any modifications to the hot
air balloon to improve safety of operations after the approval of the Director
General. For this purpose the manufacturer may provide kits or drawings or
suggest alternate methods so that the operators can carry out the modifications.
2.9 Components of balloon/spare parts and materials used on a ballon shall be :-
(i) covered by a Release Note, or equivalent document issued by an approved

firm which is acceptable to Director General.
(ii) manufactured or repair/overhauled, inspected and certified as airworthy by
an approved organization or persons appropriately licensed or approved by
the Director General.
3. REGISTRATION AND MARKINGS OF BALLOONS
3.1 All manned free balloons are required to be registered before any flight is
undertaken and registration markings must be affixed thereon in manner
prescribed in Nepalese Civil Airworthiness Requirements Chapter B.5.
3.2 The application for registration should be made on the prescribed Form B.6.1 as
shown in Appendix-1 of this Chapter B.6 and should include the prescribed fee.
3.3 The Certificate of Registration, when issued, shall include information on the type
of Hot Air Balloon, manufacture's serial number, nationality, registration
markings assigned, the number and date of registration. A copy of this Certificate
of Registration shall be kept on board during flight.
3.4 Every hot air balloon shall carry an identification plate showing the registration
markings, constructor's name, the balloon serial number and the name and address
of the owner of the balloon.
4. CONDITIONS FOR FLIGHT OF A BALLOON
4.1 No hot air balloon shall be flown unless it possesses a valid Certificate of
Airworthiness.
4.2 Hot air balloons engaged in commercial operations possessing a Type Certificate
issued or validated by the Director General or export Certificate of Airworthiness
of A issued by a country whose Airworthiness standards are equivalent and
acceptable to the Director General may be granted Certificate of Airworthiness in
its usual Category subject to compliance of these requirements and such other
conditions as may be prescribed.
2
4.3 Hot air balloons used for personal flying by pilot(s) themselves, even if they carry
sponsor's banners, need not to have a Type Certificate. Such balloons shall be
issued Certificate of Airworthiness in Special Category, for experimental purpose.
4.4 The Certificate of Airworthiness may remain valid for a period not exceeding 12
months unless withdrawn or suspended earlier by the Director General if he is
satisfied that reasonable doubt exists as to safety of the balloon in question:
(i) if the balloon is not inspected and certified by approved/licensed personnel

at intervals prescribed in the approved Quality and Maintenance Control
Manual;
(ii) if mandatory modifications/inspections as required by the Director General
are not carried out;
(iii) if modifications/repairs affecting Airworthiness of the balloon and not
approved by the manufacturer or by the Director General, are carried out;
and
(iv) if a balloon suffers major damage or reveals any major defect which may
render the machine unsafe for flight and shall remain suspended till such
time the above deficiencies are removed.
4.5 Application for the issue of Certificate of Airworthiness shall be made to the
Airworthiness Division, Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal on the proper form,
together with prescribed fee.
4.6 The Director General may renew the Certificate of Airworthiness in respect of a
balloon for a maximum period of 12 months, after such inspection and subject to
such conditions as may be prescribed.
5. CERTIFICATION
5.1 No balloon shall be flown unless during 24 hours preceding the Lift off, it has been
inspected in accordance with an approved schedule and the Flight Release issued,
in the Form B.6.2 as shown in Appendix-2 to this Chapter B.6 by a person,
licensed/approved by the Director General.
5.2 After issue of the Flight Release, the preflight inspection shall have to be carried
out before the first flight of the day by an appropriately licensed pilot, in
accordance with a duly approved schedule. The pilot may also carry out the next
higher inspections of 25 hrs in accordance with duly approved schedules.
5.3 The higher than 25 hrs. inspection schedule and overhaul of the balloon and its
components shall be carried out by holders of AMT license, endorsed for a
particular type of balloon, or persons specially approved or authorised to
inspect/repair/modify and certify the Airworthiness to the extent and scope of their
license/approval permits.
5.4 The Certificate of Flight Release shall be made in duplicate, one copy of which
shall be handed over to the pilot and the other shall be retained by the operator for
a period of one month unless directed otherwise by the Director General.
3
5.5 The Director General may require the balloon to be weighed at the time of
renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness or at any other time considered necessary.
6. FLIGHT MANUAL
The operating limitations, normal and emergency procedures and other pertinent
information, perticular to balloon operating characteristics are provided in the Flight
Manual, furnished with each balloon or by a placard in the balloon, that is clearly visible
to the pilot. The cockpit and emergency checklist in laminated form shall be carried on
board, unless they form a part of the Flight Manual. The Flight Manual where applicable,
shall always be carried on board.
7. SERVICE DOCUMENTS, MANUALS, REPAIR SCHEMES etc.
7.1 Operators/organizations shall not undertake maintenance/overhaul of balloons

unless they possess the manufacturers' maintenance/overhaul manuals and have an
arrangement for receiving amendments thereto.
7.2 Repairs, modifications and overhaul of balloons and balloon components shall be
performed in accordance with approved drawing/repair schemes and overhaul
instructions issued by the manufactures. In certain cases, the Director General may
accept repairs carried out conforming to standard aeronautical practices.
7.3 Compliance of service bulletins or instructions, mandatory inspections/

modifications issued by the manufacturer's or the Director General will be
governed by these Requirements.
8. LOG BOOKS
8.1 A Journey or Technical (or Flight) Log shall be maintained in respect of each
balloon. It shall indicate details of every flight, including the date of flight, lift off
time, total flight time, the places of departure and arrival. The entries in the log
book shall be certified by the pilot undertaking the flight.
8.2 A balloon Technical (or Flight) Log book shall be maintained by every operator for
the purposes of recording the flight time, modification and other repair work
carried out on the balloon.
8.3 Maintenance/Overhaul Records

Records of inspection, overhaul, replacements, repairs, modifications and flight
times shall be maintained in appropriate balloon Technical (or Flight) Log book.
These entries in the log book shall be certified by a licensed/approved person.
8.4 The records shall be preserved for the following periods :
(i) Balloon Log Book : Where the balloon is permanently withdrawn and its
Certificate of Airworthiness is cancelild by the Director General or where the
balloon is involved in an accident resulting in damage beyond economical
4
repairs, it shall be preserved for one year (or after the accident or for such
period as required by the authority investigating the accident).
(ii) Procedure/Worksheet pertinent to balloon : For at least five years after the
completion of work.
(iii) Records/Worksheet pertaining to lifed components : One year after the
component is permanently withdrawn from use.
9. MANUAL REQUIREMENTS
All balloon operators (including private operators) are required to prepare Quality
Control-cum-Maintenance Procedure Manual which will cover the following aspects :
(i) all approved Maintenance Schedules and if they are too bulky then only the
nomenclature of the approved Maintenance Schedules along with reference number
and date of approval be quoted in the manual and approved schedules be stocked
separately.
(ii) safety requirements to be followed during balloon handling on the ground or at the
time of refueling/defueling, or while being housed inside a hangar.
(iii) procedure for keeping balloon log books/work sheets up-to-date and preservation
of the same and individuals authorised to certify these documents.
(iv) procedure of recording/reporting of all defects observed during inspection or during
flight and recording or rectification work undertaken.
(v) occasions when test flights would be carried out.
(vi) procedure of embodying mandatory modifications/inspections.
Note:- Such manuals are to be submitted to the Airworthiness Division for the scrutiny. The
manuals prepared by operators, other than private operators, shall be according to the
Nepalese Civil Airworthiness Requirements.
10 DOCUMENTS TO BE CARRIED ON BOARD IN FLIGHT
(1) Journey or Technical (or Flight) Log Book
(2) Radio Mobile License.
(3) Certificate of Airworthiness.
(4) Certificate of Registration.
(5) Appropriate license for the crew.
(6) Cockpit and Emergency Check List in laminated form or Flight Manual
(if applicable).
(7) Weight Schedule, duly approved and to be displayed at a prominent place.
Note:- All defects observed on ground and during flight shall be recorded in a register against
which the rectification action taken, shall also be appended by a licensed/approved
person and signed and dated.
11. INSTRUMENTS AND EQUIPMENT TO BE CARRIED BY BALLOONS IN

FLIGHT
5
(1) Hand fire extinguisher of an approved type, in the main compartment carrying
personnel.
(2) Safety harness for each personnel on board. The harness for each person need not
be provided for gondola or basket type of balloons.
(3) A compass
(4) An altimeter
(5) A rate of climb indicator
(6) First Aid Kit
(7) A fuel quantity gauge
(8) An envelope temperature indicator
(9) Burner relighter
(10) Two way R/T communication equipment
(11) A global positioning system airborne equipment (Where the balloon flight is for
long distance habitat area)
12. FLIGHT TESTS
The Flight Tests shall be carried out in accordance with the requirements of NCAR. The
operation of the balloon flights will only be undertaken during day time under V.F.R.
conditions.
6
APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION OF HOT AIR BALLOON
1. Type of Hot Air Balloon :-

Manufacture of Hot Air Balloon :-
Serial Number of Hot Air Balloon :-
2. Burner Make :-
Model :-
Serial Number :-
3. Maximum Number of Crew :-

Maximum Passenger Capacity :-
4. Number of Hours Flown Since New :-
5. History of Accidents (if any). Indicate incidents/accidents met by the hot air balloon, the
nature and extent of damage sustained by the hot air balloon, details of any major repairs
carried out. If required a separate page may be used for providing the above details.
6. Is the hot air balloon already registered in any country outside Nepal ? Yes No
If yes, give full perticulars
7. Is the hot air balloon been previously registered in Nepal ? Yes No

If yes, state Registration Mark:-
8. Name of Owner :-
Address :-
Nationality :-
1
9. Is the hot air bolloon wholly owned:
(a) by the citizens of Nepal

(b) by an organization or enterprise registered and having its principle place
of business in Nepal. The Chairman and at least 2/3rd of the Board
of Directors are citizens of Nepal
(c) by the person resident of Nepal or is carrying business in Nepal who
is not the citizen of Nepal
(d) by an organization or enterprise registered elsewhere than in Nepal but
carrying business in Nepal
For applicants who come under (c) and (d) state how long the applicants have been
resident of Nepal have been in business in Nepal ?
Nature of Business :-
10. Name of Operator :-

Nationality :-
Address :-
11. Base Station of Hot Air Balloon :-
12. Category of Hot Air Balloon :-

Private Category
Special Category
13. A copy of voucher against the payment of required fee for the registration of hot air
balloon.
I hereby declare that the above particulars are true in every respect and that nothing has
been cancelled or withheld by me. I have studied the relevant Rules and Nepal Civil
Airworthiness Requirements currently in force and shall abide by them.
Name of Applicant :-
Address :-
Tel/Fax :-
.................................
Date :- Signature of Applicant
Note : In case the applicant is not the owner, he/she should provide evidence in writing that they have been
duly authorized by the owner to furnish the foregoing information and to sign this document on his
behalf.
2
CERTIFICATE OF FLIGHT RELEASE
Operator's Name
Balloon type Registration Mark 9N-
I hereby certify that the above balloon including its instruments and equipment has been inspected
and is safe in every way for flight, till provided the
conditions of loading as specified by the Director General are complied with.
Signature
Name Place of Issue
License/Approval No. Time and Date of Issue
1
SECTION C
MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS
CHAPTER C.1 ISSUE 4
JANUARY 2009
MAINTENANCE OF AIRCRAFT
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 The rule 22 of Regulation requires that no aircraft shall be flown or operated unless
the aircraft, its engines and compoents are maintaied regularly at periods specifed by
1.2 This chapter prescribes the Airworthiness standards applicable to the maintenance of
all Nepalese aircraft and to components of such aircraft. Other chapters prescribe
additional standards applicable to particular types or groups of aircraft, aircraft
components or aircraft systems.
1.3 Each person or organization performing maintenance shall ensure that:
a) All work is done in a suitable premises including hanger and workshop

accommodation, appropriate to the aircraft and aircraft components to be
maintained.
b) The owner or operator shall ensure that the maintenance of its aircraft is
performed in accordance approved Maintenance Schedule.
Note : Where additional maintenance instructions have been prepared in compliance with the
standards of Chapter C.14 and C.15 following, these shall be incorporated into the
Maintenance Schedule.
c) All work is done in such a manner, and all materials used are of such a quality,
that the condition of the aircraft or aircraft component concerned will be at least
equal to its original or properly modified condition in respect of aerodynamic
function, structural strength, resistance to vibration and deterioration, and other
qualities affecting Airworthiness.
1.4 Each operator of an air transport aircraft shall ensure that his aircraft are maintained
by an approved organization in accordance with an approved Operator's Maintenance
Procedure Manual as specified in Part I of Annex 6 to the Convention. The
Maintenance Schedule should form part of the Operator's Maintenance Procedure
Manual.
1.5 Damage and defects occurring between scheduled periodic maintenance shall be
rectified before the next flight, except that :
(a) Rectification of minor damage or defects may be deferred if an approved

organization or person appropriately licensed or approved by the Director
1
NCAR, Chapter C.1 Issue 4, January 2009
Rev 01, Feb 2010
General is satisfied by inspection that Airworthiness is not impaired and issues a
Certificate of Compliance to that effect.
(b) An aircraft may fly with specified components or systems unserviceable in
accordance with the provisions of an approved Minimum Equipment List, until
such time as the aircraft returns to base, makes a scheduled stop at an outstation
with the capability of rectifying the unserviceable components or systems, or the
approved time limit specified in the Minimum Equipment List has expired, and
(c) A damaged or defective aircraft may be flown to a place where the damage or
defects can be rectified provided a Permit to Fly has been granted and provided
an approved organization or person appropriately licensed or approved by the
Director General issues a Certificate of Fitness for Flight, no passengers or
cargo unconnected with the purpose of the flight are carried, and the flight crew
consist only of persons authorized to fly the aircraft under the conditions
applicable to aircraft flying with a Certificate of Fitness for Flight.
2. RESPONSIBILITY OF THE AIRCRAFT OPERATOR FOR MAINTENANCE
2.1 The person or organization operating an aircraft shall ensure that :
(a) Operator or owner of aircraft shall not operate an aircraft unless it is maintained
and released to service by an organization approved in accordance with chapter
D.1 or by a person holding license or approval issued by Director General with
the adequate facilities, suitably rated and trained manpower, data, document,
tools, equipments that that commensurate with the scope of work and fulfils the
intent of chapter D.1.
(b) It is maintained in accordance with an approved Maintenance Schedule and, if
used on air transport operations, in accordance with an approved Operator's
Maintenance Procedure Manual,
(c) If maintenance is performed outside Nepal, the applicable Maintenance Schedule,
Operator's Maintenance Procedure Manual and Nepalese Civil Airworthiness
Requirements are made available to persons or organizations performing the
maintenance,
(d) All required maintenance of equipment carried on the aircraft, additional to
equipment specified in the Type Certificate, is properly maintained in accordance
with the manufacturer's instructions and these Requirements.
Note: This may include safety equipment or equipment for aerial work.
(e) No maintenance is performed on the aircraft other than by an approved
organizations or persons appropriately licensed or approved by the Director
General,
(f) Permission is not given for unapproved modifications or repairs to be made to the
aircraft,
(g) All Airworthiness Directives (or equivalent mandatory instructions) are notified
promptly to the person or organization responsible for maintenance and are
implemented within the compliance time specified,
2
Rev 01, Feb 2010
(h) Service Bulletins and equivalent newsletters from the manufacturers of the
aircraft or its components are evaluated by competent engineers and actioned as
necessary to ensure continued Airworthiness of the aircraft.
(i) The owner or operator shall ensure that the following record are kept for the
eriods mentioned in 9.1:
1) the total time in service( hours, calender time and cycles, as appropriate) of
the aicraft and all life limited components;
2) the current status of the compliance with all mandatory continuing
airworthiness information;
3) appropriate details of modifications and repairs;
4) the time in service (hours, calender time and cycles as appropriate) since
last overhaul of the aircraft or its components subject to mandatory overhaul
life;
5) the current status of the aircraft's compliance with maintenance program; and
6) the detailed maintenace records to show that all requirements for the signing of
a maintenance relsease have been met.
7) List of suspected unapproved parts identified and they should be reported to
CAAN required by the CAAN directive.
8) The use of parts from unserviceable aircraft will be iaw the guideline issued by
CAAN.
j) The lessee of the helicopter shall comply with the requirements of 2.1 i) and 1.5,
as applicable, while the helicopter is leased.
k) The onwer of a helicopter over 3180 kg maximum certificated take of mass, or in
the case where it is leased, the lesee, shall, as required by the state of registry,
ensure that, the information resulting from maintenance and operations experince
with respect to the continuing airworthiness, is transmitted to Director General
and organization responsible for type design.
3. MAINTENANCE ORGANIZATIONS TO BE APPROVED
3.1 Maintenance shall be performed only by an organization approved for the purpose
except that :
(a) A pilot may perform pilot maintenance within the limitations prescribed in these
Requirements, and
(b) Minor maintenance to clear defects may be performed by an appropriately
licensed or approved person at an outstation.
Note 1: If the approved maintenance organization forms part of an iarcraft operator's
organization it shall only perform maintenance on aircraft or aircraft component as
detailed in its approved Operator's Maintenance Procedure Manual: if it is a separate it
shall perform maintenance on aircraft or aircraft component as detailed in its approved
Engineering Procedure Manual.
3
Rev 01, Feb 2010
3.2 An operator proposing to send Nepalese aircraft or aircraft components for
maintenance to an organization in a foreign State, other than to the organization which
originally manufactured the aircraft or aircraft component, must obtain approval from
the Director General. The Director General may approve a foreign maintenance
organization to certify Nepalese aircraft or aircraft components or if the work is not
repetitive, may authorize the operator to contract maintenance work to an organization
which is not so approved. If an investigation of a foreign maintenance organization is
required prior to the grant of a Nepalese approval, the cost of the investigation must be
paid by the operator proposing to utilize the foreign organization.
3.3 An application for authority to contract maintenance to an organization in a foreign

State must be lodged with the Airworthiness Division, Aviation Safety Department,
3.4 CAA Nepal has developed NCAR 145 that requires the maintaence in such
organization iaw the regulation. Till such time the interim alternate provision for the
operator should have for the equivalent system of AMO. This is temporary measure
and when NCAR 145 is fully implemented this provision will not be applicable.
a) adequate facilities for the maintenance
b) maintenance release by personnel licensed iaw NCAR.
c) maintenance is performed iaw with the approved MCM or CMS
d) updated maintenance data are available
e) necessary spares are available
f) adequate manpower for the maintenance and supervision
g) quality system
4. RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUPERVISING MAINTENANCE
4.1 All maintenance shall be performed by an approved organization under the supervision
of a person appropriately licensed or approved by the Director General. For each
aircraft undergoing maintenance one holder of a license valid in Categories 'A' and 'C'
or in two avionic categories, and rated for the aircraft type, shall be designated as
Maintenance Co-ordinator to supervise the maintenance work being carried out and be
responsible for issuing the Maintenance Release.
Note:- Approval for pilots to perform some minor maintenance tasks is given by provisions of these
Requirements.
4.2 The Maintenance Co-ordinator supervising maintenance shall :
a) ensure that the maintenance is done in accordance with The Rules and the
Nepalese Civil Airworthiness Requirements currently in force, and, unless
otherwise approved, conforms with the manufacturer's instructions given in the
maintenance manuals, repair manuals and Service Bulletins for the particular type
of aircraft or aircraft component,
b) familiarize himself from the appropriate logbooks and other records with the time
in service, maintenance history and modification state of the aircraft or component,
4
Rev 01, Feb 2010
c) personally observe the work being done to the extent necessary to ensure that it is
being done properly and he shall be readily available in person for consultation with
those performing the work,
d) ensure that the state of the work at the end of the shift is properly recorded and
communicated to the supervisor of the next shift, when the maintenance is
performed by people working in shifts, and
e) ensure that no person performing the maintenance works excessive hours so that
physical fatigue impairs his Airworthiness judgment or the quality of his work. No
person should perform maintenance work continuously for more than 12 hours in
any period of 24 hours.
5. PREMISES, TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
5.1 Hangers and workshops accomodation in which maintenance is performed shall be

maintained in a clean and tidy condition. No dirt, rubbish or dangerous combustible or
explosive materials shall be allowed to remain within premises where aircraft or aircraft
component maintenance is performed.
Note: The Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal prohibits to perform major maintenance by a person
or organization on the aircraft or aircraft components on ramp.
5.2 Aircraft and aircraft components, particularly when dismantled, shall be protected from
the deleterious effects of dust, rain or corrosive materials.
5.3 Equipment used for lifting or for maintenance work purposes, such as gantries, cranes,
ladders, stands and work platforms, shall be kept clean and in good repair and shall be
inspected regularly to ensure that they will not cause damage to aircraft or injury to
maintenance personnel.
5.4 Tools and test equipment used for aircraft maintenance shall be either those specified
by the manufacturer or equivalents equally satisfactory for the particular task.
5.5 Tools and test equipment shall be in such condition that they will perform their
designed functions satisfactorily. Precision tools, measuring equipment and test
apparatus shall be checked and calibrated periodically as recommended by the
manufacturers or as approved in the Operator's Maintenance Procedure Manual.
Records shall be kept of the checking and calibration of such tools and equipment.
6. MATERIALS AND AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS
6.1 Any materials used on an aircraft during maintenance, whether for repair or for
lubrication cleaning, sealing, painting, etc., shall conform to approved specifications.
The use of substitute materials is a modification and must be approved.
6.2 The operator shall ensure that any aircraft component fitted during maintenance
conforms to the approved type design or to approved modifications of that design. All
new or overhauled parts received by the operator shall be segregated in quarantine
store until their identify and condition is established. Airworthy parts only shall be
stored in a bonded store prior to issue for installation in an aircraft. Unserviceable parts
shall be clearly labelled and be segregated from parts in the quarantine or bonded store.
5
Rev 01, Feb 2010
7. MODIFICATIONS AND REPAIRS
7.1 No Nepalese aircraft shall be modified or repaired except in accordance with the
approval procedures prescribed in these Requirements.
7.2 After embodiment of a modification or completion of a repair, the Certificate of

Compliance shall not be issued until :
(a) Any necessary amendments to the Flight Manual and the Weight and Balance
Data have been completed,
(b) Any necessary amendments to the aircraft Maintenance Schedule or the
Operator's Maintenance Procedure Manual have been incorporated and
approved, and
(c) The certifying engineer has determined that the modification or repair
considered in relationship to previous modifications or repairs, will have no
adverse effect upon the Airworthiness of the aircraft.
8. CONCESSIONS
8.1 There shall be no departure from the Airworthiness Standards prescribed in these
Requirements, from the compliance times for the implementation of Airworthiness
Directives, or from the conditions, periods of certification, inspection times and finite
lives approved in a Maintenance Schedule or Operator's Maintenance Procedure
Manual except in accordance with a concession granted by the Director General or by
an authorized person.
8.2 If an operator or maintenance organization considers there are exceptional

circumstances which justify grant of concession, an application must be made to the
Airworthiness Division, Aviation Safety Department, Civil Aviation Authority of
Nepal.
9. RECORDING AND CERTIFICATION
9.1 All maintenance on an aircraft or aircraft component shall be entered fully in the
appropriate aircraft, engine or propeller logbook, except that if the entry concerns
minor maintenance during operations or if it would be unduly voluminous, it may be
recorded on other documents as prescribed in Chapter C.2. All records of maintenance
shall be completed by issue of a Certificate of Compliance as prescribed in Chapter
C.2. The records in 2.1 (i) 1) to 5) shall be kept for a minimum period of 90 days after
the unit which they refer has been permanently withdrawn from service, and the
records in 2.1 (i) 6) for a minimum period of one year after the signing of the
maintenance release.
9.2 Maintenance performed on airborne equipment which is not an aircraft component as

defined in the Type Certificate, i.e. flotation equipment or aerial work equipment, shall
be recorded and certified as follows :
6
Rev 01, Feb 2010
a) If it is ordinarily carried in the same aircraft, by entry in the aircraft logbook. It
shall be identified in the logbook by a serial number or by some means which
makes its identity unmistakeable, or
b) If it is from time to time transferred from one aircraft to another, by attachment of
a strong label which identifies the item, gives the date of the last inspection and
includes a properly issued Certificate of Compliance.
9.3 At periods approved in its Maintenance Schedule each aircraft shall be issued with a
Maintenance Release as prescribed in Chapter C.3.
9.4 An operator shall ensure that following records are kept:
a) in respect of entire helicopter: total time in service;
b) in respect of the major components of the helicopter;

1) the total time in serive;
2) the date of the last overhaul;
3) the date of last inspection;
c) in respect of those instruments and equipment, the serviceability and operating life of
which are determined by their time in service;
d) such records of the time in serivce as are necessary to determine thier serviceability
or to compute thier operating life;
9.5 These records shall be kept for a period of 90 days after the end of the operating life
of the unit which they refer.
10. AIRWORTHINESS SURVEILLANCE
10.1 Aircraft and aircraft components undergoing maintenance, and their logbooks and other
maintenance records, shall be made available for inspection on request by an authorized
person of the Airworthiness Division.
10.2 If requested by the authorized person, the aircraft or aircraft component shall be
prepared to give access for inspection, and any tests required shall be performed in the
presence of the authorized person.
Note : Required tests may include engine running, landing-gear retraction, aircraft weighing or
compass swinging.
10.3 Aircraft undergoing flight test for issue or renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness or
after modification or repair for their approval, shall carry on board one authorized
persons of the Airworthiness Division. Any authorized person carried during a flight test
shall be provided with every reasonable opportunity to monitor all stages of the
performance and behavior of the aircraft.
7
Rev 01, Feb 2010
8
Rev 01, Feb 2010
SECTION C
CHAPTER C.2 ISSUE 1
SEPTEMBER 1982
CERTIFICATION OF MAINTENANCE
1. GENERAL
1.1 This chapter prescribes how maintenance work shall be recorded and certified.
1.2 On completion of each maintenance task, before the aircraft or aircraft component
is returned to service, a description of the work done shall be entered in the
appropriate logbook or associated documents and a Certificate of Compliance
shall be issued by an approved organization or person appropriately licensed or
approved by the Director General.
1.3 At periods approved in its Maintenance Schedule, a Maintenance Release must be

issued to certify that all required maintenance has been completed and that the
aircraft may be flown in accordance with its Certificate of Airworthiness, subject
to any special conditions and the period of validity given on the Maintenance
Release.
2. CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE
2.1 No aircraft for which a Certificate of Airworthiness is in force shall fly unless a
Certificate of Compliance has been issued for each maintenance task completed or
deferred which could affect the Airworthiness of the aircraft or its equipment.
2.2 A Certificate of Compliance is a certification that maintenance has been

completed or deferred in accordance with the standards prescribed in the Rules
and the Nepalese Civil Airworthiness Requirements currently in force, and may be
issued only by an approved organization a person appropriately licensed or
approved by the director General.
2.3 A Certificate of Compliance shall describe the maintenance done or deferred and, if
done, identify the place where it was done. If any components are removed from
or installed on an aircraft or aircraft component, the Certificate of Compliance
must identify the components by description, type, model number, part number
and, if applicable, serial number. The Release Note (or equivalent document),
identification of new parts and the reason for removal or installation of a
component must also be given.
1
NCAR, Chapter C.2 Issue 1, September, 1982
2.4 The Certificate of Compliance shall include a certificate worded in the following
manner:
I/we hereby certify that the maintenance specified above has been completed or
deferred in accordance with the Rules and Nepalese Civil Airworthiness
Requirements currently in force.
Signed:
Licence or Approval No.:
Date:
2.5 A Certificate of Compliance shall be issued for the following work:

a) All inspections prescribed in the approved Maintenance Schedule.
b) The implementation, by inspection or modification, of an Airworthiness
Directive.
c) Any repair or defect rectification performed, or deferred in accordance with
an approved procedure, on an aircraft or aircraft component.
d) Any modification or unscheduled inspection of an aircraft or aircraft
component, e.g. an inspection after a heavy landing or lightening strike etc..
e) Any change or replacement of an aircraft component or of aircraft equipment,
such as cabin seats, ordinarily carried on the aircraft.
f) The overhaul of any part of an aircraft or aircraft component.
2.6 A Certificate of Compliance shall be given in the appropriate aircraft, engine or

propeller logbook or in the Technical (Flight) Log carried in the aircraft, except
that, if the entries would be unduly voluminous or the certificate is in respect of
equipment not associated with a particular aircraft, it may be given on other
documents, such as worksheets or labels. If maintenance is certified on
worksheets, their location and identification shall be entered in the appropriate
logbook and they shall be preserved as prescribed in paragraph 4. If maintenance
or deferment of maintenance is record in an approved Technical (Flight) Log, the
procedure in the Instruction For Use of the Technical (Flight) Log shall be
followed.
2.7 If maintenance is completed at a location where the logbook are not available,
appropriate records shall be made and certified and be forwarded to the place
where the logbooks are held for insertion into them.
2.8 A Certificate of Compliance shall be issued only by:
a) An appropriately licensed person, or

b) A person or organization approved by the Director General to issue
Certificate of Compliance for specified maintenance work.
2
2.9 No person shall issue a Certificate of Compliance unless he has knowledge and
experience of the maintenance performed and has supervised, performed or
personally inspected the work done.
2.10 A Certificate of Compliance must be signed in ink by the issuing person or

organization, show the number of his licence or approval, and be dated.
3. MAINTENANCE RELEASE
3.1 A Maintenance Release may be issued only after all required Certificates of
Compliance have been issued.
3.2 A Maintenance Release shall be issued in the manner prescribed in Chapter C.3.
4. RETENTION OF DOCUMENTS
4.1 Record of maintenance completed on aircraft and aircraft components, and all
associated Certificates of Compliance, shall be preserved by the last owner of the
aircraft or component until one year after the aircraft or component has been
permanently withdrawn from service.
3
SECTION C
CHAPTER C.3 ISSUE 2
JANUARY 2009
MAINTENANCE RELEASE AND CERTIFICATE OF

FITNESS FOR FLIGHT
1. GENERAL
1.1 This chapter prescribes the form of the Maintenance Release and the Certificate of
Fitness for Flight and the manner in which they shall be issued.
1.2 A Maintenance Release is a certificate that all required maintenance has been
completed. If an aircraft is fit to fly, subject to given limitations, but all required
maintenance or flight testing has not been completed it may be eligible for a
Certificate of Fitness for Flight as prescribed in paragraph 4.
1.3 No Nepalese aircraft may fly unless a valid Maintenance Release or Certificate of
Fitness for Flight is in force in respect of it.
2. MAINTENANCE RELEASE CERTIFICATE
2.1 A Maintenance Release shall be issued at the times approved in the Maintenance
Schedule and the form of the Maintenance Release Certificate shall be as given in
Appendix-1 of this Chapter. This Certificate may be printed on a Technical
(Flight) Log from or other form used by the operator but any such form must be
2.2 A Maintenance Release shall not be issued until the person issuing the certificate
has ensured that the aircraft has been properly inspected and its documents show
that:
a) All inspections due in accordance with the approved Maintenance Schedule

have been completed,
b) All installed components are within the approved life limitations for overhaul
or replacement,
c) All Airworthiness Directives due for implementation have been completed and
certified.
d) All safety equipment and other fixed equipment required for intended
operations is installed and serviceable,
e) All known defects affecting the Airworthiness of the aircraft have been
rectified, or deferred in accordance with an approved procedure, and
f) All necessary Certificate of Compliance have been issued.
-1-
NCAR, Chapter C.3 Issue 2 January, 2009
2.3 The Maintenance Release Certificate shall be issued in the Form C.3.1 as shown in
Appendix-1 of this Chapter.
3. VALIDITY PERIOD AND INVALIDATION OF MAINTENANCE RELEASE
3.1 The time in service and calendar period for which a Maintenance Release may be
issued shall not exceed the periods specified in the approved Maintenance Schedule.
Note: Normally this will be 50 hours time in service or 1 month, whichever is the sooner, but
the Director General may approve other times if he is satisfied that they will ensure an
equivalent standard of safety.
3.2 A Maintenance Release is automatically invalidated if:
a) A defect or damage occurs which renders the aircraft unfit for flight and cannot
be rectified by the flight crew,
b) Scheduled maintenance or implementation of an Airworthiness Directive is
overdue, or
c) The Certificate of Airworthiness becomes invalid.
3.3 An invalid Maintenance Release shall be removed from the aircraft and be held by
the supervising person until it is reinstated or cancelled.
3.4 A Maintenance Release which has been invalidated because of a damage, defect
or overdue maintenance but has an unexpired period of validity, is reinstated
when all necessary repairs and other required maintenance have been completed
and the relevant Certificates of Compliance have been issued.
4. CERTIFICATE OF FITNESS FOR FLIGHT
4.1 An aircraft which is granted a temporary Certificate of Airworthiness in the

Special Category or a Permit To Fly for the purpose of flight test or ferry flight,
but which is not released for other operations, may fly if a Certificate of Fitness
for Flight is in force.
4.2 A Certificate of Fitness for Flight may only be issued in respect of an aircraft for
which a temporary Certificate of Airworthiness or a Permit To Fly is in force. The
temporary Certificate of Airworthiness may be of short duration, possibly valid
for only one flight. The period of validity of the Certificate of Fitness for Flight
shall not extend beyond the period of validity of the temporary Certificate of
Airworthiness or Permit to Fly.
4.3 A Certificate of Fitness for Flight shall not be issued until the person issuing the
certificate has ensured by inspection of the aircraft and its documents that:
a) There are no known defects or limitations which would render the proposed
flight hazardous.
b) All safety equipment and other fixed equipment required for the proposed
flight is installed and serviceable, and
-2-
c) All necessary Certificates of Compliance have been issued.
4.4 The Certificate of Fitness for Flight shall be issued in the Form C.3.2 as shown in
Appendix-2 of this Chapter.
4.5 The following limitations on the flight of an aircraft issued with a Certificate of
Fitness for Flight apply at all times:
a) The aircraft shall be flown with not less than the minimum flight crew
specified in the Flight Manual.
b) If the aircraft is to be flight tested, the Pilot-in-command shall be a pilot
authorised by the Director General to conduct flight tests.
c) No passengers or cargo, except passengers performing duties in connection
with the flight, shall be carried.
d) The aircraft shall be properly loaded.
4.6 The issuing person shall ensure that any limitations additional to those in
paragraph 4.5 necessary in the interests of safety are entered on the certificate.
Such limitations shall have regard to the condition of the aircraft, and may impose
limits of weight, speed or maneuver.
5. CERTIFICATION
5.1 All entries on a Maintenance Release or Certificate of Fitness for Flight shall be in
permanent ink and must be legible. A maintenance release shall be completed and
signed to certify that the maintenance work performed has been completed
satisfactorily and in accordance with approved data and the procedures described
in the maintenance organization's procedure manual.
5.2 A Maintenance Release or Certificate of Fitness for Flight shall be prepared in

duplicate. The original copy shall be carried in the aircraft to which it relates for
the period of its validity, and the duplicate copy shall be retained by the operator
for a period of not less than three months after the date of expiry. The duplicate
copy shall not be carried in the aircraft.
5.3 A Maintenance Release or Certificate of Fitness for Flight may be certified only
by:
a) The person appropriately licensed by the Director General and valid in
categories 'A' and 'C' or in two avionic categories and which is rated for type
concerned and who was the designated Maintenance Co-coordinator during
the proceeding inspection of the aircraft, or
b) A person or organization approved by the Director General to issue the
Maintenance Release or Certificate of Fitness for Flight, or
c) The holder of an appropriately rated licence issued by a Contracting State if
the aircraft is outside Nepal when a new certification must be issued.

-3-
Form C.3.1 Appendix-1
MAINTENANCE RELEASE NO.

Aircraft type Reg. .

Certificate: I hereby certify that the above aircraft has been maintained in accordance
with approved Maintenance Schedule No.
Basic details of the maintenance carried out: ..........................................................
......................................................................................................................................
.
Total time in service at time Valid for time in service . hours or
of issue .. hours until / / 200 whichever is the sooner.
Eligible for I.F.R. flight at time of issue Yes No
Signature . Licence or Approval No.
Time Date ./../ 200 Place of issue
CERTIFICATE OF FITNESS FOR FLIGHT NO. ..
Aircraft type . Reg. .
Certificate : I hereby certify that the above aircraft has been inspected and is fit for
flight provided it is flown in accordance with the following limitations:

.
.
Total time in service at time of issue ..... hrs. Valid until /.../200
Signature .. Licence or Approval No.
Time Date ...//200 Place of issue ..
-4-
Appendix I
MAINTENANCE CONTROL BY RELIABILITY MONITORING METHOD
PURPOSE
The objective of this Chapter on Maintenance Control by Reliability Monitoring Method is to

alert the organization in time and help it in identifying the potential problems existing on its
aircraft, engines and accessories and thus enable them to take preventive/curative measures
expeditiously. This Chapter is applicable to all operators. The detailed guidelines can be found in
the NCAR M and related AMC.
PROCEDURES
1. OBJECTIVES
The method permits an organization having sizable fleet of aircraft to amend and refine its
existing system of maintenance in respect of each type of aircraft and its major components,
in its fleet, in consultation with CAAN, so as to improve the service reliability of its fleet.
2. APPLICABILITY
2.1 For large aircraft, when the maintenance programme is based on maintenance
steering group logic or on condition monitoring, the aircraft maintenance programme shall
include a reliability programme.
3. DETAILS OF PROGRAMME
3.1 The operators are required to describe the procedure of collecting information
relating to observed/reported defects in aircraft systems and/or components, investigation
of defects, analysis of the results and the manner of computing 'Alert Values', spelling out
the responsibility within the organization for monitoring the actual performance trends vis-
a-vis Alert Values, and for initiating timely corrective/preventive measures.
4. FUNCTIONING
4.1 All organizations are required to create a 'Reliability Monitoring Unit' (RMU) in
the CAMO or Engineering unit which will be entrusted with the responsibility of gathering
information from various sources for analysis in order to determine reliability trends of
systems/components/structure of the aircraft operated by them.
NCAR, Chapter C.4 Issue 4, January, 2009
Rev 01 Feb 2010

4.2 The Reliability Monitoring Unit will, in coordination with specialists, develop and
introduce remedial measures to restore normal established trends within acceptable limits
of performance.
5. SOURCES OF INFORMATION
5.1 The aircraft are maintained in continuous state of airworthiness by means of
Scheduled and Unscheduled maintenance. The Scheduled Maintenance consists of
servicing aircraft and its systems at designated time intervals, component changes at
predetermined periods, scheduled inspections and scheduled modifications. The
Unscheduled Maintenance consists of corrective maintenance action to restore normalcy
when pilots or certifying staffs report defect.
5.2 The Reliability Monitoring Unit is required to gather information from both
Scheduled Maintenance and Un-scheduled Maintenance for Reliability control. The likely
primary sources of information are:
(i) Unscheduled removals.

(ii) Confirmed failures.
(iii) Deficiencies observed and corrected during scheduled services but otherwise not
reportable.
(iv) Pilot reports.
(v) Sampling inspections.
(vi) Shop findings/Bench Check reports.
6. INFORMATION ANALYSIS AND REMEDIAL MEASURES
6.1 The operators in their reliability program shall describe the system of data
analysis and its application to Maintenance Control Program. It is essential to describe in
detail types of action to be taken whenever trends reveal abnormal level of reliability.
6.2 The aircraft system reliability will be measured by the number of pilot reported
defects applicable to the system per 1000 flight hours.
6.3 If the reliability parameters exceed the alert value, an 'Alert Notice' will be issued
by Reliability Monitoring Unit to all concerned personnel in the organization and a report
Rev 01 Feb 2010

in duplicate will be forwarded to the CAAN every month.
6.4 Where applicable, this information will also contain in summary form the
measures adopted by the operator in controlling the situation. The information will contain
pertinent comments/reports offered by specialists, manufacturers, etc., and will, if possible,
contain extent of progress achieved.
6.5 Subsequent reports are to be sent to the CAAN on continuous basis till the
performance returns below the Alert Value.
6.6 It is important to follow the ATA-100 code while considering the data for
analysis.
7. ESTABLISHING ALERT VALUES
7.1 Reliability Control figures (Alert Values) will be calculated using Statistical
techniques. The Alert Values is numerically equal to the "Mean Value" plus "Two Standard
Deviations".
7.2 The figures/standards are to be justified by an operator in the light of operator's

own experience supplemented by any other appropriate industry experience, if available.
7.3 The operator may at his discretion provide a Reliability band or range for
measuring its quality of maintenance and if accepted by the CAAN will form the reference
standard which shall be met by the operator.
8. RELIABILITY DISPLAYS
8.1 The operator shall develop monthly graphic displays covering the operating
experience for the previous period including details of corrective action taken or planned
when the established standard is not achieved for a specific system.
Rev 01 Feb 2010

8.2 These displays should summarize operating experience at least for the last three
months.
8.3 These displays and supporting data are subjected for examination by the
representatives of CAAN. The operator, on request, shall furnish all data derived from its
displays to the representatives of CAAN.
8.4 All systems, components will be identified by a suitable system.
8.5 Displays should cover following details and to be forwarded to the CAAN every
month:
(a) Aircraft system and/or component reliability numerically expressed as the number
of reported failures per 1000 aircraft hours or other appropriate denominator.
(b) Aircraft system and/or component reliability numerically expressed as the number
of non-routine removals per 1000 aircraft hours or other appropriate denominator.
(c) Aircraft system and/or component reliability numerically expressed as the number
of confirmed failure per 1000 aircraft hours or other appropriate denominator.
(d) Graphic presentation of (c) operating experience in relation to the level of

performance established.
8.6 All above said displays will be preserved by the operator for at least two years.
9. CHANGES IN MAINTENANCE CONTROL RELIABILITY METHOD
9.1 The program furnished by the operator will include a procedure explaining in
detail of any change in the system which needs prior approval of the Airworthiness
Authorities.
Rev 01 Feb 2010

9.2 Following changes will require prior approval of CAAN:
(a) Change in policy regarding method of computing performance number (Alert
Value).
(b) Any upward change in TBO or 'service-time-increase' in schedule.
(c) Change in displays that would alter the type of information or frequency of
information.
(d) Transfer of system/component from one type of control to other method of control.
(e) Data collection system.
(f) Data analysis Method.
10. DEFINITIONS FOR THE PURPOSE OF PROGRAMME
10.1 Each Reliability Program submitted by the operator to CAAN will contain
definitions of the significant terms used therein. The definitions should include, but not
limited to, "System Failure", "Component Failure", "Functional Check", "Unscheduled
Removals" and any other terms which are basic to the particular system.
Rev 01 Feb 2010

SECTION C
CHAPTER C.5 ISSUE 4
JANUARY 2009
AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES, MODIFICATIONS AND REPAIRS
1. GENERAL
1.1 This chapter prescribes the requirements for approval of modifications and repairs
to aircraft, and procedures to be followed in respect of Airworthiness Directives.
1.2 An aircraft type is defined by its Type Certificate plus any relevant Supplemental
Type Certificates. Any alteration of the aircraft as defined in its Type Certificate
data is a modification and no Nepalese aircraft may be modified except with the
approval of the Director General.
1.3 In the interest of safety, the Director General may order that an aircraft or aircraft
component be modified or receive special inspections. Such orders are
Airworthiness Directives and compliance is mandatory. The Director General
shall, upon receipt of Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information from the
state of design and/or designated contracting states, adopt the mandatory
information directly or assess the information received and take appropriate
action.
1.4 An aircraft may also be modified to improve such characteristics as performance

or handling or to suit particular operational needs; such modifications may be
recommended by the manufacturer or be designed by or for a particular operator.
All such modifications must be approved by the Director General before they are
embodied.
1.5 An aircraft which suffers a defect or damage may be altered by repairs necessary
to restore its Airworthiness. An aircraft may be repaired only in accordance with
an approved method as defined in this Chapter.
1.6 The Director General shall ensure the transmission to the state of design of all
mandatory continuing airworthiness information originated by him in respect of
that aircraft.
2. AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES
2.1 Each owner or operator of a Nepalese aircraft shall ensure that he is receiving all
Airworthiness Directives affecting his aircraft which are issued by:
a) the Director General in case of local special conditions for safety, and
1
NCAR, Chapter C.5 Issue 4, Mach 2009
b) the Airworthiness Authority of the State in which the aircraft was
manufactured. Normally no formal assessment will be carried out.
Note: It is also advisable to receive and study Airworthiness Directives relevant to the aircraft
issued by other States in which the aircraft type is operated.
2.2 On receipt of an applicable Airworthiness Directive the following action shall be
taken:
a) The identification code and compliance date must be entered in the rear pages
of the logbooks of each affected aircraft, engine or propeller.
Note: If the logbook does not provide special pages for entering a record of Airworthiness
Directives, approximately 20% of the pages at the back of the logbook should be
reserved for this purpose.
b) The operator or owner must establish whether compliance can be completed

by the prescribed date, having regard to delivery times for materials or parts
required for implementation. If compliance cannot be completed by the
prescribed date, an application for a concession should be made to the
Director General. (Attention: Airworthiness Inspection Division, Aviation
Safety Department, Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal.)
c) After the modification or special inspection prescribed by an Airworthiness
Directive has been completed, the appropriate entry in the logbook must be
certified and dated by an approved organization or a person appropriately
licensed or approved by the Director General to do so. The signature
Followed licence/approval number and the date, constitutes the Certificate of
Compliance required by Chapter C.2.
d) If the Airworthiness Directive prescribes a repetitive inspection to be
performed periodically, an amendment to the approved Maintenance Schedule
and Programme must be prepared and submitted for approval.
3. APPROVAL OF MODIFICATIONS, REPAIRS AND REPLACEMENT PART

3.1 An aircraft modification may be mandatory, i.e. prescribed by an Airworthiness
Directive or may be optional. Both mandatory and optional modifications may be
embodied only in accordance with approved data. Data specified in paragraph 3.2
are hereby approved by the Director General; paragraph 3.3 prescribes the
procedure for obtaining approval of other data.
3.2 The following data are approved by the Director General for the modification or
repair of aircraft or aircraft components. Subject to compliance with the
applicability, limitations and conditions prescribed in this data, no further approval
is required when applying it to the modification or repair of aircraft.
a) Instructions given by the manufacturer of the aircraft or aircraft component in

the maintenance, overhaul or repair manual for the aircraft or component type
or in Service Bulletins or equivalent documents.
b) Structural repair methods prescribed in the latest issue of Advisory Circular
No. AC 43-13.1 issued by the Federal Aviation Administration of the United
2
States of America, subject to observance of any limitations specified by the
manufacturer of the aircraft or aircraft component.
c) Airworthiness Directives (or equivalent mandatory orders) issued by the
Airworthiness Authority of the State of Manufacture of the aircraft or aircraft
component, if these give specific instructions for modification or repair.
3.3 For the approval of modification or repair data other than that given in paragraph
3.2, the following procedure must be followed:
a) An application for approval must be made to the Director General (Attention:

Airworthiness Inspection Division, Aviation Safety Department, Civil
Aviation Authority of Nepal.)
b) The application must be accompanied by detailed drawings and other technical
data adequate to define completely the proposed modification or repair.
c) Each part of any assembly shall be identified by a part number and be fully
detailed, with all dimensions, fits and tolerances, radii of fillets and undercuts
defined. Materials, standard parts, heat treatment processes, protective
treatments and finishes shall be specified.
d) Materials, standard parts and processes used during the modification or repair
shall conform to the manufacturers' specifications or to specifications
approved by the Airworthiness Authority of the State of Manufacture or by
e) The data for each modification or repair or replacement part which affects
Airworthiness shall be accompanied by a technical assessment which shows
compliance with the design aspects of the appropriate airworthiness
requirements used for the type certification of that aircraft type or amended
type certificate. As applicable, this assessment shall include a structural stress
analysis, electrical load analysis and ground or flight test reports.
3.4 The Director General will only accept technical assessments, e.g. stress analysis
or performance estimates, from those qualified to render them. For this reason
persons or organizations completing such assessments must hold Certificate of
Approval in compliance with Chapter D.2 of these Requirements.
3.5 If the embodiment of the modification or repair will affect the data in the Flight
Manual or the approved Maintenance Schedule or Operator's Maintenance
Procedure Manual, proposed amendments to these documents shall be submitted
with the application for approval.
3.6 If any tests or inspections, including flight tests, are required to show compliance
with the Airworthiness design standards, the Airworthiness Inspection Division
shall be notified in advance with a written request to depute an authorized person
and be provided with the opportunity to witness or participate in the tests as he
may require.
3.7 If approval of a modification necessitates arranging for investigations or tests to

be made either inside or outside of Nepal, the applicant for approval shall be
3
responsible for any costs involved in performing the investigation or tests and
shall indemnify the Director General and his staff against accident and damage,
including damage to third parties, arising from the tests.
4. GRANT OF APPROVAL
4.1 The Director General may approve the design of a modification or repair if he is
satisfied that the modified or repaired aircraft or aircraft component will:
a) meet the applicable aircraft design standards,

b) have no feature or characteristic to make it unsafe for its intended use,
c) will remain airworthy if maintained in accordance with the provisions of the
approved Maintenance Schedules and manuals.
4.2 Approval of the design of a modification or repair is signified by:
a) Issue of a letter or Certificate of Approval signed by or on behalf of the

Director General, or
b) Issue of a Supplemental Type Certificate if the modifications are sufficiently
extensive to warrant re-designation of a modified aircraft or component, or
c) Issue of a new Type Certificate in accordance with paragraph 3.4 of Chapter
B.1.
4.3 The Director General may approve the modification of aircraft modified in
accordance with manufacturer's bulletin/instruction. The category of aircraft may
change after such modifications.
4
SECTION C
CHAPTER C.6 ISSUE 1
SEPTEMBER 1982
WEIGHT AND BALANCE
1. GENERAL
1.1 This chapter defines terms to be used for aircraft weight and balance, prescribes
when Nepalese aircraft shall be weighed, the methods and conditions for weighing
aircraft and the persons who may certify weighing.
1.2 The Director General may approve other weighing procedures and periods than
those prescribed in this chapter if they will ensure an equivalent standard of
weight and balance control.
2. DEFINITIONS
2.1 ARM - Also known as 'moment am' or 'lever'. This is the horizontal
distance in centimeters or inches from the datum to the centre of an item. The
algebraic sum is plus (+) if measured aft of the datum and minus (-) if measured
forward of the datum.
2.2 BALANCE - An aircraft is in balance when its centre of gravity falls with the
prescribed C.G. range.
2.3 CENTRE OF GRAVITY (C.G.) - This is a point about which the nose-heavy
and tail-heavy moments are exactly equal in magnitude. If an aircraft were
suspended from its C.G., it would have no tendency to pitch in either direction. It
may be expressed in percentage of mean aerodynamic chord (MAC) or in
centimeters or inches from the reference datum.
2.4 CENTRE OF GRAVITY LIMITS - These are the most forward and most
rearward C.G. positions at which an aircraft may be operated. C.G. limits are
prescribed on the Type Certificate and in the Flight Manual.
2.5 DATUM - The datum is an imaginary vertical plane or line from which all
horizontal measurements for balance are taken with the aircraft in a level flight
attitude. The datum for each aircraft type is established by the manufacturer and is
given in the Flight Manual.
1
Ammendment 2, April 2013
2.6 EMPTY WEIGHT - The empty weight of an aircraft consists of the weight of
the airframe, powerplant, fixed ballast, equipment which is listed in the Equipment
List, unusable fuel, full oil and total capacities of system fluids, except fuel.
2.7 EMPTY WEIGHT C.G. - The Empty Weight C.G. is the centre of gravity of an
aircraft in its Empty Weight condition.
2.8 EMPTY WEIGHT C.G. RANGE - This is defined by fore and aft limits given
as distance from the datum. When the aircraft is empty, the C.G. position must
fall within this range to ensure that the C.G. will fall within the range prescribed
for flight when the aircraft is loaded under standard loading conditions.
2.9 FULL OIL - This is the quantity of oil shown on the Type Certificate Data Sheet
as the oil capacity for the aircraft type. This includes the residual oil left in the
system when the oil is drained.
2.10 MOMENT - A moment is the product of a weight and its arm. The moment of
an item about the datum is obtained by multiplying the weight of the item by the
horizontal distance from the datum.
2.11 STANDARD DENSITIES - For weighing purposes fuel and oil may be assumed
to have the following standard densities:
Gasoline 6.0 lb (2.77 kg.) per U.S. gallon

7.2 lb (3.26 kg.) per Imp. gallon
0.72 kg. (1.58 lb) per litre
Kerosene 6.7 lb (3 kg.) per U.S. gallon

Oil 7.5 lb (3.4 kg.) per U.S. gallon

2.12 TARE WEIGHT - Tare weight is the weight of the tackle necessary to weigh an
aircraft (trestles, chocks, jacks, etc.) which is registered by the weighing
equipment but is not part of the aircraft Empty Weight. Tare must be subtracted
from the scale readings to obtain the actual weight of the aircraft.
2.13 UNDRAINABLE OIL - This is the oil, sometimes known as "residual oil",
which remains in the engine and engine oil system, after the oil system has been
drained with all cocks open.
2.14 UNUSABLE FUEL - The unusable fuel is the quantity declared as such in the
Flight Manual or the Type Certificate Data Sheet. This should be the quantity left
in the fuel tanks when the fuel quantity gauges read zero in the level flight
position.
2
2.15 WEIGHING - Whenever an aircraft is weighed, the Empty Weight is measured
and the C.G. position is calculated.
2.16 WEIGHING POSITION - This is the position specified by the manufacturer in

which the aircraft must be weighed. Usually, but not always, it necessitates
levelling the fuselage so that the longitudinal and lateral axes are horizontal.
3. WEIGHING EQUIPMENT
3.1 Aircraft shall be weighed only with equipment of a type and capacity suitable for
the loads to be weighed.
Note: Small aircraft may be weighed with weighbridges but large aircraft are usually
weighed with electronic weighing sets. The latter must have a capacity rating suitable
for the size of aircraft.
3.2 The weighing equipment must be in good condition and have been certified as
accurate by a competent person within the previous 24 months or as specified by
the manufacture of the weighing equipment to be used. If electronic weighing
equipment is used, the zero setting must be checked before weighing begins.
3.3 All equipment used for jacking or levelling an aircraft during weighing must be
accurate, in good condition and of the correct capacity for the particular aircraft.
4. WEIGHING PROCEDURE
4.1 If the aircraft manufacturer prescribes a particular weighing procedure for an

aircraft type, that procedure shall be followed except that the Director General
may approve an alternative procedure if satisfied that it will produce results of
equal accuracy.
4.2 If no weighing procedure is prescribed by the manufacturer, the appropriate

procedure in Chapter 13 of F.A.A. Advisory Circular AC 43.13-1A., subject to
any amendments necessitated by the provisions of this chapter, shall be used.
Note: Additional guidance on weight and balance procedure may be obtained from F.A.A.,
publication AC 91-23A, Pilot's Weight and Balance Handbook, and from the U.K.
C.A.A. publication, Civil Aircraft Inspection Procedures.
4.3 An aircraft may only be weighed inside a closed building on a level surface.
4.4 Before weighing commences the aircraft must be in the Empty Weight Condition
with full oil system but only unusable fuel in the fuel system unless otherwise
specified by the manufacturer. All removable equipment of fixed location to be
included in the Empty Weight shall be in position and be listed in the Empty Weight
Equipment List. All other removable equipment shall be removed before weighing.
4.5 Unless otherwise specified by the manufacturer, the aircraft must be levelled
longitudinally and laterally. When load cells are used, the jacks and load cells must
be truly vertical.
3
4.6 Weighing shall proceed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions or, as the
case may be, the procedure in AC 43.13-1A, under the supervision of a person
appropriately licensed or approved by the Director General.
4.7 The Empty Weight and Empty Weight C.G. position shall be determined from the
results of two consecutive and independent weighings. The load shall be completely
removed from the weighing equipment between each weighings. If the difference
between the first two weighings exceeds 0.2 percent of the mean weight or 10.00
kg., whichever is the greater, further weighings shall be performed until the results
of two consecutive and independent weighings agree within that tolerance.
5. WEIGHING PERIODS
5.1 All aircraft shall be weighed to determine the Empty Weight and Empty Weight
C.G. before initial issue of a Nepalese Certificate of Airworthiness, except that
the Director General may exempt a particular aircraft if he is satisfied that the
Empty Weight and Empty Weight C.G. are given accurately by a recent Weight
and Balance Report issued by the manufacturer or by the Airworthiness Authority
of the State from which the aircraft was exported.
5.2 All Nepalese aircraft shall be weighed at intervals not exceeding five years or as
specified by the aircraft manufacturer at a time when the Certificate of
Airworthiness is due for renewal.
5.3 An aircraft shall be re-weighed after extensive modification or repair and

whenever the Director General considers it should be reweighed in the interest of
safety.
6. EMPTY WEIGHT CHANGES
6.1 Each time a component, or equipment with a fixed location, is added, removed or
repositioned in an aircraft, and whenever an aircraft is modified or repaired, any
changes in the Empty Weight or Empty Weight C.G. must either be calculated or
be checked by re-weighing.
6.2 Each change of Empty Weight and Empty Weight C.G. shall be recorded by the
certifying engineer in the aircraft logbook and in the Flight Manual.
7. CERTIFICATION
7.1 Each time an aircraft is weighed, and Aircraft Weight and Balance Report shall be
completed and certified in form and manner specified in flight manual or
equivalent manual. However, if the manual does not specify the format the format
shall atleast contain information specified in Appendix-I of this chapter. The
Weight and Balance Report shall be inserted in the logbook so that it cannot
easily be removed.
4
7.2 The certifying person is also responsible for completion of the Empty Weight
Equipment List and must ensure that this accurately defines the condition of the
aircraft at the time of weighing.
7.3 Whenever a new Weight and Balance Report is issued, the certifying person shall
also issue a new Weight and Balance Supplement in Flight Manual as prescribed
by Chapter E.4.
7.4 The signature of the certifying person on the Aircraft Weight and Balance Report
and the addition of his licence or approval number and the date constitute a
Certificate of Compliance as required by Chapter C.2.
7.5 Only a person holding Licence in Category 'A' with a rating for the aircraft type,
or a person holding approval issued by the Director General to do so, may certify
an aircraft Weight and Balance Report.
5
Form C.6.2
Appendix-I
AIRCRAFT WEIGHT AND BALANCE REPORT
Information in the Aircraft Weight and Balance Report
The information in the Aircraft Weight and Balance Report and report format is particular to a
specific airplane and helicopter; and format should be approved by CAAN. The aircraft with all
equipment installed is weighed and the C.G. limits calculated and this information is tabulated on
the report that accompanies the airplane logbooks. Weight and balance format of airlines will be
approved by CAAN as per particular aircraft.
Name of Airlines:
Aircraft Registration No:
Aircraft Type:
Aircraft MSN:
Reason for Aircraft Weighing:
Name and Signature of Authorized person with Date and Place:
Manufacture of Weighing Equipment:
Weighing Equipment Serial No:
Weighing Equipment last Calibrated on:
Weighing Equipment Calibration due date:
Weighing Equipment last calibrated by:
Weighing Report
Weighing Certificate with details of Weight and C.G. limits
1
NCAR, Chapter C.6
Issue 1, September, 1982
Amendment 2, April 2013
SECTION C
CHAPTER C.7 ISSUE 1
SEPTEMBER 1982
DUPLICATE INSPECTION OF FLYING CONTROLS
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 The procedures prescribed in this Requirement apply to control systems, and
components of control systems, the failure of which could endanger an aircraft.
The control systems to be inspected in duplicate include the flight, engine,
propeller and/ or rotor controls and their associated operating mechanisms.
2. DEFINITIONS
2.1 Control System: A system by which the flight path, attitude or propulsive force
of an aircraft is changed.
2.2 Flying Control Systems: The systems by which the attitude, direction of flight or
aerodynamic characteristics of an aircraft may be changed; this includes all
associated components, whether mechanical, electrical, hydraulic or pneumatic.
For fixed wing aircraft, the systems include the attachments of the primary control
surfaces, tabs, air brakes and flaps and the means of actuating them; for
rotorcraft, the systems include the attachments of all rotary control surfaces and
the means of operating collective pitch, cyclic pitch and yaw control.
2.3 Duplicate Inspection: An inspection which is first made and certified by one
appropriately licenced or approved person and is subsequently repeated and
certified by another appropriately licenced or approved person.
3. DUPLICATE INSPECTION PROCEDURES
3.1 A duplicate inspection shall be made after assembly, disturbance or adjustment of

any part of a control system. The duplicate inspection shall apply to all parts of
the system which have been affected by the assembly, disturbance or adjustment.
3.2 Each certifying person shall verify that:
a) All parts of the system which have been disturbed are free from such defects
as incorrect locking or the possibility of fouling or jamming.
b) For the complete system the controls function freely, in the correct sense,
without excessive backlash and with the correct static friction, throughout
their range of travel in each mode and with each alternative means of
actuation.
1
NCAR, Chapter C.7 Issue 1, September 1982
3.3 A duplicate inspection for freedom from defects and assembly errors shall be
made prior to the concealment of any parts of a control system component during
assembly, and a duplicate inspection shall be made for correct functioning of the
complete unit after the completion of assembly and, if correct functioning cannot
be proved when installed, before installation.
3.4 During installation of control system components, all system components which
will not be accessible for inspection after completion of aircraft assembly shall be
inspected in duplicate before concealment.
3.5 After initial assembly of a new aircraft or the reassembly of an aircraft after
maintenance, duplicate inspection shall be completed as the final operation on the
control systems prior to the issue of a Maintenance Release.
4. CERTIFICATION OF DUPLICATE INSPECTION
4.1 Certification of a duplicate inspection constitutes a Certificate of Compliance and

must be entered in the appropriate log book or on an approved maintenance
record. The certificate shall be issued in the Form C.7.1 as shown in Appendix-1
of this Chapter.
4.2 The first inspection of a duplicate inspection shall be made by:
a) A person holding Licence in Category 'A' or Category 'C' with a rating for the
aircraft or engine concerned or a person holding approval issued by the Director
General to do so.
The second inspection of a duplicate inspection shall be made by:
a) A person holding Licence in Category 'A' or Category 'C' with a rating for the
aircraft or engine concerned or a person holding approval issued by the Director
General to do so,
b) If the aircraft is not at base, and provided the dissembly or adjustments have
been minor, a pilot or flight engineer licensed for the type of aircraft concerned.
2
We hereby certify that in making the duplicate inspection of the control

system or component specified below we have complied with all the
conditions and requirements of Chapter C.7 of Nepalese Civil Airworthiness
Requirements:
Aircraft Registration .... Systems
Component Identify . Serial No. .
FIRST INSPECTION
Signed: .... Licence or Approval No.
Date : ...
SECOND INSPECTION
Signed: Licence or Approval No. .
Date:
1
NCAR, Chapter C.7 Issue 1, March 2002
SECTION C
CHAPTER C.8 ISSUE 1
SEPTEMBER 1982
FLIGHT TESTING
1. GENERAL
1.1 This chapter prescribes the occasions when flight testing of aircraft is required
and the procedures to be observed when an aircraft is flight tested.
1.2 A "Flight Test" means the flying of an aircraft under specified test conditions for
the purpose of assessing its performance or Airworthiness condition.
2. REQUIRED FLIGHT TESTS
2.1 An aircraft shall be flight tested:
a) Prior to the initial issue of a Nepalese Certificate of Airworthiness in any

category, except a temporary Certificate of Airworthiness in the Special
Category.
Note: In the case of a new aircraft to be imported in to Nepal, a manufacturer's test report
may be accepted in lieu of a Nepalese test report. Such an aircraft may then be granted
a temporary Certificate of Airworthiness in the Special Category for the ferry flight to
Nepal. Alternatively, if no manufacturer's test report is available, the aircraft may be
granted temporary Certificate of Airworthiness in the Special Category for the ferry
flight but must be flight tested in Nepal prior to the issue of a Certificate of
Airworthiness in any other category.
b) If the Director General so requires, prior to the renewal of a Certificate of

Airworthiness.
c) Subsequent to major maintenance which has entailed substantial structural
repairs, the replacement of major components such as engines, lifting surfaces
or modifications affecting the flight or operational characteristics of the
aircraft.
Note: No flight test is required if lifting surfaces are removed and reinstalled in their original
position after inspection which does not call for any repair or disturbance of control
elements.
d) For the purpose of evaluating fuel consumption, engine power, aircraft
performance or performance of avionic systems whenever verification is
necessary beyond the limitations of ground testing.
e) Whenever the Director General requires the aircraft to be flight tested for
considerations of safety.
1
3. FLIGHT TEST SCHEDULE
3.1 Each aircraft to be flight tested shall be tested in accordance with an approved
Flight Test Schedule.
3.2 The operator of the aircraft shall submit an appropriate standard Flight Test
Schedule to the Director General for approval at least seven days prior to the
proposed first test flight. Once approved, the schedule may be used again for
subsequent flight tests of the same aircraft type.
3.3 A Flight Test Schedule submitted for approval should be based on a schedule
recommended by the manufacturer or by another operator of the aircraft type.
Any amendments required by the Director General to render it suitable for
Nepalese conditions must be embodied before approval can be granted.
3.4 A standard Flight Test Schedule for the grant or renewal of a Certificate of
Airworthiness shall include tests to check the performance and handling qualities
of the aircraft as follows:
a) A qualitative assessment of the take-off to ensure that the "all engines

operating" and "single engine operating" climb performance is within the
prescribed limits.
b) An assessment of the operation and response of the primary flight controls
and trimmers in steadly flight.
c) Checks on cruising speed and maximum speed at the optimum cruising
altitude for the aircraft type.
d) Functioning checks in flight of the aircraft systems and aircraft radio station.
e) Stalls in the take-off and landing configurations to verify that the stalling
speed is within the limits given in the Flight Manual.
f) A simulated engine failure on multi-engined aircraft.
Note: Tests (e) and (f) above shall be conducted only at a safe height and place
determined by the Pilot-in-command.
g) An assessment of vibrational levels and freedom from other undesirable

characteristics.
h) Any other tests required by the Director General for a particular aircraft type.
3.5 A Flight Test Schedule for a purpose other than the issue or renewal of a
Certificate of Airworthiness may be limited to particular aspects of flight
appropriate to the purpose of the test. The appropriate tests to be made shall be
agreed with the Airworthiness Division prior to commencement of the test.
Note: A standard Flight Test Schedule can be adapted for particular flight tests by deleting
tests not required or by adding additional items.
2
4. TEST FLIGHT CREW
4.1 An aircraft to be flight tested shall have the minimum flight crew specified in the
Flight Manual or approved Operations Manual for the aircraft type.
4.2 A Flight Test Observer nominated by the Airworthiness Division will be a member
of flight crew while flight testing an aircraft for the purpose of issue or renewal of
Certificate of Airworthiness or approval of a modification or repair.
Note: The Flight Test Observer will normally be an authorized person from Airworthiness
Division familiar with the aircraft type.
4.3 The Pilot-in-Command shall be a pilot authorized by the Director General to act
as a Test Pilot. Any pilot authorized to be Instructor Pilot is also authorized to be
a Test Pilot on the types for which his licence is rated.
4.4 No passengers or cargo shall be carried on a flight test other than technical
personnel performing duties in connection with the flight. All persons carried shall
have designated seat appropriate for the duties to be performed. Each seat shall
have an approved safety belt or harness.
4.5 All persons to be carried on the flight test must be properly briefed before
commencement of the flight, the briefing to include:
a) The purpose of the flight test,

b) The procedures to be followed, and the observations to be made,
c) The data to be observed and/or recorded during the performance of the flight
test.
4.6 The Pilot-in-Command shall ensure that any special facilities or equipment
required for effective performance of the flight test is serviceable and on board
prior to commencement of the flight.
5. AIRWORTHNESS FLIGHT TEST REPORT
5.1 At the conclusion of the flight test, the Pilot-in-Command shall complete an
Airworthiness Flight Test Report. This should be done in conjunction with the
Flight Test Observer, and should contain the following:
a) Performance data observed and recorded during take-off, climb, cruise,

manoeuvres, descent and landing.
b) Any defects, deficiencies or unexpected occurences observed during the flight
test, and any indications of performance.
5.2 The Pilot-in-Command shall sign the Airworthiness Flight Test Report and ensure
that it is delivered to the Airworthiness Division of Civil Aviation Authority of
Nepal.
3
5.3 The Airworthiness Flight Test Report shall be preserved until the aircraft is
removed from the Nepalese Register.
6. RECORDING OF FLIGHT TEST
6.1 An entry shall be made in the Technical (Flight) Log giving the required data of
time-in service, crew names, fuel state, take-off and landing weights, etc. A brief
statement giving the reason for the flight test shall also be recorded.
6.2 Entries shall be made in the aircraft, engine and, if appropriate, propeller log
books, giving the reasons for the flight test and a brief summary of the flight test
results. The entries shall quote the reference number of the Airworthiness Flight
Test Report. The entries shall be certified by a person appropriately licenced or
4
SECTION C
CHAPTER C.9 ISSUE 2
JANUARY 2009
DEFECT REPORTING
1. GENERAL
1.1 This chapter prescribes the action to be taken if defects are found in Nepalese
registered aircraft or their components or in foreign aircraft whilst in Nepal.
1.2 For the purpose of this Requirement a "defect" is a failure or malfunction of an

aircraft or aircraft component which affects Airworthiness. A defect may be found
in flight or on the ground, and must always be recorded in the Technical (Flight)
Log and / or the aircraft, engine, propeller or radio logbook etc. If it is a
"reportable defect", it must also be reported to the Airworthiness Inspection
Division, Aviation Safety Department, Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal and to
the Organization Responsible for the Type Design.
Notice : The Organization Responsible for the Type Design is most often, but not always, the
manufacturer of the aircraft. It will normally be the holder of the Type Certificate or
equivalent document.
1.3 Reportable defects are:
a) Faults, malfunctions, defects and other occurrences that cause or might cause
adverse effects on the continuing airworthiness of aircraft. Such defects might
affect the safety of the aircraft or its occupants or cause the aircraft to become
a danger to other persons or property, or
b) Those classified by the Director General as reportable defects.
1.4 The defects listed in Appendix-1 of this Chapter are classified as reportable
defects. Other kinds of defects may also be classified as reportable by an
Airworthiness Directive, Flight Standards Notice or an approved Operator's
Maintenance Procedure Manual
2. ACTION ON REPORTABLE DEFECTS
2.1 Any operator or maintenance organization becoming aware of a reportable defect

shall report it to the Director General in the manner prescribed in this
Requirement. A copy of this report shall also be forwarded to the Organization
Responsible for Type Design of the aircraft as well as to the state of design.
1
2.2 A reportable defect shall be reported on a Defect Report Form C.9.1 as shown in
Appendix-2 to the address given below within seven days of its discovery, except
that if it is a defect which affect the immediate safety of the aircraft or its
occupants, or which must be rectified before further flight of the aircraft, it must
first be reported by telephone or other means within 24 hours.
Address : Airworthiness Inspection Division,

Aviation Safety Department,
Tel. No.: 4111075, 4111119
Fax No.: 4111198
E-mail: atsc@ccsl.com.np , asdnepal@wlink.com.np
3. STATISTICAL SUMMARIES OF DEFECTS
3.1 An air transport operator shall compile a monthly statistical summary of all
recorded defects, whether reportable or not, and forward one copy to the
Airworthiness Inspection Division. If the operator has contracted out the
maintenance, the operator shall ensure that the maintenance organization
forwards the statistical summary of defects on a monthly basis to the
3.2 The statistical summary shall give the date found, the aircraft or component
identification, a brief description of the defect, the time in service of the aircraft or
component, and the remedial action taken.
4. DEFECT INVESTIGATION
4.1 The operator or maintenance organization discovering a defect shall investigate it

to determine its cause and take any necessary action to prevent a recurrence. The
result of the investigation of a reportable defect shall be reported to the
4.2 The Director General may require defective parts to be surrendered for further
investigation or to be dispatched to another organization for testing. He may also
require the operator or maintenance organization to conduct further
investigations, including inspections for similar defects on other aircraft or
components.
2
Appendix-1
EXAMPLES OF REPORTABLE DEFECTS
1. Aircraft Structure
Damage, incurred in flight or found on ground on any structural component, which could
cause a failure endangering the aircraft must be reported. A reportable structural defect is
a defect which exceeds the maximum defined as acceptable by the Airworthiness
Authority of the State of Manufacture, the manufacturer or the Director General.
This includes:
a) Cracks, corrosion, fractures or permanent distortion of significant load-bearing

members.
b) Detachment of components or parts in flight.
c) Multiple loose or missing fasteners.
d) Significant leakage of fuel from integral fuel tanks or of cabin pressure.
2. Engine, Components and Systems
Reportable defects are those arising from malfunctions and failures, usually originating
from weaknesses or errors in design, manufacture or maintenance. Failures of items
included in a Minimum Equipment List are only reportable if the failure could have
created circumstances endangering the aircraft.
Reportable defects include:
a) Engine failure or shut-down as the result of a defect.

b) Significant contamination of fuel.
c) Fuel starvation in flight as the result of a defect.
d) Inability to control, feather or unfeather a propeller, to shut-down an engine or to
control either forward or reverse thrust.
e) Defects causing, or likely to cause, fire, smoke, toxic gases or explosion.
f) Defects causing, or likely to cause, failure of the landing gear to retract or extend
properly or to support the aircraft.
g) Defects causing, or likely to cause, failure of any flight or engine control system.
1
Amendment 1, July 2002
I
h) Significant leakage of fuel, oil or hydraulic fluid.
i) Multiple failure or critical malfunction of electrical, hydraulic or other power sources
or their distribution and actuating systems.
j) Defects resulting in hazardous instrument indications.
k) Malfunction of emergency equipment.
l) Defects causing any abnormal vibration or buffeting.
m) Serious malfunctioning of avionic systems resulting in difficulties of communication or
significant errors of navigation.
n) Pressurization malfunction necessitating a significant change in the planned flight
profile or the use of emergency oxygen.
o) Warnings of insecure hatches and doors during flight.
p) Wheel, brake or tyre failure causing, or likely to cause maneuverability or control
problems on the ground.
q) Any other defect which the operator or maintenance organization considers could
affect the safety of the aircraft or its occupants or cause the aircraft to become a
danger to other persons or property.
2
I
3
I
DEFECT REPORT
This form should be completed in compliance with Chapter C.9 of Nepalese Civil Airworthiness
Requirements and forwarded to the Airworthiness Inspection Division, Aviation Safety
Department, Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal.
1. OPERATOR
(a) Name of Operator in Full :
(b) Address :
2. AIRCRAFT DESCRIPTION
(a) Aircraft Type :
(b) Registration Mark :
(c) Manufacturer :
3. MAINTENANCE STATUS
(a) Last Schedule Inspection/Check Done:
(b) Date :
(c) Place :
(e) Engine Parameters (Record Latest Data Available):
Ng Oil Temp. Oil Press. . T4 . Torque .. Fuel Press ..
4. DETAILS OF DEFECTS
(a) Identity of Defective Part :
(b) Part Number :
(c) Serial Number :
(d) Time Since Overhaul :
(e) Total Time in Service :
(f) Position :
(g) Place of Discovery :
(h) Date of Discovery :
1
NCAR, Chapter C.9 Issue 2, July 2002
5. DESCRIPTION OF DEFECT
6. PROBABLE CAUSE OF DEFECT
7. REMEDIAL ACTION TAKEN
... .. Date: .
(Signature)
..
(Position)
2
SECTION C
CHAPTER C.10 ISSUE 1
SEPTEMBER 1982
FUEL AND OIL
1. GENERAL
1.1 The operator of an aircraft shall ensure that the fuel and oil supplied to the
engines of the aircraft conform to the particular specifications approved for use in
those engines.
1.2 The fuels and oils approved by the Director General are those specified in the
Type Certificate and Flight Manual for the aircraft type.
2. FUEL AND OIL SUPPLY ORGANIZATIONS
2.1 Any organization supplying Nepalese aircraft with fuel or oil shall be approved for
the purpose.
2.2 An organization supplying aviation fuel or oil shall have quality control
procedures adequate to ensure that all fuel or oil delivered to aircraft conforms to
the approved specifications. The procedures shall be prescribed in an approved
Quality Control Manual.
2.3 An approved fuel or oil supplier shall report to the Director General (Attention:
Airworthiness Division, Aviation Safety Directorate Civil Aviation Authority of
Nepal) the discovery of any fuel or oil which is contaminated or not to
specification when received, stored or delivered to aircraft.
2.4 The premises, storage facilities, vehicles and laboratory records of an approved
fuel or oil supplier are subject to periodic inspection by an authorized person from
the Airworthiness Division.
1
3. CERTIFICATION
3.1 An approved fuel or oil supplier is authorized by the Director General to issue
with the delivery of each quantity of fuel, oil or related products a certificate
worded as follows:
I hereby certify that the fuel/oil/.. detailed on this document

conforms to the relevant approved specification and has been subjected to the
quality control procedure approved by the Director General.
Signed : . Approval No.: ..
Date: .
3.2 The approved fuel or oil supplier shall nominate suitably qualified persons to issue
the certificate prescribed in 3.1. Persons so nominated shall be listed in the
organization's Quality Control Manual.
2
SECTION C
JANUARY 2009
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
1. GENERAL
1.1 This chapter prescribes airworthiness standards that apply to the maintenance of
safety equipment carried on Nepalese aircraft.
1.2 Safety equipment is equipment which is not usually an integral part of an aircraft
but which is carried in flight for the protection of the aircraft, its crew and
passengers during normal operations or emergency situations. Safety equipment
includes seat belts, safety harnesses, flotation equipment, portable fire
extinguishers, First Aid Kits/Physician's Kit, emergency escape devices and
portable oxygen bottles.
1.3 Prescribed safety and survival equipment that the crew or passengers are expected
to use or operate at the time of an emergency shall be reliable, readily accessible
and easily identified, and its method of operation shall be plainly marked.
2. SEAT BELTS AND SAFETY HARNESSES
2.1 Each seat belt or safety harness shall be inspected at the periods specified in the
approved Maintenance Programme for:
a) wear, damage, broken stitches, discoloration and deterioration of each strap.
b) security, excessive wear and elongation of attachment holes.
c) freedom from slip of the release mechanism and means of adjustment.
d) release mechanism action.
e) freedom of operation of safety harness inertia reels.
2.2 Whenever inspection shows that a belt or harness may have lost strength, each
seat belt and safety harness shall be proof tested. The proof test shall be made by
applying a tensile load to the belt or harness equal to 50% of its rated strength.
The rated strength is determined from the number of g the belt or strap is
designed to withstand. The unit value of g may be assumed to be:
120 lb. for safety belts and safety harness lower straps. 45 lb. for safety harness
shoulder straps.
1
Note 1. : For a safety belt designed to a 9g specification, the test load would be:
120 x 9
= 540 lb.
2
Note 2.: The rated strength of safety belts conforming to T.S.O. C.22 is 1,500 lb.
2.3 Safety belts under test must show no signs of slipping or disengagement. After the
belt has been tested at the full test load, the load must be reduced to a value of
1.5g, i.e. 180 lb., and the release mechanism be tested for ease of operation.
2.4 If a belt or harness is found to be satisfactory after proof test, the date of the test,
and the licence or approval number of the certifying person shall be stenciled on it
with indelible ink before it is returned to service. Unsatisfactory items must be
repaired or scrapped.
3. FLOTATION EQUIPMENT
3.1 Flotation equipment includes inflatable life jackets, floating baby survival cots and
inflatable life rafts. Unless otherwise specified by the Director General in the
Maintenance Programme all such equipment shall be inspected and tested at
intervals not exceeding 12 months
3.2 At the inspection period, the flotation equipment shall be unpacked and be
visually inspected for defects. It shall then be inflated and be checked for leaks.
3.3 If the equipment manufacturer specifies a test pressure, that pressure shall be
used. If no test pressure is specified, the equipment shall be inflated to 14 K Pa (2
lb. per sq. in.).
3.4 The light unit, electrical cell, gas cylinder and operating unit must be inspected
and tested in accordance with the manufacturers' instructions.
3.5 After all tests are completed and the equipment is proven serviceable, a tie-on
label must be attached giving the serial number of the flotation equipment, the
date when the next inspection is due and the licence or approval number of the
person releasing the equipment for service.
4. PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
4.1 All portable fire extinguishers shall be maintained as specified in the

manufacturers' instructions and at the periods approved in the Maintenance
Programme for the aircraft. Unless otherwise specified by the manufacturer,
bottles shall be pressure tested every five years.
4.2 Each portable fire extinguisher shall be fully charged at the commencement of
each flight. If an extinguisher is discharged or partially discharged in flight, an
entry shall be made in the Technical (Flight) Log and, at the conclusion of the
flight, the discharged extinguisher shall be removed from the aircraft.
2
4.3 Each portable fire extinguisher shall be tested for condition of charge:
a) whenever it is suspected that it may not be fully charged.

b) at intervals not exceeding 12 months.
4.4 The test shall be made by weighing the extinguisher with weighing equipment of
known accuracy. The weight shall not be less than that specified by the
manufacturer for a fully charged extinguisher.
4.5 After an extinguisher has been weighed, a tie-on label must be attached giving the
date of the weighing and the licence or approval number of the certifying person.
5. FIRST AID KITS AND PHYSICIAN'S KIT
5.1 First Aid Kits and/or Physician's Kit shall be packed, inspected and stowed as
specified in Appendix-1 and Appendix-2 as applicable of this Chapter C.11.
5.2 No licensed or approved person shall issue a Maintenance Release unless satisfied
that all required First Aid Kits and/or Physician's Kit are complete and properly
stowed on the aircraft.
6. EMERGENCY ESCAPE EQUIPMENT
6.1 Emergency escape hatches shall be tested for freedom of action at the intervals
specified in the approved Maintenance Programme. The certifying person must
ensure that each escape hatch could be operated easily in difficult circumstances.
If locking handles are secured by lock wire, the wire must be thin and weak so
that no excessive force is required to break it.
6.2 At each daily and all other periodic inspections, the certifying person shall ensure
that each escape hatch is properly secured and can only be opened as the result of
intentional action.
6.3 Unless otherwise approved by the Director General in the Maintenance

Programme, all emergency escape chutes, escape ropes or harnesses shall be
tested at intervals not exceeding 12 months. The deployment of inflatable
emergency escape chutes should be witnessed by an authorized person from the
Airworthiness Inspection Division prior to its removal for test.
7. PORTABLE OXYGEN BOTTLES
7.1 Portable oxygen bottles and associated equipment such as masks shall be serviced
and maintained only by person who have been specially trained in the care and
maintenance of oxygen storage and distribution systems.
7.2 Whenever prescribed by operational requirements, portable oxygen cylinders shall

be carried in flight. The cylinders must be fully filled with aviation breathing
oxygen complying with International Standard ISO 2046.
3
7.3 Prior to issuing a Maintenance Release, the certifying person shall ensure that the
required number of portable oxygen bottles and masks are on board, are fully
charged and are clean and free from any defects such as damaged connections or
kinked hoses.
7.4 All portable oxygen equipment shall be maintained as specified in the
manufacturers' instructions and at the periods approved in the Maintenance
Programme for the aircraft. Unless otherwise specified by the manufacturer
Bottles shall be pressure tested every three years.
Note: Great care and extreme cleanliness is essential when handling bottles or pipes
containing oxygen to avoid the risk of fire or explosion.
8. CERTIFICATION
8.1 Removable items of emergency equipment which may be interchanged from one
aircraft to another must have their history recorded on a record card and be
identified by a label attached to the item. All labels shall be strong, clearly written
and firmly attached. The recording on the label of the license number of the
certifying person and the date constitutes the Certificate of Compliance required
by Chapter C.2.
8.2 The testing of safety equipment which is part of the aircraft, e.g. emergency
escape hatches, shall be recorded and certified in the aircraft logbook.
4
Appendix-1
PROVISION OF FIRST AID KIT IN AIRCRAFT
1. APPLICABILITY
All Nepalese civil registered aircraft before every flight shall be equipped with certified
First Aid Kits for treatment of injuries which may occur in flight or as a result of minor
accidents.
2. REQUIREMENT
2.1 The number of First Aid Kit to be carried on board shall be as follows:
First Aid Kit
a) Aircraft with seating capacity of more than 250 4
b) Aircraft with seating capacity from 151-250 3
c) Aircraft with seating capacity from 61-150 2
d) Aircraft with seating capacity from 21-60 1
e) Aircraft with seating capacity from 0-20 1
3. FIRST AID KIT
3.1 First Aid Kit shall be carried on all aircraft.
3.2 The First Aid Kit container must be moisture and dust-proof and readily
accessible to cabin crew/flight crew in flight .
3.3 The First Aid Kit container shall be of green background with a white cross of
size at least 2 inches into 2 inches and the words "FIRST AID KIT" in prominent
letters shall appear on the front surface of the container.
3.4 The contents of the First Aid shall be as specified in paragraph 4. The certifying
engineer must satisfy himself on the completeness of the required content in the
First Aid Kit before issuing Certificate given in Form C.11.1 of this Appendix-1.
The First Aid Kit then be sealed and kept ready for use.
1
NCAR, Chapter C.11 Issue 2, July, 2002
3.5 The First Aid Kit must remain sealed till the time of its use. After use if must be
replenished, certified and resealed. If the seal is broken during bomb threat
inspection or due security reasons or due to usage of the kit and can not be
replenished and certified due to non availability of certifying person, the First Aid
Kit may be carried on board in an unsealed condition provided it is certified or
replaced by a Certified Kid at the first available opportunity or arrival at base,
whichever is earlier.
3.6 The First Aid Kit containers must bear a serial number given by the operator for
the purpose of identification.
3.7 The First Aid Kit when more than one, must be distributed in the passenger cabin
as evenly as practicable and the stowage location shall be conspicuously marked
for easy identification.
4. CONTENTS OF THE FIRST AID KIT
4.1 Each First Aid Kit shall contain at least the following items:
Sr. No. Item
Quantity
i) Adhesive bandage compresses, 25mm 16
ii) Antiseptic swabs 10mm 20
iii) Ammonic inhalants, 6mm 10
iv) Bandage compresses, 100mm 8
v) Triangular bandage compresses, 1mm 5
vi) Burn compound, 30 gms or an equivalent of other burn remedy 6
vii) Arm splint, non inflatable 1
viii) Leg splint, non inflatable 1
ix) Roller bandage 10mm 4
x) Adhesive tape, 25mm standard roll 2
xi) Bandage scissors 1
xii) First Aid Instructions Booklet 1
xiii) List of Contents along with Certificate as shown in Form C.11.1
5. PERIODIC EXAMINATION OF THE FIRST AID KIT
5.1 The stowage and the intact condition of the seal of the First Aid Kit (s) shall be
ensured prior to every flight by a person designated by the organization. The
responsibility of the designated person with regard to this check shall be included
in the Operations Manual.
5.2 The completeness of the contents of First Aid Kit shall be examined and certified
by an appropriately licensed or approved person at the time of issue or renewal of
6. TRAINING OF CABIN CREW MEMBERS IN THE APPLICATION OF FIRST
AID KIT
It will be the responsibility of the owner or operator to ensure that cabin crew/flight crew
are adequately and properly trained in the proper use of items contained in the First Aid
Kit.
2
CERTIFICATE
FIRST AID KIT
I hereby certify that the completeness of the contents of the First Aid Kit is in
accordance with the items as specified in Nepalese Civil Airworthiness Requirements
Chapter C.11 paragraph 4 of Appendix-1 and sealed in my presence.
Date: . Signature: .
Licence or Approval No.: .
3
Appendix-2
PROVISION OF PHYSICIAN'S KIT IN AIRCRAFT
1. APPLICABILITY
Large public transport aircraft, capable of carrying more than 60 passengers including
crew when engaged in commercial flights, shall in addition to the First Aid Kit be
equipped with Physician's Kit which shall contain the life saving equipment, injections and
medicines.
2. REQUIREMENTS
2.1 The number of Physician's Kit to be carried on board shall be as follows:
Physician's Kit
a) Aircraft with seating capacity of more than 250 1
b) Aircraft with seating capacity from 151-250 1
c) Aircraft with seating capacity from 61-150 1
d) Aircraft with seating capacity from 21-60 Not required
e) Aircraft with seating capacity from 0-20 Not required
3. PHYSICIAN'S KIT
3.1 The Physician's Kit container must be moisture and dust proof and free from
damaging temperature and readily accessible to cabin crew/flight crew, in flight.
3.2 The Physician's Kit container shall be of green background with a white cross of
size at least 2 inches into 2 inches and the words "PHYSICIAN'S KIT" in
prominent letters shall appear on the front surface of the container.
3.3 The content of the Physician's Kit shall be as specified in paragraph 4. The
certifying Registered Medical Practitioner holding at least an MBBS degree must
satisfy himself on the completeness of the required content in the Physician's Kit
before issuing Certificate given in Form C.11.2. The Physician's Kit then be sealed
and kept ready for use.
3.4 Physician's Kit must remain sealed till the time of its use. After the items listed in
paragraph 4.2 are used it must be replenished and certified by a Registered
Medical Practitioner and resealed. If the seal is broken during bomb threat
inspection or due security reasons or due to usage of the kit and can not be re-
certified due to non availability of Registered Medical Practitioner, the Physician's
Kit may be carried on board in unsealed condition provided it is
re-certified or replaced by a Certified Kit at the first available opportunity or
arrival at base, which ever is earlier.
1
3.5 Cabin crew shall ensure the proper filling up of Form C.11.3 as shown in
Appendix-2 after usage of medicines contained in the Physician's Kit and signed
by the Registered Medical Practitioner.
3.6 The Physician's Kit containers must bear a serial number given by the operator for
the purpose of identification.
3.7 The stowage locations shall be conspicuously marked for easy identification.
3.8 The medicines contained in the Physician's Kit are intended to be administered
only by a Registered Medical Practitioner if and when available.
4. CONTENTS OF PHYSICIAN'S KIT
4.1 General Items
Sr. no. Items Minimum quantity Maximum Quantity

up to 150 above 150
Passengers Passengers
1. Stethoscope 1 1
2. Blood Pressure Instrument 1 1
3. Flashlight with Batteries 1 1
4. Brooks Airway with Mouthpiece 1 1
5. Modified Ambu Resuscitator
(with oxygen connector) 1 1
6. Thermometer 1 1
7. Disposable Syringes with needles
2 c.c. 2 3
5 c.c. 2 3
10 c.c. 2 3
8. Mediswab (Isopropyl Alcohol Swabs) 20 20
9. Rubber Bands 10 10
10. Ampoule Cutter 1 1
11. Oxygen Catheter 1 1
12. Urethral Catheter 1 1
13. Sterile ready to use sutures/thread
& needle for saturing 1 pkt 1 pkt
14. Cotton Wool (small pack) 2 pkt 2 pkt
15. Sterile Plastic Gabs for multipurpose 5x5 5x5
16. Gloves (Disposable) 7"x7 2 pairs 2 pairs
17. Mask (Disposable) 2 2
18. 'Used In-flight" Labels 10 Nos. 20 Nos.
19. Form 'C.11.3'
(To be filled after opening the kit) 5 5
20. Records Sheets with Folder 1 1
21. Ball Pen 1 1
22. List of Contents along with Certificate in
Form C.11.2
2
4.2 INJECTIONS AND OTHER MEDICINES
1. INJ. ADRENALINE TARTRATE 1:1000 Stabilized

with Sodium Metabisulphite 1 ml x 4 Amps
2. INJ. AVIL Pheniramine Meleate 22.75mg. 1 ml x 4 Amps
3. INJ. ATROPINE SULPHATE Atropine Sulphate 0.65mg. 1 ml x 2 Amps
4. INJ. CALMPOSE Diazepam 10 mg. 2 ml x 4 Vials
5. INJ. DECADRON Dexamethasone 4 mg. 2 ml x 2 Vials
6. INJ. DERIPHYLLIN
Etophylline 169.4 mg. 2 ml x 2 Vials
Theophylline 50.6 mg.
7. INJ. DEXTROSE 50%
Dextrose 50% 10 ml x 2 Amps
8. INJ. FORWIN
Pentazocine 30 mg. 1 ml x 6 Amps
9. INJ LARAGACTIL
Chlorpromazine HCL 50 mg. 1 ml x 4 Amps
10. INJ. LANOXIN
Digoxin 0.5 mg. 2 ml x 4 Amps
11. INJ. LASIX
Frusemide 10 mg. 2 ml x 4 Amps
12. INJ. MEPHENTINE
Methyl Ergometrine Meleate 0.2 mg. 1 ml x 4 Amps
13. INJ. METOCLOPRAMIDE
METOCLOPRAMIDE HCL 5 mg/ml 2 m. x 2 Amps
14. INJ. XYLOCARD
Lignocaine HCL 21.3 mg/ml 5 ml x 1 Vial
15. CAP. NIFEDIPINE 10 mg. 30
16. CAP. PHEHYTOIN SODIUM 100 mg. 100
17. SALBUTAMOL ROTACAP WITH DISPENSER 1 pack
Note: For injections, medicines and equipment that are not available, substitutes may be used,
provided the same are certified by Registered Medical Practitioner as alternate to those
injections, medicines and equipment.
5. PERIODIC EXAMINATION OF THE PHYSICIAN'S KIT
5.1 The stowage and the intact condition of the seal of the Physician's Kit shall be
ensured prior to every flight by a person designated by the organization. The
responsibility of the designated person with regard to this check shall be included
in the Operations Manual.
5.2 The completeness of the contents of such Kit shall be examined and certified by
Registered Medical Practitioners once in a year provided the expiry dates of
injections and medicines are within limits.
3
CERTIFICATE
PHYSICIAN'S KIT
I hereby certify that the completeness of the contents of the Physician's Kit is in
accordance with the items as specified in Nepalese Civil Airworthiness Requirements
Chapter C.11 paragraph 4 of Appendix-2 and sealed in my presence.
Date: . Signature: ..
Registration No.: ...
orm C.11.3 Appendix-3
USE OF PHYSICIAN'S KIT
Date: . Time:
Patient's Name: .. Age: .
Name and dose of injection/medicine given: .
Remarks regarding condition of patient/injuries: ..

Name and address of physician:

Signature: Registration No.: ...
4
SECTION C
FEBRUARY 1983
CALIBRATION OF COMPASSES
1. GENERAL
1.1 This chapter prescribes the occasions, procedures and standards for the
calibration of direct reading and remote reading magnetic compasses.
1.2 Each Nepalese aircraft, unless approved otherwise by the Director General, shall
be provided with a magnetic compass. This compass must be accurate within the
tolerances prescribed in this chapter. If a single compass in not readily visible to
each member of the flight crew, additional compasses shall be installed to provide
such visibility.
Note: The Director General may exempt certain simple types of sport aircraft from the
requirement to carry a compass.
2. DEFINITIONS
In this Chapter C.12 the following definitions hall apply:
Compass Base : A site reserved for compass swinging where only aircraft field
components and the earth's magnetic field can affect the compass.
Compass Swinging : The technique of deviation compensation.
Calibration : The measurement of the deviation of a compass installed in an aircraft, any

necessary compensation of this deviation and the recording of the residual deviation.
Deviation : The angular difference between magnetic heading and compass heading.
Residual Deviation : The deviation remaining after compensation.
Index Error : Also known as Coefficient "A" error index error results from
malalignment of a direct reading compass or of the flux detector unit of a remote reading
compass. It had the same magnitude on all headings.
One-cycle Errors : These are deviations resulting from permanent or hard-iron

magnetism in the aircraft structure. They vary with the aircraft heading, the maximum
deviations being known as Coefficient "B" and Coefficient "C" respectively.
1
NCAR, Chapter C.12 Issue 1, February 1983
3. INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
Unless otherwise approved by the Director General, the following requirements apply:
3.1 Each direct-reading and remote-reading compass indicator shall be installed so

that it can be read easily by the appropriate crew member under all normal
conditions of flight.
3.2 Parallax error shall not be such as to prejudice the accurate reading of the
compass.
3.3 Each direct reading compass, and each detector unit of a remote reading compass,
together with any correctors which are not an integral part of the compass, shall
be installed so that their attitude is correct for all likely flight conditions.
3.4 The distance between the compass and any item of equipment or electrical
circuitry shall be such that interference from magnetic material or a live circuit
does not cause a change in deviation exceeding 1 degree or the combined effect
of all equipments and circuits does not exceed 2 degree.
3.5 The change in deviation caused by control movements or landing gear actuation
during normal flight shall not exceed 1 degree.
4. OCCATIONS FOR CALIBRATION
4.1 Each compass shall be calibrated prior to the initial issue of a Nepalese Certificate
of Airworthiness or a Permit to Fly.
4.2 Each compass shall be calibrated periodically at the periods approved in the
aircraft Maintenance Schedule and these periods will normally be:
1 year for compasses in aircraft intended for IFR flight or air transport operations.
2 years for aircraft intended only for VFR flight and not to be flown at night or
for instrument flight training.
4.3 Compass shall also be calibrated:
a) After installation or replacement.

b) After an engine has been changed, if it affect the compass.
c) Whenever a magnetic sensing element has been changed or re-located.
d) After any modification of the electrical system or avionics of the aircraft
which could possibly affect the compass.
e) After a lightning strike, unless two heading checks made in flight after the
strike show that no change of deviation has occurred.
f) After any maintenance involving the addition, removal or relocation of
magnetic materials likely to influence compass deviation.
2
g) After any occurrence, such as heavy turbulence or a heavy landing, likely to
affect compass deviation.
h) After long term storage of the aircraft.
i) Whenever there is reason to suspect that change of deviation may have
occurred.
5. COMPASS CALIBRATION PROCEDURE
5.1 An aircraft compass shall be calibrated only on a compass base which is level and
free from any magnetic influence other than the earth's magnetic field. The
instructions for compass Base Surveying given in leaflet AL/10-4 of Civil Aircraft
Inspection Procedures Published by the Civil Aviation Authority of the United
Kingdom shall be applied in Nepal.
5.2 Prior to calibration the compass shall be checked for general serviceability and, if
the aircraft has come from the southern hemisphere, it must be verified that the
angle of dip correction for the northern hemisphere has been made.
5.3 During compass calibration the aircraft shall be positioned not more than
5 degree from the required headings and the compass be calibrated to determine
the required headings and the compass be calibrated to determine the residual
deviation on at least eight equally spaced headings which must include the
cardinal headings. The magnetic heading of the aircraft shall be established by
magnetic heading of the aircraft shall be established by means of a landing
compass or similar instrument of or by alignment with a marked compass site or
by an approved alternative method.
5.4 During calibration all engines shall be running, all normal operational equipment
shall be correctly stowed, the flight controls (as far as is practicable) shall be in
the cruise setting and the avionic systems shall be operating in the normal cruise
configuration. As the calibration proceeds the flight controls and the avionic
systems shall be operated, the latter being switched on and off, to verify that there
are no adverse effects on compass deviation.
5.5 The technique used for compass swinging shall be either that prescribed by the
aircraft manufacturer in the Maintenance Manual or, if no special technique is
prescribed by the aircraft manufacturer, the techniques given in Leaflet AL/10-5
for Direct Reading Compasses and Leaflet AL/10-6 for Remote Reading
Compasses in Civil Aircraft Inspection Procedures.
5.6 When compensating during calibration, the residual deviation shall not exceed:
a) 20 for a remote reading gyro compass.

b) 30 for a remote reading non-gyro compass, e.g. a flux detector unit coupled to
an inertial navigation system.
c) 50 for a direct reading compass used as the primary heading reference.
3
d) 80 for any other compass.
6.1 The residual deviation shall be recorded and displayed on a card adjacent to the
compass indicator on the aircraft so that the card is visible to the appropriate
flight crew. The correction card shall show its expiry date as determined by
paragraph 4.2 of this chapter.
6.2 The correction card shall be in the Form C.12.1 as shown in Appendix-1. This
card is part of a combined form which includes the correction card, an aircraft
logbook certificate and a record sheet for retention by the operator.
6.3 After a compass has been calibrated, the aircraft logbook certificate from the
Form C.12.1 as shown in Appendix-1, duly completed, shall be inserted in the
aircraft logbook, or, alternatively full details of the correction card shall be
entered and certified in the logbook.
6.4 A Certificate of Compliance for calibration of an aircraft compass may be issued

only by:
a) A person holding Licence in Category 'X' (Instruments) with a rating for the
aircraft concerned or a person holding approval issued by the Director
General to do so.
b) A pilot authorized to be Pilot-in-Command of the particular aircraft type.
4
5
A/C REGISTRATION 9N-.
Issue 1, February 1983

A/C REASON:.
COMPASS SER. DATE:...
SIGNATURE : . LIC. NO. ..

SER. NO. .
Appendix-1
BASE:. LIC
AIRCRAFT LOG BOOK CERTIFICATE

NO.:
SIGNATURE:
COMPASS SWING
A/C REGISTRATION 9N-

N S
APP. MAG COMP DEV ( ) - ( )
HDG HDG HDG . C= = =
DATE: ..//.
N 2 2
EXPIRY : /../ ..
BASE .
COMPASS
TYPE
REASON ..
1
E MCR
E W
S ( ) - ( )
B= = =
W 2 2
1
1
MCR
RES.
DEVS FOLD HERE
FOR STEER
NW FOR STEER
N
000 000
NE
045 045
S
090 090
STEER
SW
135 135
W
180 180
NCAR, Chapter C.12

225
Form C.12.1
225
A= 8 = 270 270
FOR
315
000
045
090
135
180
225
270
315
315
NOTE - 1. MCR = MAKE COMPASS READ
2. REASON = E.G. ENGINE CHANGE, PERIODIC ETC. EXPIRY: ..
2
SECTION C
FEBRUARY 1983
RADIO STATIONS
1. GENERAL
1.1 An airborne radio station comprises all airborne equipment for communication of
navigation carried on the aircraft and includes radio and radar equipments,
associated permanent wiring, fuses, circuit breakers, connectors and aerials.
1.2 This chapter prescribes minimum standards for the installation, inspection, testing
and repair of airborne radio station.
1.3 The items of an airborne radio station comprise aircraft components as defined in
these Requirements and are therefore subject to all requirements pertaining to the
maintenance of components. The maintenance of radio equipment and systems
shall be specified in the approved Maintenance Schedule for the aircraft and all
minor maintenance performed on the radio station shall be recorded and certified
in the aircraft logbook or Technical (Flight) Log.
2. INSTALLATION REQUIREMENT
2.1 Airborne radio station equipments and systems which are listed in the Type
Certificate Data Sheets are automatically approved by the issue of a Nepalese
Type Certificate. Any subsequent alternations, such as the deletion or addition of
particular equipments or systems comprise modifications and are subject to the
requirements of chapter C.5.
2.2 Any radio equipment installed additional to, or in lieu of, the radio equipment
listed in the Type Certificate Data Sheet must conform to approved design
requirements. The following requirements are hereby approved by the Director
General:
a) Section R, Sub section R.3 or British Civil Airworthiness Requirements.

b) Part 37, "Technical Standard Order Authorizations", of the Federal Aviation
Regulations of the United States of America.
c) "Minimum Operational Characteristics" of the Radio Technical Commission
for Aeronautics, United States of America.
d) Air Navigation Order 103.21 "Equipment Standards Radio Communication
and Navigation Equipment", Department of Transport, Australia.
1
2.3 The Director General may approve radio equipment designed to standards other
than these listed in 2.2. An applicant for approval of such equipment must submit
a detailed design specification with his application.
2.4 Any additional radio equipment installed in an aircraft must be installed in

accordance with Chapters R4-2, R4-3, R4-4, and R4-5 of British Civil
Airworthiness Requirements or other equivalent requirements approved by the
Director General.
2.5 Each airborne radio station is required to be licensed. The Ministry of

Communication approves the frequencies at which the station may operate and
the Department of Civil Aviation issue the licence. As required by the Convention
and by Chapter E.1 of these Requirements, the Mobile Radio Station Licence as
given in Form C.13.1 of Appendix-1 of this Chapter must be carried on the
aircraft.
3. RADIO MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS
3.1 The Maintenance Schedule for the aircraft in which the radio station is installed
shall specify for each radio equipment or system the periodic maintenance to be
performed. If the equipment or system is to be maintained "On Condition" the
Maintenance Schedule shall specify the intervals between the tests required to
establish the condition, and the type of tests to be made. The maintenance
circumstance in which components should be overhauled or bench tested.
3.2 Minor maintenance included in the Maintenance Schedule should normally include
the following:
a) Communication transceivers, including associated wiring, fuses, circuit

breakers, connectors and aerials:
Inspect for security and satisfactory operation, including AGC (automatic gain
control), squelch, modulation and VSWR (voltage standing wave ratio) prior
to renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness i.e. every 12 months.
b) Radio navigation systems, including radio and radar equipment, associated

wiring, fuses, circuit breakers, connectors and aerials:
Inspect for security and satisfactory operation (using appropriate test

equipment) at intervals nor exceeding 100 hours time in service or 3 months,
whichever is the lesser.
c) Automatic direction finding (ADF) installations requiring periodic swings:
Check swing whenever the loop aerial is changed, whenever the magnetic
compass receives a non routine swing (after a lightning strike, engine change,
etc.) and prior to renewal of the Certificate of Airworthiness.
2
3.3 Major maintenance included in the Maintenance Schedules should normally
include the following:
Removal of all mandatory equipments every 2 years unless otherwise specified by

the manufacturer for bench testing and rectification of any measured degradation
of performance.
3.4 Every airborne radio station shall be maintained in such a manner that no harmful
interference is caused to other systems of the aircraft or to any other radio station.
In this context harmful interference means any emission, radiation or induction
which degrades, obstructs or repeatedly interrupts a radio-communication or
radio navigation service.
4.1 The removal or installation of any radio or radar equipment shall be recorded and
certified in the aircraft logbook.
4.2 Minor maintenance of radio stations may be recorded and certified in either the
Technical (Flight) Log or the aircraft Logbook as prescribed in Chapters E.6 and
E.7.
4.3 Major maintenance of radio or radar equipments may be recorded in the aircraft
logbook if the equipments are to be replaced in the same aircraft, otherwise it
shall be recorded on appropriate work sheets and a label identifying the relevant
work sheets be attached to each equipment.
3
4
File No. Serial No.
MOBILE RADIO STATION LICENCE
This Licence has been issued to operate Mobile Radio Station on board Nepalese registered
aircraft . according to aeronautical usages. Any change in equipment should
immediately be notified to this office.
.. ..

1
NCAR, Chapter C.13 Issue 1, March 2002
1
NCAR, Chapter C.13
SECTION C
SEPTEMBER 1996
STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY REQUIREMENTS
FOR AGING AIRCRAFT
1. GENERAL
1.1 This chapter prescribes the criteria necessary for the development and
implementation of a Structural Integrity Program (SIP) as set out in Chapter B.1,
para.8 of the Nepalese Civil Airworthiness Requirements and it identifies the
limitations where, if exceeded, an aircraft shall not be operated unless in
compliance with a Structural Integrity Program.
1.2 National Civil Aviation Policy 2063 at article 5.2.3, prohibits the import of
aircraft which exceed 15 years of age or completion of 75% of economic design
life or 45 000 pressurization cycle in case of pressurized aircraft. It also requires
the operation of aircraft, having completed more than half of economic design
life, after preparation of structural integrity program (within Airworthiness
Limitations approved by the State of Manufacture). Adherence to the criteria of
this chapter and following Chapter C-15 (Corrosion Prevention and Control
Programs) is a means of fulfilling requirements under Article 5.2.3 of the National
Civil Aviation Policy 2063 for the purpose of operating a particular aircraft until
such time as the design airworthiness limitations of the aircraft, are exceeded
1.3 Within this chapter where the term Structural Integrity Program is utilized, it
shall be taken to mean those requirements, inspections and procedures identified
and provided by the Type Certificate holder which may be in the form of a
Structural Inspection Document, a Supplemental Structural Inspection Document,
or other equivalent documents. The Structural Integrity Program shall also
include any required assessments, modifications and repairs deemed necessary by
the Type Certificate holder or State of Manufacture and which may include
Airworthiness Directives, Service Bulletins, or Service Letters and other
instructions as deemed necessary.
2. BACKGROUND
2.1 Service experience indicates that, as aircraft become older, they are more likely to
exhibit indications of fatigue cracks, accidental damage, or corrosion. For these
aircraft, a Structural Integrity Program which includes special structural
inspections and modifications may be required to ensure their continued
Airworthiness as service age increases. The structural inspections and
modifications are usually published as Structural Inspection Documents,
Supplemental Structural Inspection Documents, or under other names as decided
by the aircraft Type Certificate holder. These documents are usually approved or
mandated by Airworthiness Directives of the State of Manufacture.
1
Amendment 2, January 2009
2.2 With reference to para.2.1, transport aircraft of more modern design, present an
exception to this approach. While still subject to the same aging processes, these
aircraft are manufactured and maintained in accordance with more recent design
and maintenance requirements philosophies, consequently they will have the
requirements of a Structural Integrity Program already included within the
approved Maintenance Review Board Document of aircraft.
3. IMPLEMENTATION
3.1 Subject to para.3.4, aircraft which meets the criteria of following para.3.3, the
owner shall implement the requirements of a Structural Integrity Program for
each aircraft, prior to application for permission to operate the aircraft or to
continue to operate the aircraft under Article 5.2.3 of National Civil Aviation
Policy 2063.
3.2 Where permission is requested to operate under Article 5.2.3 of Nepalese Civil
Aviation Requirements, the operator shall make application to the Civil Aviation
Authority of Nepal in accordance with Appendix-1 to this chapter.
3.3 The requirements of paragraph 3.1 preceding, are applicable for aircraft which
exceed the following criteria:
all aircraft both pressurized an un pressurized which have completed more

than half of the economic design life hall prepare a structural integrity
program (ref National Civil Aviation Policy 2063 para 5.2.3.)
3.4 With reference to the requirements of para.3.1 preceding, all aircraft which have
been type certificated to damage tolerant design standards and which are operated
in accordance with an approved Maintenance Review Board Document that is
developed in accordance with MSG-3 standards and is revised in accordance with
current MSG 3 requirements, shall not be required to have a separately approved
Structural Integrity Program. These aircraft are accepted on the basis that the
Maintenance Review Board Document incorporates within it, a continuous
structural inspection review program that meets criteria and which is approved as
part of the operators base maintenance program.
3.5 Aircraft less than 5700 kilograms which do not have approved Structural Integrity
Program may be permitted to operate under which National Civil Aviation Policy
2063 at article 5.2.3 provided the operator :
(a) replaces all structural life limited components and carries out all Corrosion
Prevention and Control Program before the occurrence of paragraph 3.3
above.
(b) applies to the Director General at least one year before para.3.3 occurs with
proof and schedule of compliance of paragraph 3.5 (a) above.
2
4. APPLICATION PROCEDURES
4.1 For Aircraft with an existing Structural Integrity Program
(a) The owner of an aircraft with an existing Structural Integrity Program (SIP)
or other equivalent program which is contained within a document accepted
or mandated by the State of Manufacture, may make application for
permission under National Civil Aviation Policy 2063 at article 5.2.3, to
operate the aircraft. At the time of application, the owner of the subject
aircraft shall demonstrate that the aircraft has incorporated; the
modifications, replacement parts and inspections that are required to
provide adherence with the Structural Integrity Program and the approving
authority or mandating Airworthiness Directive. Where such an application
is made, it shall be in the Form C.14.1 as detailed in Appendix -1 to this
chapter.
(b) The owner of an aircraft which is designed and type certificated to damage
tolerant principles and for which a corresponding Maintenance Review
Board (MRB) Document has been developed and kept current in
accordance with the procedures of ATA Maintenance Program
Development Document MSG-3 and FAA AC 121-22A (Maintenance
Review Board Procedures), may make application for permission to operate
the aircraft under National Civil Aviation Policy 2063 at article 5.2.3. At the
time of application, the owner shall show compliance with the maintenance
program as detailed by the Maintenance Review Board and shall have
incorporated all additional Airworthiness Directives, modifications, repairs
and instructions affecting Structural Airworthiness which are issued by the
Type Certificate holder and the State of Manufacture. Where such an
application is made, it shall be in the Form C.14.1 as detailed in Appendix -1
to this chapter.
4.2 For Aircraft which do not have an existing Structural Integrity Program
(a) Subject to para.4.2 (b) and (c) of this paragraph, for those aircraft subject to
the criteria of the foregoing para.3.3, where a Structural Integrity Program
(SIP) or other equivalent that is contained within a document accepted or
mandated by the State of Manufacture does not exist, the owner of such
aircraft shall not operate the aircraft beyond the limits of National Civil
Aviation Policy 2063.
(b) Where a Structural Integrity Program does not exist and the Director
General has required an aircraft Type Certificate holder to provide a
Structural Integrity Program, the Type Certificate holder shall publish and
provide the program within a document in accordance with the criteria of
paragraph 5 following .
(c) Where the Type Certificate holder publishes the Structural Integrity
Program, the program shall be accepted or mandated by the State of
Manufacture. Where the State of Manufacture declines to accept or
mandate the Structural Integrity Program, the requirements of preceding
paragraph 4.2 (a) above shall apply.
3
(d) Where a Structural Integrity Program has been developed and published in
accordance with para.5 following, the program shall be reviewed and
accepted by the Director General, who may mandate it by Airworthiness
Directive, prior to use. Where such a document has been mandated by
ADs, the aircraft owner may make application for permission to operate the
aircraft in accordance with preceding paragraph 4.1 (a).
5. DEVELOPMENT OF A STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY PROGRAM
5.1 Program Development: Where a Structural Integrity Program is to be developed,

it shall be developed in accordance with the general guidelines of ICAO
Document 9642-AN/941 (Continuing Airworthiness Manual). The methods,
principles and data underlying the continuing assessment of structural integrity
and the development of a continuing Structural Integrity Program are activities
which are required to be undertaken by the Type Certificate holder who shall
make them available for review by the Director General. The development
procedure for a Structural Integrity Program shall include the following elements:
(a) a recognized process for the continuing assessment of aircraft structural

integrity by the Type Certificate holder,
(b) a continuing Structural Integrity Program, which implements those
inspections, modifications, and repair design assessments which are
identified by sub paragraph 5.1 (a) and which are necessary for the
continued safe operation of the aircraft,
(c) publication of a document which contains the continuing Structural Integrity
Program of para.5.1 (b) preceding, and
(d) an accepting or mandating statement by the State of Manufacture, which
makes implementation of the Structural Integrity Program mandatory.
5.2 Continuing Assessment of Aircraft Structural Integrity
(a) The Type Certificate holder shall be responsible for conducting a continuing
assessment of the structural integrity of the aircraft to which the Type
Certificate pertains, throughout the aircrafts operational life. Where a
continuing assessment is undertaken the following shall be taken into
account; the original design objectives and assumptions, the current
advancements in technology, and the known behavior of the aircraft
structure while in service. The following information shall be included in the
assessment and kept in a form available for reference;
(i) the current operational statistics of the fleet in terms of hours or flights,
(ii) the typical operational mission or missions assumed in the assessment,
(iii) the structural loading conditions from the chosen missions, and
(iv) supporting test evidence and relevant service experience.
4
In addition, the following information shall be included for each critical part or
component reviewed as part of the assessment;
(1) the basis employed for evaluating the damage tolerance or safe-life
characteristics of the part or component,
(2) the site or sites within the part or component where damage could affect the
structural integrity of the aircraft,
(3) the recommended inspection methods for the area and the minimum detectable
size of damage,
(4) for damage-tolerant structures, the maximum damage size at which the required
residual strength capability can be demonstrated and the critical design loading
case for the latter,
(5) for damage-tolerant structures, at each damage site the inspection threshold and
the damage growth interval between detectable and critical, including any likely
interaction effects from other damage sites, and
(6) information related to any variations found necessary to safe-lives already
declared for parts and components.
(b) The Type Certificate holder shall also be responsible to involve the
operators of the aircraft when developing the Structural Integrity Program
and when amending it.
(c) The Type Certificate holder shall publish the details of a reporting program
which details how operators shall collect and report the data concerning
operational usage, structural discrepancies, aircraft modification status, and
aircraft history.
(d) The methods, principles and data underlying the continuing assessment of
structural integrity and the development of the Structural Integrity Program
shall be available for review by the Director General.
5.3 The Structural Integrity Program
(a) The Type Certificate holder shall identify those structural parts and
components which contribute significantly to carrying flight, ground,
pressure or control loads and whose failure could affect the structural
integrity necessary for the safety of the aircraft.
(b) The Type Certificate holder shall perform analysis of those parts and
components in paragraph 5.3 (a) sufficient to establish inspection
thresholds, inspection frequency, and where appropriate retirement life for
each part and component.
(c) The effect of repairs and modifications made by the Type Certificate holder
shall be included in the analysis of para.5.3 (b).
(d) With reference to para.5.3 (b), the effectiveness of the analysis shall be
checked periodically, against the current world fleet service experience and
the time frames for such periodic analysis shall be included in the Structural
Integrity Program. Where unexpected defects arise, further analysis shall be
undertaken and the results included within the Structural Integrity Program.
5
(e) The Structural Integrity Program shall contain all of the requirements for the
inspection procedures and for the replacement or modification of parts or
components necessary for the continued safe-operation of the aircraft. The
Structural Integrity Program shall also include the following:
(i) identification of the variants of the basic aircraft type to which the
program relates,
(ii) a summary of the operational statistics of the fleet in terms of hours or
flights and description of the typical mission or missions,
(iii) reference to documents giving any existing inspections, or

modifications of parts and to existing structural Service Bulletins which
may still need to be applied, in addition to those given in the program
and
(iv) the types of operations for which the inspection is considered valid.
In addition, for components and parts the Structural Integrity Program shall address
the following;
(1) a description of the part or component and any relevant adjacent structure
including a means of access to the part or component,
(2) the type of damage which is being considered (fatigue, wear, environmental,
accidental)
(3) service experience and Service Bulletins which are relevant,
(4) the likely sites of damage,
(5) required inspection method and procedure and alternatives,
(6) minimum size of damage considered detectable by the methods of inspection,
(7) guidance to the operator on which inspection findings should be reported to the
manufacturer,
(8) required initial inspection threshold,
(9) required repeat inspection interval,
(10) reference to optional modifications or replacement of part or component as
inating action to inspection
(11) reference to a mandatory modification or replacement of the part or
component at a given life if a fail-safe inspection is impractical,
(12) information related to any variations found necessary to safe-lives already
declared.
7. REVISIONS TO STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY PROGRAM
7.1 Aircraft Manufacturer Responsibility
It shall be the responsibility of the Type Certificate holder to maintain a program

concerning the continuing assessment of structural integrity. As such the Type
Certificate holder will from time to time publish revisions to the document which
6
contains the Structural Integrity Program which shall be accepted or mandated by
the State of Manufacture.
7.2 Operator Responsibility
Where the Type Certificate holder has issued a revision to a Structural Integrity
Program, the revision shall be implemented within all applicable aircraft by the
operator of those aircraft in accordance with the implementation time frames set
by the Type Certificate holder and as mandated by the State of Manufacture or
7
Form C.14.1 Appendix- 1
APPLICATION FOR PERMISSION TO OPERATE UNDER ARTICLE 3.3( c) OF

NATIONAL CIVIL AVIATION POLICY 2050
1) With respect to an application under this part, the applicant shall complete boxes
numbered 1 through 13 of the Form C.14.1 as shown on this Appendix. The applicant
shall include with the application the documents as specified in box 11A or 11B as
applicable. The application on completion, shall be submitted to the Airworthiness
Division, Aviation Safety Directorate, Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal, Kathmandu.
2) When the application is received in the Airworthiness Division an authorized person will
be assigned to process the application. He will perform the necessary actions and
judgments as indicated in boxes 13 through 18. This work will include a review and audit
as described in box 16. In addition he will perform the required actions to verify that a
CPCP program has been implemented for the applicant aircraft.
3) If the review is satisfactory the Airworthiness Division will generate a letter to the
Director General recommending that the applicant be granted permission to operate under
article 3.3 c) of the Policy 2050.
4) Where the review is not satisfactory, the authorized person shall document the reasons
and generate a letter to the Director General recommending that the application should be
declined and state the reasons.
5) Where deficiencies are correctable, the applicant will be given opportunity to correct
them.
Note: This application is to be processed in conjunction with the activities required under Chapter
C.15 concerning the implementation of an effective Corrosion Prevention and Control
Program.
1
CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY OF ANEPAL
Application: For Operation of an Aircraft Pursuant to Article 3.3 (c) 1) Date: __________
National Civil Aviation Policy 2051
2) Name of Aircraft Operator: _______________________________________

3) Aircraft Manufacturer _______________________________________
4) Aircraft Model and Series _______________________________________
5) Date of Manufacturer ______________ 6) Nepalese Type Certificate No. ____________

7) Total Time in Service 8) Total Flight Cycles ____________
______________
9) Max. Certificated T/O Weight 10) Type of Operation ____________
______________
11) With reference to Nepalese Civil Aviation Requirements Chapter C.14, please indicate under
which of the following two clauses this application is pursuant to:
11A) Clause 4.1 (a) 11B) Clause 4.1 (b)
The applicant aircraft is currently subject to an The applicant aircraft is type certificated in
existing Structural Integrity Program which has accordance with damage tolerance principles and
been accepted or mandated by the State of there exists a current Maintenance Review Board
Manufacture Document which has been developed and kept
current in accordance with MSG-3 Philosophy
Note: The applicant shall provide a copy of the Note: The applicant shall provide a copy of the
current Structural Integrity Document and the current Maintenance Review Board Document, and
mandating or accepting statement of the State of the current Policy and Procedures Handbook
Manufacture with this application. utilized to manage the MRB Document as part of
this application.
12) Name of person authorized to make this
application: _________________________________
13) Signature of authorized person making this The information provided in Boxes 1 through
application and who is attesting to the 12 of this application are accurate and portray
accuracy of the foregoing information: the state of the aircraft as it currently exists. "
_________________________________
For Official Use Only:

The following sections are to be reviewed and filled out by the Airworthiness Division whose name
appears at the bottom of this form.
14) All required information is entered on this Form ? Yes _______ No ______
15) All requested documents have been provided with

this application? Yes _______ No ______
16) Is the applicant aircraft eligible for permission to

operate under article 3.3 (c) of National Civil Yes _______ No ______
Aviation Policy 2050 ?
17) If yes to 14, 15 & 16 above, then the existing aircraft maintenance records, maintenance schedule,
and aircraft shall be audited to establish conformity with the required modifications, ADs, SBs and
Inspection requirements for the aircraft prior to proceeding to box 18.
18) The forgoing information, documents and audit as required by section 16) have been completed and
the aircraft as identified above is acceptable to receive permission under article 3.3 ( c) for peration.
Signature of reviewing person :____________________________ Date: _________________
2
3
SECTION C
SEPTEMBER 1996
CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROL PROGRAM

FOR AIRCRAFT
1. GENERAL
1.1 This chapter prescribes the criteria necessary for the development and
implementation of an effective Corrosion Prevention and Control Program
(CPCP) as set out in Chapter B.1, paragraph 8 of the Nepalese Civil
1.2 National Civil Aviation Policy 2063 at article 5.2.3 prohibits the import of aircraft
which exceed 15 years of age or completion of 75% of economic design life or 45
000 pressurization cycle in case of pressurized aircraft. It also requires the
operation of aircraft, having completed more than half of economic design life,
after preparation of structural integrity program (within Airworthiness Limitations
approved by the State of Manufacture)Adherence to the criteria of this chapter
and Chapter C.14 preceding, is a means of gaining permission under Article 5.2.3
of the National Civil Aviation Policy 2063 in order to operate a particular aircraft
until such time as the design airworthiness limitations of the aircraft, as currently
approved by the State of Manufacture, are exceeded.
2. BACKGROUND
2.1 Experience indicates that, as aircraft become older, they are more likely to exhibit
indications of corrosion. Surveys of the older aircraft by the manufacturers have
demonstrated that aircraft which received the attention of a Corrosion Prevention
and Control Program early in life, were relatively corrosion free, whereas aircraft
that did not receive the benefit of an early Corrosion Prevention and Control
Program generally required more extensive repairs to bring back to being returned
to an airworthy state.
2.2 This chapter prescribes criteria to implement an effective Corrosion Prevention

and Control Program. To be effective the subsequent inspections of the aircraft
shall demonstrate that the amount of corrosion occurring between inspections can
be controlled to Level 1 or better. Definitions for the levels of severity for
corrosion are found within the definition section of these Nepalese Civil
1
2.3 The responsibility to implement an effective Corrosion Prevention and Control
Program rests entirely with the owner. Implementation of CPCP for aircraft types
which have Corrosion Prevention and Control Programs that have been mandated
by the State of Manufacture or which are published by the Type Certificate holder
is relatively straight forward. It is not however, an easy procedure for aircraft
types which are not supported by the Type Certificate holder. In addition, it
should be noted that some newer transport category aircraft have Maintenance
Schedule that were developed using analysis techniques which incorporated a
Corrosion Prevention and Control Program within the base Maintenance
Schedule. Due to the varied levels of support for CPCP that are provided by the
different Type Certificate holders and the States of Manufacture, it is imperative
that the owner carefully determine the circumstances under which CPCP is to be
implemented where the Type Certificate holder has provided a program. Where
CPCP is not supported by the Type Certificate holder, the owner of the aircraft is
faced with the responsibility to develop an effective CPCP program for the aircraft
or forego operation of the aircraft type.
3. EFFECTIVITY
3.1 Subject to paragraph 3.3, the owner of aircraft which exceed any of the criteria of
para.3.2 following, shall implement a Corrosion Prevention and Control Program
for each aircraft, prior to application for permission to operate the aircraft or to
continue to operate the aircraft under Article 5.2.3 of National Civil Aviation
Policy 2063.
3.2 The requirements of para.3.1 proceeding is applicable for aircraft which exceed
the following criteria:
all aircraft both pressurized an un pressurized which have completed more

than half of the economic design life hall prepare a structural integrity
program (ref National Civil Aviation Policy 2063 para 5.2.3.)
3.3 For aircraft types which have a Maintenance Schedule developed in accordance
with MSG-3 at Revision 2, the aircraft will not be required to have a separate
Corrosion Prevention and Control Program implemented for it. The owner of
those aircraft types shall however be required to demonstrate that they have
implemented a system for recording corrosion findings including the level of
corrosion and a reporting system as required by paragraph 5, following.
4. PROGRAM IMPLEMENTATION
4.1 Where there exists a Corrosion Prevention and Control Program for an aircraft
type published by the Type Certificate holder, the owner of that aircraft shall
implement the program as published.
2
4.2 Where the type certificate holder has not published a Corrosion Prevention and
Control Program for an aircraft affected by preceding 3.2, the owner of the
aircraft shall develop a Corrosion Prevention and Control Program in accordance
with the criteria of paragraph 5 following and shall provide a copy of the program
to the Director General for review and approval prior to implementing the
program as required by paragraph 3.1.
4.3 Where permission is being requested to operate under Article 5.2.3 of National
Civil Aviation Policy 2063, the owner shall make application, in conjunction with
the requirements of Chapter C.14 to the Airworthiness Division, Civil Aviation
Authority of Nepal and shall provide to the Director General, a copy of the
Corrosion Prevention and Control Program being implemented for each aircraft
type, at the time of application.
4.4 Where the owner of an aircraft type has implemented a Corrosion Prevention and
Control Program, the program shall be managed to a standard which will ensure
that subsequent corrosion when it occurs, is controlled to a corrosion Level 1 or
better.
4.5 With reference to paragraph 4.4, where corrosion is found to have exceeded
corrosion Level 1 during any subsequent inspection, the program shall include a
requirement for the owner to review the CPCP for the affected area and to adjust
the program in such a manner as to ensure that at subsequent inspections the
corrosion is controlled to corrosion Level 1 or better.
4.6 With reference to paragraph 4.5, where the owner has found corrosion greater
than Level 1, the owner shall provide a report concerning the corrosion to the
Director General and provide in that report information concerning the nature of
the corrosion, the extent of the corrosion, the area affected, the corrective action
taken to remove the corrosion and the actions undertaken to return the aircraft to
an Airworthy condition, in addition the owner shall provide a report concerning
the review required by paragraph 4.5 and the subsequent actions taken to adjust
the Corrosion Prevention and Control Program.
5. CRITERIA TO DEVELOP CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROL

PROGRAM
5.1 Where the owner of an aircraft elects to develop a Corrosion Prevention and
Control Program for an aircraft type, the owner shall ensure that the inspection
program intervals and areas of inspection are arranged in such a manner that the
entire aircraft structure (internal as well as external) is inspected on a cyclical basis
at a maximum of every five years of calendar time.
5.2 Where an owner has decided to develop a CPCP, the owner shall ensure that the
Corrosion Prevention and Control Program is contained within a document which
incorporates the following criteria:
(a) an introductory part which shall contain an approval page which shall be
issued by the Director General, a list of effective pages, and a table of
contents.
3
(b) a general part which contains the general practices and procedures to be
utilized for preventive maintenance and corrosion control, including;
1) a section which contains general information on the aircraft type,
including drawings of the aircraft which identify aircraft dimensions,
zones, stations, access doors and inspection panels,
2) a section which addresses the types of protective treatments being
utilized, and which identifies the areas where they are to be applied and
the requirements for re-application of protective treatments,
3) a section which provides an explanation for and contains the definitions
of an effective CPCP and the three levels of corrosion severity as
defined in the definition section of these Nepalese Civil Airworthiness
Requirements,
4) a section which details the inspection techniques necessary to identify
and classify corrosion,
5) a section which contains standard procedures for corrosion prevention,
corrosion removal and damage assessment,
6) a section which contains special procedures concerning mercury spillage,
fire damage, alkaline and acid spills,
7) a section which clearly states the action to be taken upon finding
corrosion and which describes the procedures for the recording of
corrosion findings, the reporting of those findings, including clear details
of when reporting to the Director General is required,
8) a section which references Services Bulletins, instructions, letters,
Airworthiness Directives etc. which may have been issued by the Type
Certificate holder or the State of Manufacture and which pertain to
corrosion prevention and control of the aircraft type.
(c) a part which is task oriented and which identifies the specific CPCP
inspection and protective treatment reapplication tasks to be accomplished
and their associated intervals in terms of calendar time. Each task shall have;
1) an associated calendar interval,
2) a task description stating what is to be done including the inspection
technique to be utilized if other than visual or the procedure and
products to be used if the task is being performed for the purpose of
protective treatment reapplication,
3) an identification of the area within which the task is to be performed,
4) the required access and cleaning necessary to be accomplished prior to
the performance of the task, and
5) the details concerning the need for re-application of protective

treatments where applicable
4
SECTION C
SEPTEMBER 1996
AIRCRAFT LEASING REQUIREMENTS

1. GENERAL
1.1 This chapter prescribes the conditions and circumstances under which Nepalese
Operators may lease aircraft:
(a) between themselves, or

(b) from a foreign owner/ operator to a Nepalese operator, or
(c) from a Nepalese owner/ operator to a foreign operator.
1.2 Subject to the following requirements of this chapter, no holder of Nepalese Air
Operator Certificate may lease an aircraft, except in accordance with the
procedures of this chapter and a lease authorization issued by the Director
General.
1.3 An operator may make an application for authority to lease an aircraft, where such
an application is made; it shall be in the Form C.16.1 as shown in
Appendix-1.
1.4 All applicants for authority to lease an aircraft shall follow the application
procedures as stated in paragraph 3 following.
1.5 Where an aircraft is to be leased to or from a foreign operator, the Nepalese
operator shall be required to pay for all costs associated with the ongoing
Airworthiness oversight of the aircraft that are incurred during the period of the
lease.
2. BACKGROUND
2.1 The Rules 2058 empower to set requirements with respect to the leasing of
aircraft, and for the maintenance of those aircraft. Where aircraft are to be moved
from one operators maintenance system to that of another operator, the Director
General in the interest of safety needs to be aware of:
(a) what responsibilities for continuing airworthiness are being transferred with
the lease and what are being retained,
(b) who the persons are, who hold responsibility for the continuing
airworthiness of the aircraft,
(c) how those persons will maintain control of the continuing airworthiness of
the aircraft, and
(d) how Airworthiness oversight or surveillance of the aircraft can be achieved
by the CAAN under the circumstances of the proposed lease.
1
3. APPLICATION PROCEDURES FOR LEASE AUTHORIZATION
3.1 Subject to paragraph 3.2 where an authority to lease is being applied for, the
applicant shall ensure that the proposed lease includes within it, clear and detailed
statements which address the general Airworthiness lease requirements of
paragraph 4 following and the specific requirements of paragraph 5 or 6 or 7 as
are particularly applicable to the proposed lease arrangement.
3.2 Where an authority to lease is being applied for, the applicant shall provide to the
Director General, the following documents:
1. a completed application,
2. where the maintenance is to be performed by an organization not currently
approved by the Director General, a copy of the approval provided to the
maintenance organization which will perform the required maintenance,
3. a statement acknowledging that the applicant shall bear all costs involved
against the Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal associated with the lease both
during the lease application period and during the subsequent authorized lease
period,
4. where the lease is for a foreign registered aircraft being leased to a Nepalese
operator or for a Nepalese registered aircraft being leased to a foreign
operator, a letter of confirmation from the foreign Airworthiness Authority
that they are accepting of the leasing operation,
5. an unsigned final draft copy of the lease arrangement.
4. AIRWORTHINESS LEASE REQUIREMENTS

4.1 General
(a) The lease shall identify the aircraft by make, model, series, serial number and
registration marks. The lease shall also include the make, model and serial numbers
of all installed engines and where applicable, propellers.
(b) The lease shall include directly or by reference to an attached annex, the specific
details concerning the aircraft to be leased, details of how the Maintenance
Schedule, performance of maintenance and the issuance of a Maintenance Release
shall be performed during the period of the lease,
c) Where the performance of maintenance is to be shared between various parties, the

lease shall provide a complete description of the maintenance to be performed (by
all parties) during the period of the lease and shall identify the organization(s) which
will perform and certify this maintenance.
d) Where the aircraft is of a type and age that it shall comply with the requirements of
National Civil Aviation Policy 2063, then the aircraft shall comply with the
requirements of Chapter C.14 and C.15 of these Requirements.
4.2 Aircraft
a) Subject to Chapter B.1 of these Requirements, no foreign aircraft shall be accepted
for lease by a Nepalese operator where the aircraft is not type certificated.
2
b) Where foreign aircraft are leased they shall meet all environmental and operational
requirements which may have been established by these requirements.
c) Where an aircraft is leased to or from a foreign operator, the aircraft shall be

maintained and certified in accordance with the applicable Nepalese requirements as
given in paragraph 5.0 or 6.0 as applicable in these Requirements.
d) The aircraft shall be maintained to a Maintenance Schedule approved or accepted by

the Director General as applicable.
e) The aircraft shall be operated in accordance with an approved Aircraft Flight

Manual and Minimum Equipment List which shall be approved or accepted by the
Director General, as applicable.
f) The aircraft Maintenance Schedule shall be evaluated to ensure that Airworthiness

Directives are complied with and will be complied with; and that where required a
Structural Integrity Program and a Corrosion Prevention and Control Program has
been implemented. During these evaluations an authorized person from the
Airworthiness Division shall pay particular attention to the following:
1. the implementation of corrosion and structural related service bulletins,

2. approvals for structural modifications and repairs including major and multiple
site damage repairs and damage tolerant repairs ,
3. the application of supplemental Structural Integrity Programs when and where
required,
4. the fatigue quality of repairs,
5. the re-inspection requirements for repaired structure in order to ensure
continued integrity,
6. the availability of major repair documentation such as drawings, procedures
and related technical data.
5. LEASE OF NEPALESE REGISTERED AIRCRAFT TO A FOREIGN AIR

OPERATOR
In addition to the requirements of paragraph 4, the following conditions shall apply to

Nepalese registered aircraft which are leased to foreign air operators;
5.1 Where the aircraft is to be maintained by or under the authority of the foreign air
operator, the Airworthiness Authority of the country where the maintenance is to
be carried out shall have issued a maintenance approval or equivalent to the air
operator or maintenance organization who will be performing and certifying the
work. (This will ensure that an evaluation of the maintenance organization has
been carried out by the foreign Airworthiness Authority.)
3
5.2 Where paragraph 5.1 is applicable, an authorized person from the Airworthiness
Division shall assess the foreign air operator (the lessees) ability to maintain the
aircraft to Nepalese Airworthiness standards and requirements by;
1. auditing the proposed maintenance facilities and in particular performing an in-
depth review of the quality control/assurance section of the Company ,
2. reviewing the qualifications of personnel who are assigned quality
control/assurance, maintenance supervision and certification responsibilities,
3. ensuring that the foreign operator or maintenance organization is aware of and
can comply with Nepalese Civil Airworthiness Requirements in all respects,
and
4. reviewing foreign maintenance rules for possible conflicts with Nepalese
Requirements,
5. contacting the foreign civil aviation counterparts to solicit any concerns that
they may have about the lease arrangement and to discuss and seek resolution
to concerns that are generated by the review.
5.3 Subject to the findings of paragraph 5.2, the Director General may impose any of
the above conditions or any other conditions that are considered necessary to
ensure that Nepalese Airworthiness standards and requirements shall be met
during the term of the lease.
5.4 The responsibility for the Airworthiness surveillance of the lease operation shall be
that of the Director General. In this regard a surveillance schedule shall be
developed on a case by case basis.
5.5 The responsibility for surveillance may be delegated to the respective foreign
Airworthiness Authority if a lease interchange agreement between Nepal and the
State of the Lessee has been signed that provides for such delegation. Where a
lease interchange agreement is signed, it shall be cognizant of, and in keeping with
the spirit of the protocol to Article 83bis of the Convention.
6. LEASE OF FOREIGN REGISTERED AIRCRAFT TO NEPALESE AIR

OPERATORS
Foreign registered aircraft proposed for use by Nepalese operators should normally be
removed from the foreign register and then registered in Nepal. Where the registration
has been changed to that of Nepal, the aircraft shall be considered as being imported and
subject to all requirements of the NCAR.
6.1 Where the registration of the aircraft is maintained in the foreign state and the
aircraft is leased to an Operator holding a Nepalese Air Operator Certificate the
following paragraph 6.2 through 6.6 are applicable to the lease authorization.
6.2 To be eligible for lease the aircraft shall be listed by make and model and series on
a current Nepalese Type Certificate.
6.3 The aircraft shall comply with all conditions necessary for the issue of a Nepalese
4
6.4 Prior to operation in Nepal, the aircraft and its maintenance records shall have
been inspected by an authorized person from the Airworthiness Division, in order
to ensure that the aircraft has been maintained to a standard which equivalent to
Nepalese requirements and to determine if the aircraft shall be maintained on its
current Maintenance Schedule or shall require a new Maintenance Schedule and
any associated bridging requirements necessary to implement the new schedule.
6.5 Where the Maintenance Schedule for the aircraft is one that is required by the
foreign regulatory authority to be maintained during the period of the lease, the
schedule shall be evaluated and where necessary shall be supplemented by
additional tasks to meet Nepalese requirements.
6.6 Prospective lessees of foreign aircraft shall provide a list of all modifications and
major repairs which have been made to the aircraft, this list shall indicate the
approval authority for each modification and repair. Where the approval authority
or standard to which the modification is performed is not recognized or is not
done in accordance with a standard recognized by the Civil Aviation Authority of
Npeal then they may require further review of the modification or repair. The
following factors shall be considered when determining eligibility requirements for
installed modifications;
1. aircraft source of aircraft export, country of manufacture, service history, and
recognition of the Airworthiness Authority of its country of manufacture,
2. type of operation proposed versus its previous role; and type of modification
and possible safety implications.
6.7 The Airworthiness Division of Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal shall contact
their counterparts in the foreign civil aviation authority having responsibility for
the Airworthiness certification and operation of the aircraft to be leased;
1. in order to assure themselves that they are fully cognizant of the lease, to
determine any regulatory requirements and conditions that the foreign Civil
Aviation Authority may placed on the lessor or the lessee, and
2. to ascertain to what extent the foreign Civil Aviation Authority is prepared to
provide Airworthiness oversight during the period of the lease, and
3. to develop liaison channels for the resolution of regulatory concerns that may
develop during the period of the lease.
7. LEASE OF AIRCRAFT BETWEEN NEPALESE OPERATORS
7.1 Where a lease of an aircraft between two Nepalese operators is being considered,
the lessee shall be appropriately approved to operate and maintain the aircraft.
7.2 With respect to paragraph 7.1, the operator receiving the aircraft shall meet all
current operation and Airworthiness conditions for inclusion of the aircraft as part
of their Air Operator Certificate.

5
Application for Aircraft Leasing
1. Aircraft Type: - ..
Aircraft Manufacture:-
S/N of Aircraft: - . Date of Manufacture: -
.
2. Engine Type: - .
Engine Make: - .
Power Rating: - .. No. of Engines: - .
3. Max. Take off Weight: - Empty Weight: -

Max. Passenger Seats: - . Min No. of Crew: -
.
4. Propeller/Rotor Type: - ..
Make: - ..
5. Name of Constructor: - ..
Address: - ..
Tel/Fax: - ..
6. No. of hours flown and cycles since new: - ...
7. History of accidents (if any). Indicate incidents/accidents met by the aircraft, the
nature and extent of damage sustained by the aircraft, details of any major
repairs carried out and by whom. If required a separate appendix may be
attached.
8. Has the aircraft been previously registered in Nepal? Yes No

If yes, State Registration Mark :-
9. Present Aircraft Operating or Position of Aircraft (Name of Country):

Registration No.:- ..
Type of Operation: - .
10. Name of Owner: - ..

Address: -
...
Nationality: -
1
NCAR, Chapter C.16
Issue 1, September 1996
11. Is the aircraft leased wholly
by the citizens of Nepal
by a company or corporation registered and having its principle place of
business in Nepal and chairman and at least 2/3rd of the Directors are
citizens of Nepal
by person residing is or carrying on business in Nepal who are not
citizen of Nepal
by Company or Corporation registered elsewhere than in Nepal and
carrying on business in Nepal
For applicants who come under (c) and (d) state how long the applicant has been
resident in or has carried on business in Nepal?
Type of Business: -
12. Name of Operator: - ..

Nationality: - .
Address: - .
.
Tel. /Fax: - .
13. Usual Station of Aircraft :-
14. Classification of Aircraft:-

Transport (Passenger) Private Category
Transport (Cargo) Special Category
Aerial Work
16. Particulars of the leasing fee paid (If any).Yes No N/A
17. Lease/ Purchase:- Lease Lease-Purchase
18. Type of Lease: Dry Lease Wet Lease Semi Wet Lease
19. Has a Certificate of Airworthiness is respect of the aircraft been issued by the
Airworthiness Authority of the country of origin?
Yes No
If so, a copy of certificate should be attached herewith.
20. Has this aircraft's Type Certificate already approved/issued by the Director
General? Yes No
21. Has this aircrafts Type Certificate already approved/issued by either FAA, CAA
or JAA? Yes No
22. Where an aircraft is to be leased?

From foreign owner/ operator to Nepalese operator.
2
NCAR, Chapter C.16
From Nepalese owner/ operator to foreign operator.
Between Nepalese operators
23. Who hold the responsibility for the continuing Airworthiness of aircraft? How
and what responsibility? (You may attach paper for your answer)
24. How Airworthiness oversight or surveillance of the aircraft can be achieved by

Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal under the circumstance of the proposed
lease?
25. Did you submit a unsigned final draft copy of the lease arrangement to the
Director General?
Yes No Attached herewith
26. If you are going to lease from foreign operator, did you submit a letter of
confirmation from foreign Airworthiness Authority that they are accepting of the
leasing operation? Yes No
If so, a copy of certificate should be attached herewith.
I hereby declare that the above particulars are true in every respect and
that nothing has been canceled or withheld by me. I have studied the
relevant Civil Aviation Rules, 2058 and Nepalese Civil Airworthiness
Requirements and shall abide by them.
Name of Applicant: -
Address: - .
.
Tel/Fax: - .
.....................................................
Signature of Applicant
Date: -............................
Place:-............................
Stamp, if aircraft is not private category
Note: In case the applicant is not the lessor, he/she should provide evidence in writing that they have been
duly authorized by the operator or lessor to furnish the foregoing information and to sign this
document on his behalf.
3
NCAR, Chapter C.16
CHAPER 17 ISSUE 2 JANUARY 2009
COCKPIT VOICE RECORDERS
Note 1. Flight recorders comprise two systems, a flight data recorder (FDR) and a
cockpit voice recorder (CVR).
PART (A) CVR FOR AEROPLANES
17.1 Cockpit voice recorders aeroplanes for

which the individual certificate of airworthiness is
first issued on or after 1 January 1987
17.1.1 All aeroplanes of a maximum certificated take-off mass of over 5 700 kg shall be
equipped with a CVR, the objective of which is the recording of the aural environment on
the flight deck during flight time.
17.1.2 Recommendation. All multi-engined turbine-powered aeroplanes of a

maximum certificated take-of mass of 5 700 kg or less for which the individual certificate of
airworthiness is first issued on or after 1 January 1990 should be equipped with a CVR, the
objective of which is the recording of the aural environment on the flight deck during flight
time.
17.2 Cockpit voice recorders aeroplanes

for which the individual certificate of airworthiness
was first issued before 1 January 1987
Note. CVR performance requirements are as contained in the Minimum Operational

Performance Specification (MOPS) document for Flight Recorder Systems of the European
Organization for Civil Aviation Equipment (EUROCAE) or equivalent documents.
1
NCAR,Chapter C.17 Issue 2, January 2009
17.2.1 All turbine-engined aeroplanes of a maximum certificated take-off mass of over 27

000 kg that are of types of which the prototype was certificated by the appropriate national
authority after 30 September 1969 shall be equipped with a CVR, the objective of which is
the recording of the aural environment on the flight deck during flight time.
17.2.2 Recommendation. All turbine-engined aeroplanes of a maximum certificated

take-of mass of over 5 700 kg up to and including 27000 kg that are of types of which the
prototype was certificated by the appropriate national authority after 30 September 1969
should be equipped with a CVR, the objective of which is the recording of the aural
environment on the flight deck during flight time.
17.3 Cockpit voice recorders duration
17.3.1 A CVR shall be capable of retaining the information recorded during at least the
last 30 minutes of its operation.
17.3.2 Recommendation. A CVR, installed in aeroplanes of a maximum certificated

take-of mass of over 5 700 kg for which the individual certificate of airworthiness is first
issued on or after 1 January 1990, should be capable of retaining the information recorded
during at least the last two hours of its operation.
17.3.3 A CVR, installed in aeroplanes of a maximum certificated take-off mass of over 5

700 kg for which the individual certificate of airworthiness is first issued after 1 January
2003, shall be capable of retaining the information recorded during at least the last two hours
of its operation.
17.4 Flight recorders construction

and installation
Flight recorders shall be constructed, located and installed so as to provide maximum

practical protection for the recordings in order that the recorded information may be
preserved, recovered and transcribed. Flight recorders shall meet the prescribed
crashworthiness and fire protection specifications.
Note. Industry crashworthiness and fire protection specifications can be found in

documents such as the European Organization for Civil Aviation Equipment (EUROCAE)
documents ED55 and ED56A.
2
17.5 Flight recorders operation
17.51 Flight recorders shall not be switched off during flight time.
17.5.2 To preserve flight recorder records, flight recorders shall be deactivated upon
completion of flight time following an accident or incident. The flight recorders shall not be
reactivated before their disposition as determined in accordance with Annex 13.
Note 1. The need for removal of the flight recorder records from the aircraft will be
determined by the investigation authority in the State conducting the investigation with due
regard to the seriousness of an occurrence and the circumstances, including the impact on
the operation.
17.6 Flight recorders continued serviceability
Operational checks and evaluations of recordings from the CVR system shall be conducted
to ensure the continued serviceability of the recorders.
PART (B) CVR FOR HELICOPTERS
17.7 Cockpit voice recorders helicopters for which the individual certificate of airworthiness is
first issued on or after 1 January 1987
17.7.1 All helicopters of a maximum certificated take-off mass of over 7 000 kg shall be
equipped with a CVR, the objective of which is the recording of the aural environment on the
flight deck during flight time. For helicopters not equipped with an FDR, at least main rotor
speed shall be recorded on one track of the CVR.
17.7.2 All helicopters of a maximum certificated take-off mass of over 3 175 kg, up to and
including 7 000 kg, shall be equipped with a CVR, the objective of which is the recording of the
aural environment on the flight deck during flight time. For helicopters not equipped with an
FDR, at least main rotor speed shall be recorded on one track of the CVR.
17.8 Cockpit voice recorders helicopters for which the individual certificate of airworthiness
was first issued before 1 January 1987
3
All helicopters of a maximum certificated take-off mass of over 7 000 kg shall be equipped with a
CVR, the objective of which is the recording of the aural environment on the flight deck during
flight time. For helicopters not equipped with an FDR, at least main rotor speed shall be recorded
on one track of the CVR.
Note. CVR performance requirements are as contained in the Minimum Operational

Performance Specification (MOPS) document for Flight Recorder Systems of the European
Organization for Civil Aviation Equipment (EUROCAE) or equivalent documents.
17.9 Cockpit voice recorders duration
17.9.1 A CVR shall be capable of retaining the information recorded during at least the last
30 minutes of its operation.
17.9.2 Recommendation. A CVR, installed in helicopters for which the individual

certificate of airworthiness is first issued on or after 1 January 1990, should be capable of
retaining the information recorded during at least the last two hours of its operation.
17.9.3 A CVR, installed in helicopters for which the individual certificate of airworthiness is
first issued after 1 January 2003, shall be capable of retaining the information recorded during at
least the last two hours of its operation.
17.10 Flight recorders construction and installation
Flight recorders shall be constructed located and installed so as to provide maximum practical
protection for the recordings in order that the recorded information may be preserved, recovered
and transcribed. Flight recorders shall meet the prescribed crashworthiness and fire protection
specifications.
Note. Industry crashworthiness and fire protection specifications can be found in

documents such as the European Organization for Civil Aviation Equipment (EUROCAE)
documents ED55 and ED56A.
17.11 Flight recorders operation
17.11.1 Flight recorders shall not be switched off during flight time.
17.11.2 To preserve flight recorder records, flight recorders shall be deactivated upon
completion of flight time following an accident or incident. The flight recorders shall not be
reactivated before their disposition as determined in accordance with Annex 13.
4
Note 1. The need for removal of the flight recorder records from the aircraft will be
determined by the investigation authority in the State conducting the investigation with due
regard to the seriousness of an occurrence and the circumstances, including the impact on the
operation.
17.12 Flight recorders continued serviceability
Operational checks and evaluations of recordings from the CVR systems shall be conducted to
ensure the continued serviceability of the recorders.
5
Appendix-1 to Chapter C.17 (CVR for aeroplanes)

1. Introduction
The material in this Appendix concerns CVR intended for installation in aeroplanes engaged in
international air navigation.
2. Cockpit voice recorder (CVR)
2.1 General requirements
2.1.1 The CVR is to be designed so that it will record at least the following:
a) voice communication transmitted from or received in the aeroplane by radio;
b) aural environment on the flight deck;
c) voice communication of flight crew members on the flight deck using the aeroplanes
interphone system;
d) voice or audio signals identifying navigation or approach aids introduced in the headset or
speaker;
e) voice communication of flight crew members using the passenger address system, if installed;
and
f) digital communications with ATS, unless recorded by the FDR.
2.1.2 The CVR container is to:

a) be painted a distinctive orange or yellow colour;
b) carry reflective material to facilitate its location; and
c) have securely attached an automatically activated underwater locating device.
2.1.3 To aid in voice and sound discrimination, microphones in the cockpit are to be located in
the best position for recording voice communications originating at the pilot and co-pilot stations
and voice communications of other crew members on the flight deck when directed to those
stations. This can best be achieved by wiring suitable boom microphones to record continuously
on separate channels.
2.1.4 The CVR is to be installed so that:

a) the probability of damage to the recording is minimized.
To meet this requirement it should be located as far aft as practicable. In the case of pressurized
aeroplanes it should be located in the vicinity of the rear pressure bulkhead;
b) it receives its electrical power from a bus that provides the maximum reliability for operation
of the CVR without jeopardizing service to essential or emergency loads;
c) there is an aural or visual means for pre-flight checking of the CVR for proper operation; and
d) if the CVR has a bulk erasure device, the installation should be designed to prevent operation
of the device during flight time or crash impact.
6
2.2 Performance requirements
2.2.1 The CVR will be capable of recording on at least four tracks simultaneously except for the
CVR in Chapter 6,6.3.7.2. To ensure accurate time correlation between tracks, the CVR is to
record in an in-line format. If a bi-directional configuration is used, the in-line format and track
allocation should be retained in both directions.
2.2.2 The preferred track allocation is as follows:

Track 1 co-pilot headphones and live boom microphone
Track 2 pilot headphones and live boom microphone
Track 3 area microphone
Track 4 time reference plus the third and fourth crew members headphone and live
microphone, if
applicable.
Note 1. Track 1 is located closest to the base of the recording head.
Note 2. The preferred track allocation presumes use of current conventional magnetic tape
transport mechanisms, and is specified because the outer edges of the tape have a higher risk of
damage than the middle. It is not intended to preclude use of alternative recording media where
such constraints may not apply.
2.2.3 The CVR, when tested by methods approved by the appropriate certificating authority, will
be demonstrated to be suitable for the environmental extremes over which it is designed to
operate.
2.2.4 Means will be provided for an accurate time correlation between the FDR and CVR.
Note. One method of achieving this is by superimposing the FDR time signal on the CVR.
2.3 Additional information

The manufacturer usually provides the national certificating authority with the following
information in respect of the CVR:
a) manufacturers operating instructions, equipment limitations
and installation procedures; and
b) manufacturers test reports.
3. Inspections of CVR system
3.1 Prior to the first flight of the day, the built-in test features on the flight deck for the CVR
should be monitored.
7
3.2 Annual inspections should be carried out as follows:
a) the read-out of the recorded data from CVR should ensure that the recorder operates correctly
for the nominal duration of the recording;
b) the read-out facility should have the necessary software to accurately convert the recorded
values to engineering units and to determine the status of discrete signals;
c) an annual examination of the recorded signal on the CVR should be carried out by re-play of
the CVR recording. While installed in the aircraft, the CVR should record test signals from each
aircraft source and from relevant external sources to ensure that all required signals meet
intelligibility standards; and
d) where practicable, during the annual examination, a sample of in-flight recordings of the CVR
should be examined for evidence that the intelligibility of the signal is acceptable.
3.3 Flight recorder systems should be considered unserviceable if there is a significant period of
poor quality data, unintelligible signals, or if one or more of the mandatory parameters is not
recorded correctly.
3.4 A report of the annual inspection should be made available on request to CAA Nepal for
monitoring purposes.
8
Appendix-2 to NCAR chapter C.18
1. Introduction
The material in this Appendix concerns CVR intended for installation in helicopters engaged in
international air navigation
2. Cockpit voice recorder (CVR)
2.1.1 The CVR is to be designed so that it will record at least the following:
a) voice communication transmitted from or received in the aircraft by radio;
b) aural environment on the flight deck;
c) voice communication of flight crew members on the flight deck using the interphone system;
d) voice or audio signals identifying navigation or approach aids introduced in the headset or
speaker;
e) voice communication of flight crew members using the passenger address system, if installed;
and
f) digital communications with ATS, unless recorded by the FDR.
2.1.2 The CVR container is to:
2.1.3 To aid in voice and sound discrimination, microphones in the cockpit are to be located in
the best position for recording voice communications originating at the pilot and co-pilot stations
and voice communications of other crew members on the flight deck when directed to those
stations. This can best be achieved by wiring suitable boom microphones to record continuously
on separate channels.
2.1.4 The CVR is to be installed so that:

a) the probability of damage to the recording is minimized;
b) it receives its electrical power from a bus that provides the maximum reliability for operation
of the CVR without jeopardizing service to essential or emergency loads;
c) there is an aural or visual means for pre-flight checking of the CVR for proper operation; and
d) if the CVR has a bulk erasure device, the installation should be designed to prevent operation
of the device during flight time or crash impact.
9
2.2 Performance requirements
2.2.1 The CVR will be capable of recording on at least four tracks simultaneously. To ensure
accurate time correlation between tracks, the CVR is to record in an in-line format. If a bi-
directional configuration is used, the in-line format and track allocation should be retained in both
directions.
2.2.2 The preferred track allocation is as follows:

Track 1 co-pilot headphones and live boom microphone
Track 2 pilot headphones and live boom microphone
Track 3 area microphone
Track 4 time reference, main rotor speed or the flight deck vibration environment, the third
and fourth crew members headphone and live microphone, if applicable.
Note 1. Track 1 is located closest to the base of the recording head.
Note 2. The preferred track allocation presumes use of current conventional magnetic tape
transport mechanisms and is specified because the outer edges of the tape have a higher risk of
damage than the middle. It is not intended to preclude use of alternative recording media where
such constraints may not apply.
2.2.3 The CVR, when tested by methods approved by the appropriate certificating authority, will
be demonstrated to be suitable for the environmental extremes over which it is designed to
operate.
2.2.4 Means will be provided for an accurate time correlation between the FDR and CVR.
Note. One method of achieving this is by superimposing the FDR time signal on the CVR.

The manufacturer usually provides the national certificating authority with the following
information in respect of the CVR:
a) manufacturers operating instructions, equipment limitations and installation procedures; and
b) manufacturers test reports.
3. Inspections of CVR system
3.1 Prior to the first flight of the day the built-in test features on the flight deck for the CVR,
should be monitored.
10
a) the readout of the recorded data from CVR should ensure that the recorder operates correctly
for the nominal duration of the recording;
b) the readout facility should have the necessary software to accurately convert the recorded
values to engineering units and to determine the status of discrete signals;
c) an annual examination of the recorded signal on the CVR should be carried out by replay of
the CVR recording. While installed in the aircraft the CVR should record test signals from each
aircraft source and from relevant external sources to ensure that all required signals meet
intelligibility standards; and
f) where practicable, during the annual examination, a sample of in-flight recordings of the CVR
should be examined for evidence that the intelligibility of the signal is acceptable.
3.3 Flight recorder systems should be considered unserviceable if there is a significant period of
poor quality data, unintelligible signals, or if one or more of the mandatory parameters is not
recorded correctly.
3.4 A report of the annual inspection should be made available on request to CAA Nepal for
11
CHAPER 18 ISSUE 2 JANUARY 2009
FLIGHT DATA RECORDERS
Note 1. Flight recorders comprise two systems, a flight data recorder (FDR) and a cockpit
voice recorder (CVR).
Note 2. Combination recorders (FDR/CVR) can only be used to meet the flight recorder
equipage requirements as specifically indicated in this chapter.
PART (A) FLIGHT DATA RECORDERS FOR AEROPLANES
18.1 Flight data recorders types
18.1.1 A Type I FDR shall record the parameters required to determine accurately the aeroplane
flight path, speed, attitude, engine power, configuration and operation.
18.1.2 Types II and IIA FDRs shall record the parameters required to determine accurately the
aeroplane flight path, speed, attitude, engine power and configuration of lift and drag devices.
18.1.3 The use of engraving metal foil FDRs shall be discontinued by 1 January 1995.
18.1.4 Recommendation. The use of analogue FDRs using frequency modulation (FM)
should be discontinued by 5 November 1998.
18.1.4.1 The use of photographic film FDRs shall be discontinued from 1 January 2003.
18.1.5 All aeroplanes for which the individual certificate of airworthiness is first issued after 1
January 2005, which utilize data link communications and are required to carry a CVR, shall
record on a flight recorder, all data link communications to and from the aeroplane. The minimum
recording duration shall be equal to the duration of the CVR, and shall be correlated to the
recorded cockpit audio.
18.1.5.1 From 1 January 2007, all aeroplanes which utilize data link communications and are
required to carry a CVR shall record on a flight recorder, all data link communications to and from
1
the aeroplane. The minimum recording duration shall be equal to the duration of the CVR, and
shall be correlated to the recorded cockpit audio.
18.1.5.2 Sufficient information to derive the content of the data link communications message
and, whenever practical, the time the message was displayed to or generated by the crew shall be
recorded.
Note. Data link communications include, but are not limited to, automatic dependent
surveillance contract (ADS-C), controller-pilot data link communications (CPDLC), data link-
flight information services (D-FIS) and aeronautical operational control (AOC) messages.
18.1.6 Recommendation. All aeroplanes of a maxi-mum certificated take-of mass over 5 700
kg, required to be equipped with an FDR and a CVR, may alternatively be equipped with two
combination recorders (FDR/CVR).
18.1.7 Recommendation. All multi-engined turbine-powered aeroplanes of a maximum

certificated take-of mass of 5 700 kg or less, required to be equipped with an FDR and/or a CVR,
may alternatively be equipped with one combination recorder (FDR/CVR).
18.1.8 A Type IA FDR shall record the parameters required to determine accurately the aeroplane
flight path, speed, attitude, engine power, configuration and operation. The parameters that satisfy the
requirements for a Type IA FDR are listed in the paragraphs below. The parameters without an
asterisk (*) are mandatory parameters which shall be recorded. In addition, the parameters designated
by an asterisk (*) shall be recorded if an information data source for the parameter is used by
aeroplane systems or the flight crew to operate the aeroplane.
18.1.8.1 The following parameters satisfy the requirements for flight path and speed:
Pressure altitude
Indicated airspeed or calibrated airspeed
Air-ground status and each landing gear air-ground sensor when practicable
Total or outside air temperature
Heading (primary flight crew reference)
Normal acceleration
Lateral acceleration
Longitudinal acceleration (body axis)
Time or relative time count
Navigation data*: drift angle, wind speed, wind direction, latitude/longitude
Groundspeed*
Radio altitude*
18.1.8.2 The following parameters satisfy the requirements for attitude:
Pitch attitude
Roll attitude
Yaw or sideslip angle*
Angle of attack*
18.1.8.3 The following parameters satisfy the requirements for engine power:
2
Engine thrust/power: propulsive thrust/power on each engine, cockpit thrust/power lever
position
Thrust reverse status*
Engine thrust command*
Engine thrust target*
Engine bleed valve position*
Additional engine parameters*: EPR, N1 , indicated vibration level, N2 , EGT, TLA, fuel flow,
fuel cut-off lever position, N3
18.1.8.4 The following parameters satisfy the requirements for configuration:
Pitch trim surface position

Flaps*: trailing edge flap position, cockpit control selection
Slats*: leading edge flap (slat) position, cockpit control selection
Landing gear*: landing gear, gear selector position
Yaw trim surface position*
Roll trim surface position*
Cockpit trim control input position pitch*
Cockpit trim control input position roll*
Cockpit trim control input position yaw*
Ground spoiler and speed brake*: Ground spoiler position, ground spoiler selection, speed
brake position, speed brake selection
De-icing and/or anti-icing systems selection*
Hydraulic pressure (each system)*
Fuel quantity*
AC electrical bus status*
DC electrical bus status*
APU bleed valve position*
Computed centre of gravity*
18.1.8.5 The following parameters satisfy the requirements for operation:
Warnings
Primary flight control surface and primary flight control pilot input: pitch axis, roll axis, yaw
axis
Marker beacon passage
Each navigation receiver frequency selection
Manual radio transmission keying and CVR/FDR synchronization reference
Autopilot/autothrottle/AFCS mode and engagement status*
Selected barometric setting*: pilot, first officer
Selected altitude (all pilot selectable modes of operation)*
Selected speed (all pilot selectable modes of operation)*
Selected Mach (all pilot selectable modes of operation)*
Selected vertical speed (all pilot selectable modes of
operation) *
Selected heading (all pilot selectable modes of operation)*
Selected flight path (all pilot selectable modes of operation)*: course/DSTRK, path angle
3
Selected decision height*
EFIS display format*: pilot, first officer
Multi-function/engine/alerts display format*
GPWS/TAWS/GCAS status*: selection of terrain display mode including pop-up display status,
terrain alerts, both cautions and warnings, and advisories, on/off switch position
Low pressure warning*: hydraulic pressure, pneumatic pressure
Computer failure*
Loss of cabin pressure*
TCAS/ACAS (traffic alert and collision avoidance system/airborne collision avoidance
system)*
Ice detection*
Engine warning each engine vibration*
Engine warning each engine over temperature*
Engine warning each engine oil pressure low*
Engine warning each engine over speed*
Wind shear warning*
Operational stall protection, stick shaker and pusher activation*
All cockpit flight control input forces*: control wheel,
control column, rudder pedal cockpit input forces
Vertical deviation*: ILS glide path, MLS elevation,
GNSS approach path
Horizontal deviation*: ILS localizer, MLS azimuth, GNSS approach path
DME 1 and 2 distances*
Primary navigation system reference*: GNSS, INS, VOR/DME, MLS, Loran C, ILS
Brakes*: left and right brake pressure, left and right brake pedal position
Date*
Event marker*
Head up display in use*
Para visual display on*
Note 1. Parameter requirements, including range, sampling, accuracy and resolution, are as
contained in the Minimum Operational Performance Specification (MOPS) document for Flight
Recorder Systems of the European Organization for Civil Aviation Equipment (EUROCAE) or
equivalent documents.
Note 2. The number of parameters to be recorded will depend on aeroplane complexity.

Parameters without an (*) are to be recorded regardless of aeroplane complexity. Those parameters
designated by an (*) are to be recorded if an information source for the parameter is used by
aeroplane systems and/or flight crew to operate the aeroplane.
18.2 Flight data recorders duration
All FDRs shall be capable of retaining the information recorded during at least the last 25 hours of
their operation, except for the Type IIA FDR which shall be capable of retaining the information
recorded during at least the last 30 minutes of its operation.
4
18.3 Flight data recorders aeroplanes for which
the individual certificate of airworthiness is first
issued on or after 1 January 1989
18.3.1 All aeroplanes of a maximum certificated take-off mass of over 27000 kg shall be equipped
with a Type I FDR.
18.3.2 All aeroplanes of a maximum certificated take-off mass of over 5 700 kg, up to and
including 27 000 kg, shall be equipped with a Type II FDR.
18.3.3 Recommendation. All multi-engined turbine-powered aeroplanes of a maximum

certificated take-of mass of 5 700 kg or less for which the individual certificate of airworthiness
is first issued on or after 1 January 1990 should be equipped with a Type IA FDR.
18.4 Flight data recorders aeroplanes for which the individual certificate of airworthiness
was first issued on or after 1 January 1987 but before 1 January 1989
18.4.1 All turbine-engined aeroplanes of a maximum certificated take-off mass of over 5 700
kg, except those in 18.4.3, shall be equipped with an FDR which shall record time, altitude,
airspeed, normal acceleration and heading.
18.4.2 Recommendation. All turbine-engined aeroplanes of a maximum certificated take-

of mass of over 5 700 kg, except those in 18.4.3, should be equipped with an FDR which shall
record time, altitude, airspeed, normal acceleration, heading and such additional parameters as
are necessary to determine pitch attitude, roll attitude, radio transmission keying and power on
each engine.
kg that are of types of which the prototype was certificated by the appropriate national authority
after 30 September 1969 shall be equipped with a Type II FDR.

the individual certificate of airworthiness was first
issued before 1 January 1987
kg shall be equipped with an FDR which shall record time, altitude, airspeed, normal acceleration
and heading.
18.5.2 Recommendation. All turbine-engined aeroplanes of a maximum certificated take-

of mass of over 27000 kg that are of types of which the prototype was certificated by the
appropriate national authority after 30 September 1969 should be equipped with an FDR which
should record, in addition to time, altitude, airspeed, normal acceleration and heading, such
additional parameters as are necessary to meet the objectives of determining:
a) the attitude of the aeroplane in achieving its flight path; and
b) the basic forces acting upon the aeroplane resulting in the achieved flight path and the
5
origin of such basic forces.

the individual certificate of airworthiness
is first issued after 1 January 2005
All aeroplanes of a maximum certificated take-off mass of over 5 700 kg shall be equipped with a
Type IA FDR.
PART (A) FLIGHT DATA RECORDERS FOR HELICOPTERS
18.7 Flight data recorders types
18.7.1 Type IV FDRs
18.7.1.1 A Type IV FDR shall record the parameters required to determine accurately the helicopter
flight path, speed, attitude, engine power and operation.
18.7.1.2 A Type IVA FDR shall record the parameters required to determine accurately the helicopter
flight path, speed, attitude, engine power, operation and configuration.
18.7.2 A Type V FDR shall record the parameters required to determine accurately the helicopter
flight path, speed, attitude and engine power.
18.7.3 The use of engraving metal foil FDRs shall be discontinued by 1 January 1995.
18.7.4 Recommendation. The use of analogue FDRs using frequency modulation (FM) should be
discontinued by 5 November 1998.
18.7.4.1 The use of photographic film FDRs shall be discontinued from 1 January 2003.
18.7.5 All helicopters for which the individual certificate of airworthiness is first issued after 1 January
2005, that utilize data link communications and are required to carry a CVR shall record, on a flight
recorder, all data link communications to and from the helicopter. The minimum recording duration shall
be equal to the duration of the CVR, and shall be correlated to the recorded cockpit audio.
18.7.5.1 From 1 January 2007, all helicopters that utilize data link communications and are required to
carry a CVR shall record, on a flight recorder, all data link communications to and from the helicopter.
The minimum recording duration shall be equal to the duration of the CVR, and shall be correlated to the
recorded cockpit audio.
18.7.5.2 Sufficient information to derive the content of the data link communications message and,
whenever practical, the time the message was displayed to or generated by the crew shall be recorded.
6
Note. Data link communications include, but are not limited to, automatic dependent surveillance
contract (ADS-C), controller-pilot data link communications (CPDLC), data link-flight information
services (D-FIS) and aeronautical operational control (AOC) messages.
18.7.6 Recommendation. All helicopters of a maximum certificated take-of mass over 2 700 kg,
required to be equipped with an FDR and/or a CVR, may alternatively be equipped with one combination
recorder (FDR/CVR).
18.8 Flight data recorders duration
Types IV and V FDRs shall be capable of retaining the information recorded during at least the last en
hours of their operation.
18.9 Flight data recorders helicopters for which the individual certificate of airworthiness is first issued
on or after 1 January 1989
18.9.1 All helicopters of a maximum certificated take-off mass of over 7 000 kg shall be equipped with a
Type IV FDR.
18.9.2 Recommendation. All helicopters of a maximum certificated take-of mass of over 2 730 kg,
up to and including 7 000 kg, should be equipped with a Type V FDR.
18.10 Flight data recorders helicopters for which the individual certificate of airworthiness is first
issued after 1 January 2005
All helicopters of a maximum certificated take-off mass of over 3 175 kg shall be equipped with a Type
IVA FDR with a recording duration of at least 10 hours.
Note. A single, combination CVR/FDR is acceptable.
18.11 Flight Dara Recorders continued serviceability
Operational checks and evaluations of recordings from the FDR (in both parts) systems shall be
conducted to ensure the continued serviceability of the recorders
Note: Other relevant requirements are described later in appendices (Appendix 1 for aeroplanes
and Appendix 2 for helicopter) to this chapter.
7
Introduction
The material in this Appendix concerns flight data recorders intended for installation in aeroplanes
engaged in international air navigation. Flight recorders comprise two systems a flight data recorder
and a cockpit voice recorder. Flight data recorders are classified as Type I, Type II and Type IIA
depending upon the number of parameters to be recorded and the duration required for retention of the
recorded information.
1. Flight data recorder (FDR)
1.1.1 The FDR is to record continuously during flight time.
1.1.2 The FDR container is to:

1.1.3 The FDR is to be installed so that:

a) the probability of damage to the recording is minimized. To meet this requirement it should be located
as far aft as practicable. In the case of pressurized aeroplanes it should be located in the vicinity of the rear
pressure bulkhead;
b) it receives its electrical power from a bus that provides the maximum reliability for operation of the
FDR without jeopardizing service to essential or emergency loads; and
c) there is an aural or visual means for pre-flight checking that the FDR is operating properly.
1.2 Parameters to be recorded
1.2.1 Type I FDR. This FDR will be capable of recording, as appropriate to the aeroplane, at least the 32
parameters in Table 1. However, other parameters may be substituted with due regard to the aeroplane
type and the characteristics of the recording equipment. 1.2.2 Types II and IIA FDRs. These FDRs will be
capable of recording, as appropriate to the aeroplane, at least the first 15 parameters in Table 1.
However, other parameters may be substituted with due regard to the aeroplane type and the
characteristics of the recording equipment.
1.3.1 A Type IIA FDR, in addition to a 30-minute recording duration, is to retain sufficient information
from the preceding take-off for calibration purposes.
1.3.2 The measurement range, recording interval and accuracy of parameters on installed equipment is
usually verified by methods approved by the appropriate certificating authority.
1.3.3 The manufacturer usually provides the national certificating authority with the following information
in respect of the FDR:
8
a) manufacturers operating instructions, equipment limitations
and installation procedures;
b) parameter origin or source and equations which relate counts to units of measurement; and
c) manufacturers test reports.
1.3.4 Documentation concerning parameter allocation, conversion equations, periodic calibration and
other serviceability/maintenance information should be maintained by the operator. The documentation
must be sufficient to ensure that accident investigation authorities have the necessary information to read
out the data in engineering units.
2. Inspections of FDR system
2.1 Prior to the first flight of the day, the built-in test features on the flight deck for the FDR and Flight
Data Acquisition Unit (FDAU), when installed, should be monitored.

a) the read-out of the recorded data from the FDR should ensure that the recorder operates correctly for
the nominal duration of the recording;
b) the analysis of the FDR should evaluate the quality of the recorded data to determine if the bit error rate
is within acceptable limits and to determine the nature and distribution of the errors;
c) a complete flight from the FDR should be examined in engineering units to evaluate the validity of all
recorded parameters. Particular attention should be given to parameters from sensors dedicated to the
FDR. Parameters taken from the aircrafts electrical bus system need not be checked if their serviceability
can be detected by other aircraft systems;
d) the read-out facility should have the necessary software to accurately convert the recorded values to
engineering units and to determine the status of discrete signals;
2.3 Flight data recorder systems should be considered unserviceable if there is a significant period of poor
quality data, unintelligible signals, or if one or more of the mandatory parameters is not recorded correctly.
2.4 A report of the annual inspection should be made available on request to the CAA Nepal authority for
2.5 Calibration of the FDR system:

a) the FDR system should be re-calibrated at least every five years to determine any discrepancies in the
engineering conversion routines for the mandatory parameters, and to ensure that parameters are being
recorded within the calibration tolerances; and
b) when the parameters of altitude and airspeed are provided by sensors that are dedicated to the FDR
system, there should be a re-calibration performed as recommended by the sensor manufacturer, or at least
every two years.
Note: Table 1 forms a part of this chapter
9
Introduction
The material in this Appendix concerns flight data recorders intended for installation in helicopters
engaged in international air navigation. Flight recorders comprise two systems a flight data recorder
and a cockpit voice recorder. Flight data recorders for helicopters are classified as Type IV, IVA and Type
V depending upon the number of parameters to be recorded.
1. Flight data recorder (FDR)
1.1.1 The FDR is to record continuously during flight time.
1.1.2 The FDR container is to:

1.1.3 The FDR is to be installed so that:

a) the probability of damage to the recording is minimized;
b) it receives its electrical power from a bus that provides the maximum reliability for operation of the
FDR without jeopardizing service to essential or emergency loads; and
c) there is an aural or visual means for pre-flight checking that the FDR is operating properly.
1.2 Parameters to be recorded
1.2.1 Type IVA FDR. This FDR will be capable of recording, as appropriate to the helicopter, at least the
forty-eight parameters in Table-2. The parameters without an asterisk (*) are mandatory parameters which
should be recorded. In addition, the parameters designated by an asterisk (*) should be recorded if an
information data source for the parameter is used by helicopter systems or the flight crew to operate the
helicopter. However, other parameters may be substituted with due regard to the helicopter type and the
characteristics of the recording equipment.
1.2.2 Type IV FDR. This FDR will be capable of recording, as appropriate to the helicopter, at least the
first thirty parameters in Table-2. However, other parameters may be substituted with due regard to the
helicopter type and the characteristics of the recording equipment.
1.2.3 Type V FDR. This FDR will be capable of recording, as appropriate to the helicopter, at least the
first fifteen parameters in Table-2. However, other parameters may be substituted with due regard to the
helicopter type and the characteristics of the recording equipment.
1.2.4 If further recording capacity is available, recording of the following additional information should be
considered:
a) additional operational information from electronic displays, such as electronic flight information systems
(EFIS), electronic centralized aircraft monitor (ECAM) and engine indication and crew alerting system
(EICAS);
b) additional engine parameters (EPR, N1, fuel flow, etc.).
10
1.3.1 The measurement range, recording interval and accuracy of parameters on installed equipment is
usually verified by methods approved by the appropriate certificating authority.
1.3.2 The manufacturer usually provides the national certificating authority with the following information
in respect of the FDR:
a) manufacturers operating instructions, equipment limitations and installation procedures;
b) parameter origin or source and equations which relate counts to units of measurement; and
c) manufacturers test reports.
1.3.3 Documentation concerning parameter allocation, conversion equations, periodic calibration and
other serviceability/maintenance information should be maintained by the operator. The documentation
must be sufficient to ensure that accident investigation authorities have the necessary information to read
out the data in engineering units.
2. Inspections of FDR system
2.1 Prior to the first flight of the day the built-in test features on the flight deck for the FDR and flight data
acquisition unit (FDAU), when installed, should be monitored.

a) the readout of the recorded data from the FDR should ensure that the recorder operates correctly for
the nominal duration of the recording;
b) the analysis of the FDR should evaluate the quality of the recorded data to determine if the bit error rate
is within acceptable limits and to determine the nature and distribution of the errors;
c) a complete flight from the FDR should be examined in engineering units to evaluate the validity of all
recorded parameters. Particular attention should be given to parameters from sensors dedicated to the
FDR. Parameters taken from the aircrafts electrical bus system need not be checked if their serviceability
can be detected by other aircraft systems;
d) the readout facility should have the necessary software to accurately convert the recorded values to
engineering units and to determine the status of discrete signals;
2.3 Flight data recorder systems should be considered unserviceable if there is a significant period of poor
quality data, unintelligible signals, or if one or more of the mandatory parameters is not recorded correctly.
2.4 A report of the annual inspection should be made available on request to the CAA Nepal for
2.5 Calibration of the FDR system:

a) the FDR system should be re-calibrated at least every five years to determine any discrepancies in the
engineering conversion routines for the mandatory parameters and to ensure that parameters are being
recorded within the calibration tolerances; and
b) when the parameters of altitude and airspeed are provided by sensors that are dedicated to the FDR
system, there should be a re-calibration performed as recommended by the sensor manufacturer, or at least
every two years.
Note: The parameters to be recorded by FDR in helicopters are listed in Table 2
11
Table-1
Parameters for Flight Data Recorders
Recording Accuracy limits

Serial interval (sensor input compared
number (seconds) to FDR read-out)
Parameter Measurement range
4 0.125% per hour
24 hours
1
Time (UTC when available, 1 30 m to 200 m
otherwise elapsed time)
300 m (1 000 ft) to ( 100 ft to 700 ft)
2 maximum certificated
Pressure-altitude
altitude of aircraft +1
500 m (+5 000 ft) 1 5%
95 km/h (50 kt) to max
3 VS o (Note 1) 3%
Indicated airspeed
VS o to 1.2 VD (Note 2) 1
2
360 0.125
4 1% of maximum range
Heading
3 g to +6 g excluding datum error of 5%
5
Normal acceleration 1
2
75 1
6 2
Pitch attitude
180
7 1
Roll attitude
On-off (one discrete) 1 (per
8 2%
Radio transmission keying engine)
Full range
9
Power on each engine 2
5% or as pilots indicator
(Note 3)
Full range or each
10
Trailing edge flap or cockpit discrete position 2
5% or as pilots indicator
control selection
Full range or each
11
Leading edge flap or cockpit discrete position 1 (per
control selection engine)
Stowed, in transit, and
12
Thrust reverser position reverse 1 2% unless higher accuracy
Full range or each discrete uniquely required
13 21
Ground spoiler/speed brake position
2C
selection
Sensor range
14
Outside air temperature
A suitable combination of
15
Autopilot/auto discretes
throttle/AFCS
mode and engagement status 1.5% max range excluding datum
error of 5%
Note. The preceding 15 parameters satisfy the requirements for a Type II FD R.
16 Longitudinal acceleration 1 g 0.25 1.5% max range excluding datum
error of 5%
17 Lateral acceleration 1 g 0.25
2 unless higher accuracy
18 Pilot input and/or control uniquely required
surface position-primary Full range 1
controls (pitch, roll, yaw)
12
Recording Accuracy limits
Parameter Measurement range
Serial interval (sensor input compared
number (seconds) to FDR read-out)
19 Pitch trim position Full range 1 3% unless higher accuracy

uniquely required
20 Radio altitude 6 m to 750 m 1 0.6 m ( 2 ft) or 3%

(20 ft to 2 500 ft) whichever is greater below 150 m
(500 ft) and 5% above 150 m
(500 ft)
21 Glide path deviation Signal range 1 3%
22 Localizer deviation 1 3%
Signal range
23 Discrete 1
Marker beacon passage
24 Master warning Discrete 1
25 NAV 1 and 2 frequency Full range 4 As installed

selection (Note 5)
26 DME 1 and 2 distance 0 370 km 4 As installed

(Notes 5 and 6)
27 Landing gear squat switch Discrete 1

status
28 GPWS (ground proximity Discrete 1

warning system)
29 Angle of attack Full range 0.5 As installed
30 Hydraulics, each system Discrete 2

(low pressure)
31 Navigation data As installed 1 As installed

(latitude/longitude, ground
speed and drift angle) (Note 7)
32 Landing gear or gear Discrete 4 As installed
selector position
Note. The preceding 32 parameters satisfy the requirements for a Type I FDR.
No t e s.
1. VS o stalling speed or minimum steady flight speed in the landing configuration.

2. VD design diving speed.
3. Record sufficient inputs to determine power.

4. For aeroplanes with conventional control systems or applies. For aeroplanes with non-mechanical control systems and applies. In aeroplanes
with split surfaces, a suitable combination of inputs is acceptable in lieu of recording each surface separately.
5. If signal available in digital form.
6. Recording of latitude and longitude from INS or other navigation system is a preferred alternative.
7. If signals readily available.
If further recording capacity is available, recording of the following additional information should be considered:
a) operational information from electronic display systems, such as electronic flight instrument systems (EFIS), electronic
centralized aircraft monitor (ECAM) and engine indication and crew alerting system (EICAS). Use the following order of
priority:
1) parameters selected by the flight crew relating to the desired flight path, e.g. barometric pressure setting, selected
altitude, selected airspeed, decision height, and autoflight system engagement and mode indications if not recorded from
another source;
2) display system selection/status, e.g. SECTOR, PLAN, ROSE, NAV, WXR, COMPOSITE, COPY, ETC.;
3) warnings and alerts;
4) the identity of displayed pages for emergency procedures and checklists;
b) retardation information including brake application for use in the investigation of landing overruns and rejected take-offs;
and
c) additional engine parameters (EPR, N1, EGT, fuel flow, etc.).

Table-2
Helicopters Parameters for Flight Data Recorders
Maximum Accuracy limits

Serial sampling and (sensor input Recording
number recording interval compared to FDR resolution
Parameter Remarks
Measurement range (seconds) readout)
l 24 hours (UTC) or 0 to 4 0.125% per hour 1s Elapsed time counter increments
Time (UTC when 4095 (elapsed time) every 4 seconds of system
available, operation.
otherwise
elapsed time)
2 Pressure altitude 1 30 m to 200 m 5 ft
300 m (1 000 ft) to (100 ft to 700 ft)
maximum certificated
altitude of aircraft
+1 500 m (+5 000 ft)
3 Indicated airspeed 1 3% 1 kt
As the installed pilot
display measuring
system
4 360 1 2 0.5
Heading
5 Normal 3 g to +6 g 0.125 0.004 g
acceleration 0.09 g excluding a
datum error of
0.045 g
6 Pitch attitude 0.5 2 0.5
75 or 100% of
useable range
whichever is greater
7 Roll attitude 180 0.5 2 0.5
8 On-off (one discrete) 1

Radio transmission
keying
9 Power on each Full range 1 (per engine) 2% 0.1% of full Sufficient parameters should be
engine range recorded to enable engine power
to be determined.
10 Main rotor:
Main rotor speed 50130% 0.51 2% 0.3% of full If signals readily available.
range
Rotor brake Discrete
11 Full range 0.5 2% unless higher 0.5% of For helicopters with conventional
Pilot input and/or (0.25 accuracy uniquely operating control systems or applies. For
control surface recommended) required range helicopters with non-mechanical
position control systems and applies.
primary controls
(collective pitch,
longitudinal cyclic
pitch, lateral cyclic
pitch, tail rotor
pedal)
12 Discrete 1
Hydraulics, each
system (low
pressure and
selection)
Attachment B Annex 6 Operation of Aircraft

Parameter Remarks
13 Sensor range 2 2C 0.3C
Outside air
temperature
14* A suitable combination 1 Discretes should show which
Autopilot/ of discretes systems are engaged.
autothrottle/AFCS
mode and
engagement status
15* Discrete 1 Discretes should show which
Stability systems are engaged.
augmentation
system
engagement
Note. The preceding 15 parameters satisfy the requirements for a Type V FDR.
16* As installed 1 As installed
Main gearbox oil 6.895 kN/m2
pressure (1 psi)
17* As installed 2 As installed 1 C
Main gearbox oil
temperature
18 Yaw rate 400/second 0.25 1.5% maximum 2/s An equivalent yaw acceleration is
range excluding an acceptable alternative.
datum error of 5%
19* Sling load force 0 to 200% of certified 0.5 3% of maximum 0.5% for If signals readily available.
load range maximum
certified load
20 Longitudinal 1 g 0.25 0.004 g

acceleration 0.0 15 g excluding a
datum error of
0.05 g
21 Lateral 1 g 0.25 0.004 g
acceleration 0.015 g excluding a
datum error of
0.05 g
22* Radio altitude 6 m to 750 m 1 0.6 m (2 ft) or
(20 ft to 2 500 ft) 3% whichever is 0.3 m (1 ft)
greater below 150 m below 150 m
(500 ft) and 5% (500 ft), 0.3 m
above 150 m (500 ft) (1 ft) + 0.5%
of full range
above 150 m
(500 ft)
23* Vertical beam Signal range 1 3%
deviation 0.3% of full
range
24* Horizontal beam Signal range 1 3%
deviation 0.3% of full
range
25 Discrete 1 One discrete is acceptable for all
Marker beacon markers.
passage
Parameter Remarks
26 Warnings Discrete(s) 1
A discrete should be recorded for
the master warning, gearbox low
oil pressure and SAS failure.
Other red warnings should be
recorded where the warning
condition cannot be determined
from other parameters or from the
cockpit voice recorder.
27 Each navigation Sufficient to determine 4 As installed If signal available in digital form.
receiver frequency selected frequency
selection
28* DME 1 and 2 0200 NM 4 As installed 1 NM If signal available in digital form.

distances Recording of latitude and
longitude from INS or other
navigation system is a preferred
alternative.
29* As installed 2 As installed As installed

Navigation data
(latitude/longitude,
ground speed, drift
angle, wind speed,
wind direction)
30* Discrete 4
Landing gear or
gear selector
position
Note. The preceding 30 parameters satisfy the requirements for a Type IV FDR.
31* Engine exhaust gas As installed 1 As installed

temperature (T ) 4
32* As installed 1 As installed

Turbine inlet
temperature
(TIT/ITT)
33* Fuel contents As installed 4 As installed
34* Altitude rate As installed 1 As installed

Only necessary when available
from cockpit instruments.
35* Ice detection As installed 4 As installed A suitable combination of
discretes to determine the status
of each sensor.
36* As installed As installed

Helicopter health
and usage monitor
system
37 Engine control Discrete 1
modes

Parameter Remarks
38* As installed 64 As installed 0.1 mb To be recorded for helicopters
Selected (4 recommended) (0.01 in Hg) where electronic displays are
barometric setting fitted.
(pilot and first
officer)
39* As installed 1 As installed Sufficient to To be recorded for helicopters
Selected altitude determine where electronic displays are
(all pilot selectable crew fitted.
modes of selection
operation)
Selected speed (all determine where electronic displays are
pilot selectable crew selection fitted.
modes of
operation)
Selected Mach (all determine where electronic displays are
pilot selectable crew fitted.
modes of selection
operation)
Selected vertical determine where electronic displays are
speed (all pilot crew fitted.
selectable modes selection
of operation)
Selected heading determine where electronic displays are
(all pilot selectable crew fitted.
modes of selection
operation)
Selected flight determine where electronic displays are
path (all pilot crew fitted.
selectable modes selection
of operation)
45* Selected decision As installed 4 As installed Sufficient to To be recorded for helicopters
height determine where electronic displays are
crew fitted.
selection
46* EFIS display Discrete(s) 4

format (pilot and Discretes should show the display
first officer) system status, e.g. off, normal,
fail, composite, sector, plan, rose,
navaids, WXR, range, copy.
10
47* Multi- Discrete(s) 4 Discretes should show the display

function/engine/ system status, e.g. off, normal,
alerts display fail and the identity of display
format pages for emergency procedures,
checklists. Information in
checklists and procedures need
not be recorded.
48* Event marker Discrete 1
Note. The preceding 48 parameters satisfy the requirements for a Type IVA FDR.
11
SECTION C
__________________________________________________________________
CHAPTER C.20 Issue 01
February 2010
REQUIREMENTS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF REDUCED VERTICAL

SEPARATION MINIMUM (RVSM)
1. INTRODUCTION
Rule 75 of the Civil Aviation Regulations 2002 stipulate that every airplane shall be fitted
with instrument and equipment, including radio apparatus and special equipment, as may be
specified according to the use and circumstances under which the flight is to be conducted.
In the mid 1970's, the world fuel shortage and the resultant rapid increase in the fuel prices
led to the growing demand for a more optimum and efficient utilization of the available
airspace, emphasized the need for appraisal of the proposal to reduce the vertical separation
minimum (VSM) above FL 290 from 600 m (2000 ft) to 300 m (1000 ft). Various studies by
several countries revealed that a separation of 300 m (1000 ft) VSM above FL 290 is
technically feasible and does not compromise with the safety of the aircraft.
Nepalese Airspace and neighboring airspace shall become RVSM airspace between FL 290
and FL 410, inclusive of FL 290 and FL 410.
2. APPLICABILITY
2.1 This chapter prescribes the requirements for RVSM operations. This requirements shall
be used in the approval of aircraft and operators to conduct flight in airspace or on routes
where Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum (RVSM) is applied. It lays down
requirements on airworthiness, continuing airworthiness, and operations programs for
RVSM operations.
2.2 Non RVSM approved aircraft intending to climb/descend through RVSM airspace and
other operations such as humanitarian, maintenance, ferry flights and State/military
aircraft should have prior approval from the Director General.
3. DEFINITIONS
3.1 Aircraft Group: A group of aircraft that are of nominally identical design and build with
respect to all details, which could influence the accuracy of height keeping performance.
1
3.2 Altimetry System Error (ASE): The difference between the pressure altitude displayed
to the flight crew when referenced to the International Standard Atmosphere ground
pressure setting (1013.25 hPa /29.92 in. Hg) and free stream pressure altitude.
3.3 Assigned Altitude Deviation (AAD): the difference between the transponded Mode C
altitude and the assigned altitude/ flight level.
3.4 Automatic Altitude Control System: Any system that is designed to automatically
control the aircraft to a referenced pressure altitude.
3.5 Avionics Error (AVE): The error in the processes of converting the sensed pressure into
an electrical output, of applying any static source error correction (SSEC) as appropriate,
and of displaying the corresponding altitude.
3.6 Basic RVSM Envelope: The range of Mach numbers and gross weights within the
altitude ranges FL 290 to FL 410 (or maximum attainable) where an aircraft can
reasonably be expected to operate most frequently.
3.7 Flight Technical Error (FTE): Difference between the altitude indicated by the
altimeter display being used to control the aircraft and the assigned altitude/flight level.
3.8 Full RVSM Envelope: The entire range of operational Mach numbers, W/, and altitude
values over which the aircraft can be operated within RVSM airspace.
3.9 Height keeping Capability: Aircraft height keeping performance that can be expected
under nominal environmental operating conditions, with proper aircraft operating
practices and maintenance.
3.10 Height keeping Performance: the observed performance of an aircraft with respect to
adherence to a flight level.
3.11 Non-Group Aircraft: An aircraft for which the operator applies for approval on the
characteristics of the unique airframe rather than on a group basis.
3.12 Residual Static Source Error: The amount by which static source error (SSE) remains
under-corrected or overcorrected after the application of SSEC.
3.13 RVSM Airspace: RVSM airspace is any designated airspace/route between FL 290 and
FL 410 inclusive where aircraft are separated vertically by 1000 ft (300 m).
3.14 Static Source Error: The difference between the pressure sensed by the static system at
the static port and the undisturbed ambient pressure.
3.15 Static Source Error Correction (SSEC): A correction for static source error.
2
3.16 Total Vertical Error (TVE): Vertical geometric difference between the actual pressure
altitude flown by an aircraft and its assigned pressure altitude (flight level).
3.17 W/d: Aircraft weight, W, divided by the atmospheric pressure ratio,
4. BASIC REQUIREMENTS
4.1 No person shall operate Nepalese registered aircraft in airspace designated as Reduced
Vertical Separation Minimum (RVSM) airspace unless;
a) The operator and the operator's aircraft comply with the requirements of this
chapter;
b) The operator is authorized by Director General to perform RVSM operations;

and
c) The Operations Specifications of the Operating Permit are endorsed by

Director General, which authorizes the operator to conduct RVSM
operations.
5. APPROVAL REQUIREMENTS
5.1 Airspace where RVSM is applied should be considered special qualification airspace.
Both the individual aircraft and the specific aircraft type or types that the operator intends
to use will need to be approved by Director General before the operator conducts flights
in RVSM airspace. These Requirements shall be complied with for the approval of
specific aircraft type or types and for airworthiness and operational approval.
5.2 Approval will encompass the following elements:-
a) Airworthiness aspects (including continued airworthiness).
b) Operational requirements.
c) Provision for height monitoring of operator's aircraft.
5.3 Operator shall apply for RVSM approval to Airworthiness Office.
5.4 On satisfactory compliance with the requirements given in this chapter, the operator shall
be given provisional approval for the specific aircraft. Approval may be regularized after
the aircraft meets the Height Monitoring Performance using HMU/ GMU.
6. AIRWORTHINESS APPROVAL OF AIRCRAFT
6.1 Each aircraft type that the operator intends to use in RVSM airspace should have received
RVSM airworthiness approval from the regulatory authority of country of manufacture/
3
design including the approval of continued airworthiness program. Director General shall
accept such RVSM approval and grant airworthiness approval to each aircraft on the
compliance with the RVSM Data Packages.
6.2 RVSM Data Packages for each aircraft type/ group of aircraft shall be approved by the
regulatory authority of country of manufacture/ design and may take the following form:
6.2.1 In-service Aircraft

i) Manufacturers Service Bulletin
ii) Aircraft Service Change
iii) Supplemental Type Certificates
iv) Airplane Flight manual
6.2.2 Aircraft manufactured as RVSM Complaint - AFM Statement of Compliance.
6.3 The operator shall obtain approval from the State of Registry for each individual aircraft
group and each individual aircraft to be used by the operator for RVSM operations.
6.4 Each aircraft of Nepalese operators shall have the airworthiness and the operational
approval from the Director General prior to it being approved for use by the operator in
RVSM environment.
6.5 Each aircraft shall receive approval for continued airworthiness program prior to it being
reviewed for operational approval.
7. OPERATIONAL APPROVAL
Operator is required to obtain Director General approval to operate in airspace designated as

RVSM airspace and maintain high levels of height keeping performance.
7.1 The operator shall submit operational programs including the flight crew training as well
as operations manuals and check list for approval;
7.2 Each aircraft type group utilized by an operator shall be capable of height keeping
performance which does not exceed a mean Total Vertical Error of 25m (80ft). Director
General may verify this by evaluating the Altimetry System Error (ASE) and Flight
Technical Error (FTE) components of Total Vertical Error (TVE) separately;
7.3 The standard deviation about the mean TVE shall not exceed the following:
a) Standard Deviation (ft): 82 - 0.004z2 where z equals mean TVE for the
aircraft type in fleet;
b) Standard Deviation (m): 25 - 0.016z2 where z equals mean TVE for the
aircraft type in meters.
4
7.4 Director General while granting operational approval shall evaluate airworthiness
documents for each aircraft type group. It is necessary for the operator to demonstrate
height keeping performance for the aircraft type.
7.5 If in-service experience shows that the height keeping performance of a particular aircraft
type utilized by the operator does not meet the requirements of para 6.3 and 6.4, the
operator shall take steps to improve performance to the required level. If the performance
is not improved, operational approval for the aircraft type may be withdrawn.
7.6 A Minimum Equipment List (MEL) adopted from the Master Minimum Equipment List
(MMEL) and relevant operational regulations should include items pertaining to the
RVSM operations.
7.7 The requirements for the Flight Crew Training detailed in Annexure I shall be complied
with.
8. AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS:
8.1 The aircraft shall be equipped to meet the following minimum equipment for RVSM
operations:
8.1.1 Two independent altitude measurement systems shall be installed.
Each system shall be composed of the following elements:
a) Cross-coupled static source/system, with ice protection if located in areas

subject to ice accretion;
b) Equipment for measuring static pressure sensed by the static source,

converting it to pressure altitude and displaying the pressure altitude to the
flight crew;
c) Equipment for providing a digitally encoded signal corresponding to the

displayed pressure altitude, for automatic altitude reporting purposes;
d) Static source error correction (SSEC)/Position Error Correction (PEC), if

needed to meet the performance criteria of para 3.3, 3.4 or 3.6 of Appendix II
attached, as appropriate; and
e) Signals referenced to a pilot selected altitude for automatic control and

alerting. These signals will need to be derived from altitude measurement
system meeting the criteria of this requirement, and in all cases, enabling the
criteria of para 8.1.3 and 8.2.6 to be met.
5
8.1.2 One secondary surveillance radar transponder (meeting TSO C112 standards)
with an altitude reporting system that can be connected to the altitude
measurement system in use for altitude keeping.
8.1.3 Airborne Collision Avoidance System (ACAS II) (meeting TSO C119b
standards) to improve the safety level of flights operating within RVSM
airspace.
8.1.4 An altitude alerting system that alerts the crew aurally and visually if displayed
altitude deviates from the selected altitude by more than 300 feet (for aircraft for
which application for type certification was made on or before April 9, 1997) or
200 feet.
8.1.5 An automatic altitude control system shall be required which shall be capable of
controlling altitude within tolerance band of 15 meters (50 feet) about
commanded altitude, when operated in the altitude hold mode in straight and
level flight under non turbulent, non gust conditions.
8.2 Altimetry
8.2.1 System Composition: The altimetry system of an aircraft comprises all those
elements involved in the process of sampling free stream static pressure and
converting it to a pressure altitude output. The elements of the altimetry system
fall into two main groups:
a) Airframe plus static sources.
b) Avionics equipment and/or instruments.
8.2.2 Altimetry System Outputs:
The following altimetry system outputs are significant for RVSM operations:
a) Pressure altitude (Baro-corrected) for display.
b) Pressure altitude reporting data.
c) Pressure altitude or pressure altitude deviation for an automatic altitude

control device.
8.2.3 Altimetry System Accuracy: The total system accuracy shall satisfy the
criteria of para 3.3, 3.4 or 3.6 of Annexure II attached.
8.2.4 Static Source Error Correction: If the design and characteristics of the aircraft
and its altimetry system are such that the criteria of para 3.3, 3.4 or 3.6 of
Appendix II are not satisfied by the location and geometry of the static sources
6
alone, then suitable SSEC shall be applied automatically within the avionics
equipment of the altimetry system.
8.2.5 Altitude Reporting Capability: The aircraft altimetry system shall provide an
output to the aircraft transponder as required by applicable operating
regulations.
8.2.6 Altitude Control Output:
a) The altimetry system shall provide a signal that can be used by an automatic
altitude control system to control the aircraft to a selected altitude. The signal
may be used either directly or combined with other sensor signals. If SSEC is
necessary to satisfy the criteria of para 3.3, 3.4 or 3.6 of Appendix II, then an
equivalent SSEC may be applied to the altitude control signal. The signal may
be an altitude deviation signal, relative to the selected altitude or a suitable
absolute altitude signal.
b) Whatever the system architecture and SSEC system, the difference between
the signal output to the altitude control system and the altitude displayed to the
flight crew shall be kept to the minimum.
8.2.7 Altimetry System Integrity: The RVSM approval process shall verify that the
predicted rate of occurrence of undetected failure of the altimetry system does
not exceed 1 x 10 -5 per flight per hour. All failures and failure combinations
whose occurrence would not be evident from cross cockpit checks and which
would lead to altitude measurement /display errors outside the specified limits,
need to be assessed against this value. Other failures or failure combinations
need not be considered.
9. PROVISION FOR MONITORING OF OPERATORS AIRCRAFT
9.1 The operator shall provide a plan for participation in the monitoring program. This
program should normally entail a check of at least a portion of the operator's aircraft by
an independent height monitoring system.
9.2 Monitoring of aircraft height-keeping performance may be done by either a ground based
Height Monitoring Unit (HMU) or a portable GPS Height Monitoring Unit (GMU),
which is carried on board the aircraft. In regions with HMUs, aircraft operators may meet
the monitoring requirements without any specific action on their part, other than ensuring
that the aircraft undertakes a flight with the area of coverage of an HMU within the time
period within which monitoring should take place. For monitoring with the portable
GMUs, operators need to arrange for a monitoring flight.
Regional Monitoring Agency (RMAs) will notify operators sufficiently in advance

regarding the time scales when specific aircraft require monitoring.
7
Note: The Regional Monitoring Agency for Asia region is known as MAAR (Monitoring Agency for
Asia Region) located at Bangkok, Thailand.
9.3 A program to monitor or verify aircraft height keeping performance is a necessary

element of RVSM approval process and RVSM implementation for at least the initial
area where RVSM is implemented. Verification and monitoring program have the
primary objective of observing and evaluating aircraft height keeping performance to
gain confidence that airspace users are applying the airplane and/or operator approval
process in an effective manner and that an equivalent level of safety will be maintained in
when RVSM is implemented.
It is anticipated that necessity for such programs may be diminished or possibly

eliminated after confidence is gained that RVSM programs are working as planned.
10. PROCEDURES FOR GRANT OF AIRWORTHINESS APPROVAL:
10.1 Grant of RVSM airworthiness approval
10.1.1 In the case of a newly built aircraft, the aircraft manufacturers obtain approval
from the regulatory authority of the country of manufacture/design by
submitting performance and analytical data supporting RVSM airworthiness
approval. Compliance with the RVSM criteria shall be stated in the Aircraft
Flight Manual including reference to the applicable build standard, related
conditions, and limitations. The maintenance and repair manuals will give the
associated airworthiness instructions.
10.1.2 In case of an aircraft already in service, the manufacturer shall submit the
performance and analytical data to the regulatory authority of the country of
manufacture/design. The data shall be supplemented with the service bulletin
or its equivalent that identifies the work to be done to achieve the build
standard, continued airworthiness instructions, and an amendment to the
aircraft flight manual stating related conditions and limitations.
Approval by the regulatory authority indicates acceptance of that aircraft type

and build standard as complying with the RVSM airworthiness criteria.
10.1.3 The combination of performance and analytical data, service bulletin(s) or

equivalent, continued airworthiness instructions, and the approved amendment
or supplement to the Aircraft Flight Manual is known as the RVSM approval
data package.
10.1.4 For airworthiness approval of specific aircraft, an aircraft operator is required

to apply to Director General. The application shall be supported by evidence
that the aircraft has been inspected, and where necessary, modified in
accordance with applicable Service Bulletins, and is of a type and build
standard that meets the RVSM airworthiness criteria. The operator shall also
8
confirm that the continued airworthiness instructions are available and that the
approved Flight Manual amendment or supplement has been incorporated.
Note: For RVSM airspace where an operational approval is prescribed, airworthiness
approval alone does not authorize flight in that airspace.
10.2 Contents of the RVSM approval data package - As a minimum, the data package will
need to consist of the following items:
a) A statement of the aircraft group or non-group aircraft and applicable build

standard to which the data package applies.
b) Definition of the applicable flight envelope(s).
c) Data showing compliance with the performance criteria of Appendix II and

para 8 of this chapter.
d) The procedures to be used to ensure that all aircraft submitted for

airworthiness approvals comply with RVSM criteria. These procedures will
include the references of applicable service bulletin and the applicable
approved aircraft flight manual amendment or supplement.
e) The maintenance instructions that ensure continued airworthiness for

RVSM approval.
These items are explained further in the following paragraphs.
10.3 Aircraft Groupings
10.3.1 For aircraft to be considered as members of a group for purposes of RVSM

approval, the following conditions shall be satisfied:
a) Aircraft shall have been manufactured to a nominally identical design and

be approved by the same Type Certificate (TC), TC amendment or
supplemental TC, as applicable.
Note: For derivative aircraft it may be possible to utilise the data from the parent
configuration to minimize the amount of additional data required to show compliance. The
extent of additional data required will depend on the nature of the changes between the
parent aircraft and the derivative aircraft.
b) The static system of each aircraft shall be installed in a nominally identical

manner and position. The same SSE corrections shall be incorporated in all
aircraft of the group.
c) The avionics units installed on each aircraft to meet the minimum RVSM
equipment requirements of paragraph 7.1 of this chapter shall be
9
manufactured to the manufacturer's same specification and have the same part
number.
Note: Aircraft that have avionic units that are of a different manufacturer or part number
may be considered part of the group, if it is demonstrated that this standard of avionic
equipment provides equivalent system performance.
d) The RVSM data package shall have been produced or provided by the
airframe manufacturer or an approved design organization.
10.3.2 Non-group Aircraft
If an airframe does not meet the conditions of paragraphs 10.3.1(a) to (d) to

qualify as a member of a group, or is presented as an individual airframe for
approval, then it must be considered as a non-group aircraft for the purposes
of RVSM approval.
10.4 Flight Envelopes
The RVSM operational flight envelope is the Mach number, W/ and altitude ranges
over which an aircraft can be operated in cruising flights within the RVSM airspace.
The RVSM operational flight envelope for any aircraft may be divided into two parts as
explained below:-
10.4.1 Full RVSM Flight Envelope: The full envelope will comprise the entire range
of operational Mach number, W/ and altitude values over which the aircraft
can be operated within RVSM airspace.
Table 1 establishes the parameters to be considered
10.4.2 Basic RVSM Flight Planning Envelope: The boundaries for the Basic
envelope are the same as those for three full envelope except for the upper
Mach boundary.
TABLE 1 - FULL RVSM ENVELOPE BOUNDARIES
Lower Boundary is defined by Upper Boundary is defined by

Level - FL 290 The lower of:
- FL 410
- Aircraft maximum certified altitude
- Altitude limited by; cruise thrust; buffet;
other aircraft flight limitations.
Mach or The lower of: The lower of - MMO/VMO
Speed - Maximum endurance (holding - Speed limited by cruise thrust; buffet;
speed) other aircraft flight limitations.
- Maneuver speed
10
Gross - The lowest gross weight compatible - The highest gross weight compatible with
weight with operations in RVSM airspace. operations in RVSM airspace.
10.5 Avionics Equipment: Avionics equipment shall be identified by function and part
number. A demonstration shall show that the avionic equipment can meet the design
criteria established when the equipment is operated in the environmental conditions
expected to be met during RVSM operations.
10.6 Compliance Procedure: The data package furnished by the manufacturer shall define
the procedures, inspections and tests and the limits that will be used to ensure that all
aircraft approved against the data package "conform to type"; that is all future
approvals, whether of new build or in service aircraft meet the allowances developed.
10.7 Continued Airworthiness:
10.7.1 The following items shall be reviewed and updated as applicable to RVSM:
a) The structural repair manual with special attention to the areas around each
static source, angle of attack sensors, and doors if their rigging can affect air
flow around the previously mentioned sensors.
b) The Master Minimum Equipment List (MMEL)
10.7.2 The data package shall include details of any procedures that are not covered
in above said para, but may be needed to ensure continued compliance with
RVSM approval criteria.
Examples follow -
a) For non-group aircraft where airworthiness approval has been based on
flight test, the continuing integrity and accuracy of the altimetry system shall
be demonstrated by ground and flight test of the aircraft and its altimetry
system at intervals to be agreed with Director General. However, exemption
from the flight test requirement may be granted if it can be demonstrated that
the relationship between any subsequent airframe/system degradation and its
effects on altimetry system accuracy is understood and that it can be
compensated or corrected.
b) In-flight defect reporting procedures shall be defined for identification of

altimetry system error sources. Such procedure shall cover acceptable
differences between primary and alternate static sources, and others as
appropriate.
c) For groups of aircraft, where approval is based on geometric inspection,

periodic re-inspection shall be necessary and the intervals required should be
specified.
11
10.8 Post Approval Modification: Any variation/modification from the initial installation
that affects RVSM approval should be referred to aircraft manufacturer and accepted by
Director General.
11. CONTINUED AIRWORTHINESS (MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES)
11.1 General
a) The integrity of the design features necessary to ensure that altimetry

systems continue to meet RVSM approval criteria shall be verified by
scheduled tests and inspections in conjunction with an approved maintenance
program. The operator shall review its maintenance procedures and address all
aspects of continued airworthiness that may be relevant.
b) Adequate maintenance facilities shall be available to enable compliance

with the RVSM maintenance procedures.
11.2 Maintenance Programs
Each operator requesting RVSM operational approval shall establish RVSM maintenance
and inspection practices acceptable to Director General that shall include any required
maintenance specified in the data package.
These practices shall be included in the operator's approved maintenance programme.
11.3 Maintenance Documents:
The following manuals/documents shall be reviewed, as appropriate:
a) Maintenance Manuals.
b) Structural Repair Manuals.
c) Standard Practices Manuals.
d) Illustrated Parts Catalogues.
e) Maintenance Schedule.
f) MMEL/MEL.
11.4 Maintenance Practices:
12
11.4.1 The aircraft altimetry and height keeping equipment shall be maintained in
accordance with the manufacturer's approved procedures and servicing
schedules.
11.4.2 The operator's maintenance program shall include, for each aircraft type, the
maintenance practices stated in the applicable aircraft and component
manufacturers' maintenance manuals. In addition, attention shall be given to
the following items:
a) All RVSM equipment shall be maintained in accordance with the aircraft

and component manufacturers' maintenance instructions and the performance
criteria of the RVSM approval data package.
b) Any modification or design change, which in any way affects the initial
RVSM approval, shall be subject to a design review acceptable to Director
General.
c) Any repairs, not covered by approved maintenance documents, which may

affect the integrity of the continuing RVSM approval, e.g. those affecting the
alignment of pitot/static probes, repairs to dents or deformation around static
plates, shall be subject to a design review acceptable to Director General.
d) Built-in Test Equipment (BITE) testing shall not be used for system
calibration unless it is shown to be acceptable by the aircraft
manufacturer/design organization, and with the agreement of the Director
General.
e) An appropriate system leak check (or visual inspection where permitted)

shall be accomplished following reconnection of a quick disconnect static
line.
f) Airframe and static systems shall be maintained in accordance with the

aircraft manufacturer's inspection standards and procedures.
g) To ensure the proper maintenance of airframe geometry for proper surface

contours and the mitigation of altimetry system error, surface measurements
or skin waviness checks will need to be made, as specified by the aircraft
manufacturer, to ensure adherence to RVSM tolerances. These checks should
be performed following repairs, or alterations having an effect on airframe
surface and airflow.
h) The maintenance and inspection program for the autopilot will need to
ensure continued accuracy and integrity of the automatic altitude control
system to meet the height keeping standards for RVSM operations. This
requirement will typically be satisfied with equipment inspections and
serviceability checks.
13
i) Whenever the performance of the installed equipment has been
demonstrated to be satisfactory for RVSM approval, the associated
maintenance practices shall be consistent with continued RVSM approval.
Examples of equipment to be considered are
i) Altitude alerting
ii) Automatic Altitude Control System
iii) Secondary Surveillance Radar altitude reporting equipment
iv) Altimetry system
11.4.3 Action for non-compliance aircraft - Those aircraft positively identified as

exhibiting height keeping performance errors that require investigation, shall
not be operated in RVSM airspace until the following actions have been taken
a) The failure or malfunction is confirmed and isolated; and
b) Corrective action is taken to comply with requirements for RVSM

approval.
11.4.4 Maintenance Training - Additional training may be necessary to support

RVSM approval. Areas needed to be highlighted for initial and recurrent
training of relevant personnel are:
a) Aircraft geometric inspection technique.
b) Test equipment calibration and use of that equipment.
c) Any special instruction or procedures introduced for RVSM approval.
11.4.5 Test Equipment
a) Test equipment should have the capability to demonstrate continuing

compliance with all the parameters established in the data package for RVSM
approval.
b) Test equipment should be calibrated using reference standards at periodic

intervals acceptable to Director General. The approved maintenance program
shall include an effective quality control program with the attention to the
following:
(i) Definition of required test equipment accuracy.
(ii) Regular calibrations of test equipment traceable to a master standard.

Determination of the calibration interval should be a function of the stability
of the test equipment.
14
The calibration interval should be established using historical data so that
the degradation is small in relation to the required accuracy.
(iii) Regular audits of calibration facilities both in-house and outside.
(iv) Adherence to approved maintenance practices.
(v) Procedures for controlling operator errors and unusual environmental

conditions which may affect calibration accuracy.
12. REPORTING ALTITUDE KEEPING ERRORS
Each operator shall develop a system of reporting each event in which the operator's aircraft
has exhibited the height deviations which are in magnitude equal to or, greater than, the
following criteria:
i. Total Vertical Error - 300 feet;

ii. Altimetry System Error - 245 feet; and
iii. Assigned Altitude Deviation - 300 feet.
13. REMOVAL OR AMENDMENT OF AUTHORITY
Director General may amend Operations Specifications of the operator to revoke or restrict
an RVSM authorisation if it is found that the operator is not complying, or is unable to
comply with the requirements of this chapter.
15
Appendix I
TRAINING PROGRAMMES AND OPERATING PRACTICES AND PROCEDURES
1. INTRODUCTION
Flight crews will need to have an awareness of the criteria for operating in RVSM airspace
and be trained accordingly. The items detailed in paragraphs 2 to 6 of this Annexure shall be
standardized and incorporated into training programs and operating practices and procedures.
Certain items may already be adequately standardized in existing procedures. New
technology may also remove the need for certain actions required of the flight crew. If this is
so, then the intent of this guidance can be considered to be met.
Note: This document is written for all users of RVSM airspace, and as such is designed to present all
required actions. It is recognized that some material may not be necessary for larger public transport
operators.
2. FLIGHT PLANNING
During flight planning the flight crew shall pay particular attention to conditions that may
affect operation in RVSM airspace. These include, but may not be limited to:
(a) verifying that the airframe is approved for RVSM operations,
(b) reported and forecast weather on the route of flight;
(c) minimum equipment requirements pertaining to height keeping and alerting,

systems; and
(d) any airframe or operating restriction related to RVSM approval.
3. PRE-FLIGHT PROCEDURES AT THE AIRCRAFT FOR EACH FLIGHT
The following actions shall be accomplished during the pre-flight procedure:
(a) Review technical logs and forms to determine the condition of equipment
required for flight in the RVSM airspace. Ensure that maintenance action has
been taken to correct defects to required equipment;
(b) During the external inspection of aircraft, particular attention shall be paid to
the condition of static sources and the condition of the fuselage skin near each
static source and any other component that affects altimetry system accuracy.
This check shall be accomplished by a qualified and authorized person other
than the pilot (e.g. a flight engineer or ground engineer);
(c) Before takeoff, the aircraft altimeters shall be set to the QNH of the airfield
and shall display a known altitude, within the limits specified in the aircraft
16
operating manuals. The two primary altimeters shall also agree within limits
specified by the aircraft operating manual. An alternative procedure using QFE
may also be used. Any required functioning checks of altitude indicating
systems shall be perform.
Note: The maximum value for these checks cited in operating manuals should not exceed
23m (75ft).
(d) Before take-off, equipment required for flight in RVSM airspace shall be
operative, and any indications of malfunction shall be resolved.
4. PROCEDURES PRIOR TO RVSM AIRSPACE ENTRY
The following equipment shall be operating normally at entry into RVSM airspace:
(a) Two primary altitude measurement systems.
(b) One automatic altitude-control system.
(c) One altitude-alerting device.

Note: Dual equipment requirements for attitude-control systems will be established by
regional agreement after an evaluation of criteria such as mean time between failures, length
of flight segments and availability of direct pilot-controller communications and radar
surveillance.
(d) Operating Transponder: An operating transponder may not be required for

entry into all designated RVSM airspace. The operator shall determine the
requirement for an operational transponder in each RVSM area where
operations are intended. The operator shall also determine the transponder
requirements for transition areas next to RVSM airspace.
Note: Should any of the required equipment fail prior to the aircraft entering RVSM airspace,
the pilot shall request a new clearance to avoid entering this airspace;
5. IN-FLIGHT PROCEDURES
5.1 The following practices shall be incorporated into flight crew training and procedures:
(a) Flight crews shall comply with any aircraft operating restrictions, if required
for the specific aircraft group, e.g. limits on indicated Mach number, given in
the RVSM airworthiness approval.
(b) Emphasis shall be placed on promptly setting the sub-scale on all primary
and standby altimeters to 1013.2 (hPa) /29.92 in. Hg when passing the transition
altitude, and rechecking for proper altimeter setting when reaching the initial
cleared flight level;
17
(c) In level cruise it is essential that the aircraft is flown at the cleared flight
level. This requires that particular care is taken to ensure that ATC clearances
are fully understood and followed. The aircraft shall not intentionally depart
from cleared flight level without a positive clearance from ATC unless the crew
are conducting contingency or emergency maneuvers;
(d) When changing levels, the aircraft shall not be allowed to overshoot or
undershoot the cleared flight level by more than 45 m (150 ft);
Note: It is recommended that the level off be accomplished using, the altitude capture feature
of the automatic altitude-control system, if installed.
(e) An automatic altitude-control system shall be operative and engaged during

level cruise, except when circumstances such as the need to re-trim the aircraft
or turbulence require disengagement. In any event, adherence to cruise altitude
shall be done by reference to one of the two primary altimeters. Following loss
of the automatic height keeping function, any consequential restrictions will be
observed.
(f) Ensure that the altitude-alerting system is operative;
(g) At intervals of approximately one hour, crosschecks between the primary

altimeters shall be made. A minimum of two will need to agree within 60 m
(200 ft). Failure to meet this condition will require that the altimetry system be
reported as defective and notified to ATC;
(i) The usual scan of flight deck instruments shall suffice for altimeter cross
checking on most flights.
(ii) Before entering RVSM airspace, the initial altimeter cross-check of

primary and standby altimeters shall be recorded.
Note: Some systems may make use of automatic altimeter comparators.
(h) In normal operations, the altimetry system being used to control the aircraft
shall be selected for the input to the altitude reporting transponder transmitting
information to ATC.
(i) If the pilot is advised in real time that the aircraft has been identified by a
height monitoring system as exhibiting a TVE greater than 90 m (300 ft)
and/or an ASE greater than 75 m (245 ft) then the pilot should follow
established regional procedures to protect the safe operation of the aircraft. This
assumes that the monitoring system will identify the TVE or ASE within the set
limits for accuracy.
18
If the pilot is notified by ATC of an assigned altitude deviation which exceeds
90 m (300 ft) then the pilot should take action to return to cleared flight level
as quickly as possible.
5.2 Contingency procedures after entering RVSM airspace are:
5.2.1 The pilot shall notify ATC of contingencies (equipment failures, weather) which
affect the ability to maintain the cleared flight level, and co-ordinate a plan of action
appropriate to the airspace concerned.
Examples of equipment failures, which shall be notified, to ATC are:
(a) failure of all automatic altitude-control systems aboard the aircraft;
(b) loss of redundancy of altimetry systems,
(c) loss of thrust on an engine necessitating descent; or
(d) any other equipment failure affecting the ability to maintain cleared flight
level (CFL)
5.2.2. The pilot should notify ATC when encountering greater than moderate
turbulence.
5.2.3. If unable to notify ATC and obtain an ATC clearance prior to deviating from
the assigned CFL, the pilot shall follow the established contingency procedures and
obtain ATC clearance as soon as possible.
6. POST FLIGHT
6.1. In making technical log entries against malfunctions in height-keeping systems, the pilot
shall provide sufficient detail to enable maintenance to effectively troubleshoot and
repair the system. The pilot shall detail the actual defect and the crew action taken to try
to isolate and rectify the fault.
6.2. The following information shall be recorded when appropriate:
(a) Primary and standby altimeter readings.
(b) Altitude selector setting.
(c) Subscale setting on altimeter.

(d) Autopilot used to control the aeroplane and any differences when the
alternate system was selected.
(e) Differences in altimeter readings, if alternate static ports selected.

19
(f) Use of air data computer selector for fault diagnosis procedure.
(g) The transponder selected to provide altitude information to ATC and any
difference noted when an alternative transponder was selected.
7. SPECIAL EMPHASIS ITEMS: FLIGHT CREW TRAINING
7.1 The following items shall also be included in flight crew training programmes:
(a) knowledge and understanding of standard ATC phraseology used in each

area of operations and relevant AIP and NOTAM information pertaining to the
route to be flown;
(b) importance of crew members cross checking to ensure that ATC clearances
are promptly and correctly complied with;
(c) use and limitations in terms of accuracy of standby altimeters in

contingencies. Where applicable, the pilot shall review the application of
SSEC/PEC through the use of correction cards;
Note: Such correction data shall be readily available on the flight deck.
(d) problems of visual perception of other aircraft at 300 m (1,000 ft) planned
separation during darkness, when encountering local phenomena such as
northern lights, for opposite and same direction traffic, and during turns; and
(e) characteristics of aircraft altitude capture systems which may lead

troubleshoots.
(f) relationship between the aircraft's altimetry, automatic altitude control and
transponder systems in normal and abnormal conditions.
(g) any airframe operating restrictions, if required for the specific aircraft group,
related to RVSM airworthiness approval.
Appendix II
RVSM PERFORMANCE
1. General
20
The objectives set out by the ICAO Review of the General Concept of Separation Panel
(RGCSP) have been translated into airworthiness standards by assessment of the
characteristics of altimetry system error (ASE) and automatic altitude control.
2. RVSM Flight Envelopes
For the purposes of RVSM approval, the aircraft flight envelope may be considered as two
parts; the Basic RVSM flight planning envelope and the Full RVSM flight envelope (referred
to as the Basic envelope and the Full envelope respectively), as defined and explained in para
10.4 of this NCAR. For the Full envelope, a larger ASE is allowed.
3. Altimetry System Error
3.1 To evaluate a system against the ASE performance statements established by RGCSP, it
is necessary to quantify the mean and three standard deviation values for ASE, expressed
as ASE mean and ASE3SD. To do this, it is necessary to take into account the different
ways in which variations in ASE can arise. The factors that affect ASE are:
(a) Unit to unit variability of avionics equipment.
(b) Effect of environmental operating conditions on avionics equipment.
(c) Airframe to airframe variability of static source error.
(d) Effect of flight operating conditions on static source error.
3.2 Assessment of ASE, whether based on measured or predicted data will need to consider
sub-paragraphs (a) to (d) of 3.1. The effect of item (d) as a variable can be eliminated by
evaluating ASE at the most adverse flight condition in an RVSM flight envelope.
3.3 The criteria to be met for the Basic envelope are:
(a) At the point in the envelope where the mean ASE reaches its largest absolute
value that value should not exceed 25 m (80 ft);
(b) At the point in the envelope where absolute mean ASE plus three standard
deviations of ASE reaches its largest absolute value, the absolute value should
not exceed 60 m (200 ft).
3.4 The criteria to be met for the Full envelope are:
(a) At the worst point in the Full envelope where the mean ASE reaches its
largest absolute value, the absolute value should not exceed 37 m (120 ft).
21
(b) At the point in the Full envelope where the mean ASE plus three standard
deviations of ASE reaches its largest absolute value, the absolute value
should not exceed 75 m (245 ft).
(c) If necessary, for the purpose of achieving RVSM approval for a group of
aircraft (see para 10 of this chapter), an operating limitation may be
established to restrict aircraft from conducting RVSM operations in parts of
the Full envelope where the absolute value of mean ASE exceeds 37 m (120
ft) and/or the absolute value of mean ASE plus three standard deviations of
ASE exceed 75 m (245 ft). When such a limitation is established, it should
be identified in the data submitted to support the approval application, and
documented in appropriate aircraft operating manuals.
However, visual or aural warning/indication associated with such a

limitation need not be provided in the aircraft.
3.5 Aircraft types for which an application for type certification is made after 1 January
1997, should meet the criteria established for the Basic envelope in the Full RVSM
envelope.
3.6 The standard for aircraft submitted for approval as non-group aircraft, as defined in para
10.7.2 of the chapter, is as follows:
(a) For all conditions in the Basic envelope:
- Residual static source error + worst case avionics < 50 m (160 ft)
(b) For all conditions in the Full envelope:
- Residual static source error + worst case avionics < 60 m (200 ft)
Note. Worst case avionics means that a combination of tolerance values, specified by the aircraft constructor
for the altimetry fit into the aircraft, which gives the largest combined absolute value for residual SSE plus
avionics errors.
4. Altitude Keeping
An automatic altitude control system is required capable of controlling altitude within 20 m

(65 ft) about the selected altitude, when the aircraft is operated in straight and level flight
under non turbulent non-gust conditions.
Note: Automatic altitude control systems with flight management system/ performance (Management system
inputs allowing variations up to 40 m (130 ft) under non-turbulent, non-gust conditions, installed in
aircraft types for which an application for type certification was made prior to January 1, 1997, need not be
replaced or modified.
22
SECTION D
APPROVAL PROCEDURES
CHAPTER D.1 ISSUE 2
JANUARY 2009
MAINTENANCE ORGANIZATIONS
1. GENERAL
1.1 This chapter prescribes the condition for grant of approval to a maintenance
organization forming as well as not forming (a separate) part of an aircraft
operator's organization and also specifies the application procedures for grant,
extension or renewal of a Certificate of Approval.
1.2 Chapter C.1 of these Requirements prescribes that any organization performing
maintenance on aircraft or aircraft components shall be approved for the purpose.
With effect from 1 October 1983, approval will be granted by issue of a
Certificate of Approval and such a certificate will be granted only to an
organization which meets the standards specified in this Requirement.
1.3 A maintenance organization approved by the Director General may within the
scope of the approval perform maintenance work on aircraft or aircraft
components belonging to Nepalese or foreign operators and issue Release Notes
to verify that the work meets the prescribed standard.
2. APPLICATION FOR APPROVAL
2.1 An organization requiring approval to do maintenance work must make a written

request to the Director General.
2.2 The application for approval must state the particular function for which
approval is required. Subject to meeting the prescribed conditions, approval
may be granted for:
Minor maintenance of aeroplanes

Minor maintenance of helicopters
Major maintenance of aeroplane airframes and/or specified components
Major maintenance of helicopter airframes and/or specified components
Major maintenance of avionic components
Major maintenance of engines and/or specified components
Major maintenance of propellers and/or specified components
1
NCAR, Chapter D.1 Issue 2, January, 2009
Amendment 1, December, 2013
2.3 The application must be accompanied by a list of the aircraft or aircraft
components to be maintained and a statement detailing the facilities, technical
data, licensed/approved personnel, tools and equipment available for the purpose.
Note: If the maintenance organization forms part of an aircraft operator's organization, it shall
be detailed in the Operator's Maintenance Procedure Manual: if it is a separate, it shall
be detailed in an Engineering Procedures Manual.
3. CONDITIONS FOR GRANT OF APPROVAL
3.1 The Director General will grant a Certificate of Approval to a maintenance

organization only if it meets the conditions prescribed in this Requirement.
3.2 To be eligible for approval to perform maintenance, an organization shall:
a) have facilities and environment appropriate for the task to be performed;

occupy suitable premises, including hangar and workshop accommodation,
appropriate to the aircraft and/or aircraft components to be maintained,
b) possess suitable equipment, tools and materials, with the power supplies to
operate them, to provide the capability of maintaining and testing the
designated aircraft and aircraft components to the prescribed standards,
c) (I) nominate a person or group of persons whose responsibilities include
ensuring that the maintenance organization is in compliance of this chapter
(II)employ the necessary personnel to plan, perform, supervise, inspect, and
release the work to be performed;
d) hold a complete set, fully amended up-to-date, of the Manufacturers' Manuals
and Service Bulletins for each type of aircraft and aircraft component to be
maintained,
e) operate a system for receiving and actioning Airworthiness Directives relative
to the aircraft and aircraft components to be maintained. Airworthiness
Directives from the State of Manufacture shall be held in respect of each
aircraft and engine type,
f) hold an adequate quantity of spare parts to ensure the proper performance of
maintenance, and store these parts in a bonded store under storage conditions
appropriate to the particular parts, e.g. a store for complex and sophisticated
avionic components of modern aircraft should be air-conditioned. There must
also be quarantine store for in-coming parts.
g) (i) retain detailed maintenance records to show that all requirements for the
signing of maintenance release have been met.
(ii) Such records shall be kept for minimum period of one year after signing
the maintenance release.
h) show proof that all parts stored were obtained only from approved suppliers
and are covered by Release Notes or equivalent documents issued by the
manufacturers or on the authority of a Contracting State. It must also be
proven that, since delivery, the parts have been properly stored and the
prescribed shelf life has not been exceeded,
2
i) An approved Maintenance Procedure Manual or Engineering Procedures
Manual, as appropriate, meeting the standard prescribed in Chapter E.2 of
these Requirements, forms part of maintenance organization
j) The maintenance organization shall establish procedures, acceptable to
Director General, which ensure good maintenance practices and compliance
with all relevant requirements of this chapter.
k) ensure compliance with (j) by either establishing an independent quality
assurance system to monitor compliance with and adequacy of the procedures,
or by providing a system of inspection to ensure that all maintenance is
properly performed. the competence of such personnel shall be established
with a procedure and to a level acceptable to Director General;
l) the competence of maintenance personnel shall be established with a
procedure and to a level acceptable to Director General; the person signing a
maintenance release shall be qualified in accordance with NCAR Section-F
m) maintenance organization shall ensure that all maintenance personnel receive
initial and continuation training appropriate to their assigned tasks and
responsibilities. The training program established by the maintenance
organization shall include training in knowledge and skills related to human
performance, including coordination with other maintenance personnel and
flight crew.
n) Director General shall establish a safety program in order to achieve
acceptable level of safety in the maintenance of aircraft.
o) The acceptable level of safety to be achieved shall be established by Director
General.
p) should implement a safety management system acceptable to the Director
General which as a minimum;
i) identifies safety hazards
ii) ensures that remedial action necessary to maintain an acceptable
level of safety is implemented
iii) provides for continuous monitoring and regular assessment of the
safety level achieved
iv) aims to make continuous improvement to the overall level of safety
q) from 1 January 2009, shall implement a safety management system
acceptable to the Director General which as a minimum;
i) identifies safety hazards
ii) ensures that remedial action necessary to maintain an acceptable
level of safety is implemented
iii) provides for continuous monitoring and regular assessment of the
safety level achieved
iv) aims to make continuous improvement to the overall level of safety
3
r) A safety management system shall clearly define lines of safety accountability
throughout a maintenance organization, including a direct accountability for
safety on the part of senior management.
4. CONDITIONS FOR EXTENSION OR RENEWAL OF APPROVAL
4.1 An organization approved to perform specified maintenance may apply for its
approval to be extended to cover additional maintenance. The application must be
made in writing and must detail the reasons for the application and the facilities
available to perform the additional maintenance.
4.2 A Certificate of Approval is valid for one year. On expiry it may be renewed by
the Director General if the organization continues to meet the conditions
applicable to the original grant of the certificate. Application for renewal of a
Certificate of Approval must be made in writing not later than two weeks before
expiry of the existing certificate.
5. INSPECTION OF A MAINTENANCE ORGANIZATION
5.1 A maintenance organization for which application has been made for the issue,
extension or renewal of a Certificate of Approval is subject to inspection by the
authorized person from the Airworthiness Division.
5.2 An applicant for approval shall provide them with any information or access
required for verifying the capability of the organization to meet the conditions of
approval.
5.3 A maintenance organization holding a Certificate of Approval is subject to

random inspections by an authorized person from Airworthiness Division,
although such inspections will only be made at reasonable times.
5.4 An approved maintenance organization, or an applicant for approval, which is not

in Nepal, is also subject to initial or random inspection. The expenses of such an
inspection shall be borne by the Nepalese operator utilizing the foreign
organization.
5.5 An authorized person inspecting a maintenance organization for compliance with

this Requirement may inspect:
a) premises for condition, cleanliness, fire protection, etc.

b) equipment and tools for adequacy, condition, manufacturer's specification, etc.
c) stores for cleanliness, condition of components, component identification,
correlation of items and Release Notes, segregation of quarantine and bonded
items, shelf life control, etc.
d) aircraft for standard of maintenance and compliance with the Maintenance
Schedule, Airworthiness Directives, etc.
4
e) records, including logbooks and other documents, giving the maintenance
history of aircraft and aircraft components,
f) the Operator's Maintenance Procedure Manual, or Engineering Procedures
Manual as appropriate, Manufacturers' Manuals, Service Bulletins, etc.
comprising the data and procedures required for performance of the
maintenance specified in the application or the conditions of the approval.
6. THE CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL
6.1 An organization approved to perform maintenance will be issued with a

Certificate of Approval. A specimen certificate is shown in Form D.1.1 of
Appendix 1. This certificate shall be displayed in, or adjacent to, the office of the
Chief Inspector (or equivalent manager) of the approved Maintenance
Organization.
6.2 With each Certificate of Approval will be an associated Schedule of Conditions of

Approval. This schedule will detail the maintenance which the organization is
approved to perform. A specimen schedule is shown in Form D.1.2 of
Appendix 2.
6.3 The Director General may suspend or cancel a Certificate of Approval, or amend
the Schedule of Conditions of Approval, if the approved Maintenance
Organization is failing to maintain the standards applicable to approval.
7. PRIVILEGES OF APPROVAL
7.1 An approved Maintenance Organization may issue Release Notes as specified in

paragraph 1.3 of this Chapter D.1.
7.2 Other privileges may be approved through approval of an Operator's Maintenance

Procedure Manual or Engineering Procedures Manual, as appropriate. These
privileges may include some delegation of authority to the organization's Chief
Inspector (or equivalent manager) if the Director General is satisfied that an
equivalent level of competency will be maintained.
8. VALIDATION OF FOREIGN CERTIFATE OF APROVAL
8.1 Maintenance organizations outside Nepal issued with a Certificate of Approval by

a Contracting State or by a person or organization under the authority of a Contracting
State may apply for the validation of the Certificate of Approval and this may be grated
by the Director General with or without conditions in compliance with the Rules 49 of
Regulation if the applicant:
(a) satisfies the Director General with the exposition manual, accommodation and
facilities, systems and procedures etc and it is verified by inspection that the activities to
which the Certificate relates are carried out in a satisfactory manner.
(b) pays the prescribed fees.

5
8.2 Validation remains in force only during the period of validity of the foreign
Certificate of Approval.
8.3 Maintenance organization holding validation or an applicant for validation, which is

not in Nepal, is subject to inspection by an official every Five years. The expenses of such
inspection shall be borne by the organization itself or the Nepalese operator utilizing the
service of such organization.
8.4 The Director General may withdraw the validation if the maintenance organization
fails to abide by or acts in contradiction to NCAR.
8.5 The certificate of validation shall remain valid till the date of validation of original
approval.
8.6 The authority issuing original approval shall also be informed about the validation of
certificate.
8.7 Notwithstanding to Para 8.3 applicant holding FAA or EASA approval may be
granted CAAN validation certificate directly after necessary verification.
8.8 Director General may conduct audit of foreign Maintenance organization if found
necessary.
6
Form D.1.1 Appendix-1
CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL Number
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT
AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATION
IS HEREBY APPROVED AS A MAINTENANCE ORGANIZATION UNDER THE

CONDITIONS OF CHAPTER D.1 OF NEPALESE CIVIL AIRWORTHINESS
REQUIREMENTS TO PERFORM
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CURRENT SCHEDULE OF CONDITIONS
This certificate comes into force on 200 ..
This certificate expires on 200 ..
.
For Director General
Date:
The approval granted by this certificate is subject to compliance with Nepalese Civil
1
NCAR, Chapter D.1 Issue 1, October 1982
SCHEDULE OF CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL
The maintenance organization of Kathmandu Airlines of Nepal is approved to perform the

following maintenance work pursuant to Certificate of Approval No.19.
1. Minor maintenance of aeroplanes
Airbus Industries A 310
2. Major maintenance of avionic components.
Marconi doppler
Bendix autopilot ABX
3. Major maintenance of hydraulic components.
British Aerospace 748 hydraulics
.
Date:
1
SECTION D
APPROVAL PROCEDURES
CHAPTER D.2 ISSUE 2
JULY 2002
DESIGN ORGANIZATIONS
1. GENERAL
1.1 This chapter prescribes the requirements for grant of Certificate of Approval to a
person or design organization and also specifies the application procedure for
grant, extension or renewal of a Certificate of Approval.
1.2 Chapter C.5 paragraph 3.4 of these Requirements prescribes that any person or
organization completing technical assessments, e.g. stress analysis or performance
estimates required for approval of the design of a modification or repair must hold
approval for the purpose.
1.3 Approval will be granted by the issue of a Certificate of Approval and such a
certificate will be granted only to a person or an organization which meets the
standards prescribed in this Requirement.
1.4 A person or design organization approved by the Director General may within the
scope of approval issue reports showing compliance with the applicable
Airworthiness design standards.
2.1 A person or an organization requiring approval to design a modification or repair

must apply in writing to the director General through Airworthiness Division,
Aviation Safety Directorate, Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal, Kathmandu.
2.2 The application for approval must state the scope of the design work it is
proposed to undertake. Subject to meeting the prescribed conditions a person or
an organization (such as an aircraft operator's Design Section) may be approved
for the design of, or changes to:
Aircraft structure, including load determination and stress analysis.

Aircraft components and systems.
Avionic installations.
Flight tests and performance determination.
Airborne equipment.
2.3 The approval may be specific for particular aircraft types or components or may
be of a general nature within specified limitation.
1
NCAR, Chapter D.2 Issue 2, July 2002
2.4 The application must be accompanied by a list of aircraft or aircraft components
and systems etc for which design of a modification or repair is to be undertaken
and a statement detailing the facilities, technical date, adequately qualified
personnel, tools and equipments available for the purpose.
Note: If the design organization forms part of an operator's maintenance organization as a

Design Section, it shall be detailed in the Operator's Maintenance Procedure Manual,
if it is a separate design organization it shall be detailed in an Engineering Procedures
Manual.
3. CONDITIONS FOR GRANT OF APPROVAL
3.1 The Director General will grant a Certificate of Approval to a person or design
organization only if it meets the conditions prescribed in this Requirement.
3.2 A person or design organization shall be eligible for approval to design a

modification or repair scheme only if:
a) The premises and equipment for the preparation and storage of drawings
reports are clean and adequate.
b) There are available up-to-date copies of the applicable Airworthiness design
standards, material and hardware specifications and other technical data
relevant to the scope of the approval.
c) There is access to appropriate test facilities where these are needed to
substantiate designs.
d) There is a nominated Chief Designer to control all design work and accept
responsibility for compliance with the appropriate Airworthiness design
standards. The Chief Designer must held a recognized degree in engineering
and have a minimum of five years experience of design, stress analysis or
associated work.
e) The Chief Designer has a position of authority within his employer's
organization so that his decisions on the certifications of a design as complying
with the appropriate Airworthiness design standards cannot be overruled.
f) The Chief Designer has sufficient supporting staff with adequate qualifications
to ensure that the drawings and reports for the volume and class of work
proposed will be accurate.
g) There are written instructions for control of the procedures governing the
numbering and issuing of drawings, the drawing standards to be used and the
certification of drawings. These instructions may form an Engineering
Procedures Manual for the design organizations, or be part of a
comprehensive manual, such as an Operator's Maintenance Procedure Manual.
2
4. CONDITIONS FOR EXTENSION OR RENEWAL OF APPROVAL
4.1 A persons or organization approved to perform the design of, or changes to

specified works may apply for its approval to be extended to cover additional
works. The application must be made in writing and must detail the reasons for the
application and the facilities available to perform additional works.
4.2 A Certificate of Approval is valid for one year. On expiry it may be renewed by
the Director General if the person or organization continues to meet the
conditions applicable to the original grant of the certificate. Application for
renewal of a Certificate of Approval must be made in writing not later than two
weeks before expiry of the existing certificate.
5. INSPECTION OF A DESIGN ORGANIZATION
5.1 A person or organization applying for the issue, extension or renewal of a

Certificate of Approval is subject to inspection by the authorized person from the
Airworthiness Division
5.2 An applicant for approval shall provide them with any information or access
required for verifying the capability of the person or organization to meet the
conditions of approval.
5.3 A person or design organization holding a Certificate of Approval is subject to

random inspections by an authorized person from the Airworthiness Division
although such inspections will only be made at reasonable times.
5.4 An approved person, or design organization, or an applicant for approval, which is

not in Nepal, is also subject to initial or random inspection. The expenses of such
an inspection shall be borne by the Nepalese operator utilizing the foreign design
organization.
5.5 An authorized person inspecting a design organization for the compliance with this
Requirement may inspect:
a) premises for condition, cleanliness, fire protection, etc.

b) drawing equipment, tools and test facilities for adequacy, condition, etc.
c) availability of up-to-date copies of the applicable Airworthiness design
standards, material and hardware specifications and other technical data
relevant to the scope of the approval,
d) adequacy of appropriately qualified staff,
e) the Operator's Maintenance Procedure Manual or Engineering Procedures
Manual as appropriate comprising the data and instructions for performance of
the works specified in the application or the conditions of approval.
3
6. THE CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL
6.1 A person or an organization approved to design a modification or repair scheme

will be issued with a Certificate of Approval. A specimen certificate is shown in
Form D.2.1 of Appendix 1. This Certificate shall be displayed in, or adjacent to,
the office of the approved person or Chief Designer of the approved design
organization as appropriate.
6.2 With each Certificate of Approval will be an associated Schedule of Conditions of

Approval. This schedule will detail the extent of design work which the person or
design organization is approved to perform. A specimen schedule is shown in
Form D.2.2 of Appendix 2.
6.3 The Director General may suspend or cancel a Certificate of Approval, or amend
the Schedule of Conditions of Approval, if the person or design organization is
failing to maintain the standards applicable to approval.
7. PRIVILEGES OF APPROVAL
7.1 An approved person or design organization may issue reports as specified in

paragraph 1.4 of this chapter.
7.2 Other privileges may be approved through approval of an Operator's Maintenance

Procedure Manual or Engineering Procedures Manual as appropriate. These
privileges may include some delegation of authority to the organization's Chief
Designer if the Director General is satisfied that an equivalent level of competency
will be maintained.
4
CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL Number
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT
AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATION
IS HEREBY APPROVED AS A DESIGN ORGANIZATION UNDER THE CONDITIONS OF

CHAPTER D.2 OF NEPALESE CIVIL AIRWORTHINESS REQUIREMENTS TO
PERFORM THE DESIGN OF, OR CHANGES TO :
.

IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CURRENT SCHEDULE OF CONDITIONS
This certificate comes into force on 200 ..
This certificate expires on 200 ..

Date:
The approval granted by this certificate is subject to compliance with Nepalese Civil
1
SCHEDULE OF CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL
The Design Organization of Fewa Airlines of Nepal is approved to perform the design of, or
changes to the following works pursuant to Certificate of Approval No.19.
1. Aircraft structure, including load determination and stress analysis
2. Aircraft components and systems.
3. Avionic components and systems.
4. Flight tests and performance determination.
5. Airborne equipment
.
Date :
1
SECTION D
APPROVAL PROCEDURES
CHAPTER D.3 ISSUE 1
NOVEMBER 1994
STORAGE AND SUPPLY ORGANIZATIONS
1. GENERAL
An organization may be approved to certify that the Nepalese Civil Airworthiness

Requirements have been complied with in respect of the procurement, storage and re-
issue of aircraft parts and materials obtained under cover of acceptable documents from
approved sources, subject to compliance with the procedures set out in this Chapter. The
approval, when granted, will apply to the whole organization headed by the Chief
Executive.
2.1 Application shall be made to the Director General through the Airworthiness
Division, Aviation Safety Directorate, Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal.
2.2 The application shall be accompanied by:
a) From completed with resumes of nominated persons together with

documentary evidence of their qualifications and experience.
b) Two copies of the proposed exposition of the organization.
3. REQUIREMENTS FOR THE GRANT OF APPROVAL
3.1 Approval Procedure
In order to enable an assessment of the suitability of the organization for approval

to be made, the applicant shall comply with the requirements of this Chapter.
The grant of a Certificate of Approval will only be made when the Director
General is satisfied that the applicant meets the requirements for approval and the
management of the organization will be conducted competently and in accordance
with the Nepalese Civil Airworthiness Requirements.
1
NCAR, Chapter D.3 Issue 1, November 1994
3.2 Personnel Requirements
3.2.1 The applicant shall nominate the following persons:

a) A senior person who is directly responsible to the Chief Executive for
the co-ordination of all work necessary to ensure compliance with the
Nepalese Civil Airworthiness Requirements and associated procedures.
This person shall be authorized to liaise directly with Airworthiness
Division, Aviation Safety Directorate, Civil Aviation Authority of
Nepal on all matters affecting Airworthiness.
b) Signatories to Authorized Release Certificates Airworthiness Approval
Tags.
3.2.2 The applicant shall satisfy the Director General that the persons nominated
in accordance with paragraph 3.2.1 are capable and responsible persons
who are conversant with the Nepalese Civil Airworthiness Requirements
and associated procedures and have adequate qualifications and experience
for the duties concerned.
3.2.3 The organization shall be such as to ensure that in all matters affecting
Airworthiness, full and efficient co-ordination exists within the
organization.
3.3 Exposition
The applicant shall provide, for Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal approval, an
exposition of the organization which includes the following information:
a) A statement signed by the Chief Executive confirming that the provision and
procedures specified in the exposition will be complied with at all times.
b) The intended scope of activities.
c) A description of the premises and facilities to be used for activities under Civil
Aviation Authority of Nepal approval.
d) The duties and responsibilities of nominated personnel. Authority to liaise
directly with the Airworthiness Division, Aviation Safety Directorate, Civil
Aviation Authority of Nepal on Airworthiness matters shall be defined.
e) An organization chart showing the associated chains of responsibility.
f) A list of the persons nominated in accordance with paragraph 3.2.1.
g) The procedures adopted for controlling matters affecting Airworthiness, in
particular, procedures for the receipt, storage and re-issue of parts and
materials and for ensuring traceability of stocks from source to customer.
h) A list showing sources from which aircraft parts and materials are supplied.
i) A statement that all aircraft parts and materials must come from approved
sources and be accompanied by acceptable documents.
j) Any further matters which the Airworthiness Division of the Civil Aviation
Authority of Nepal prescribes arising from initial assessment and subsequent
surveillances.
2
3.4 Accommodation and Facilities
3.4.1 The organization shall have suitable accommodation of sufficient size and
with adequate lighting and facilities for the activities to be undertaken. The
premises shall be clean and tidy and have proper segregation of designated
areas. Environmental conditions shall be controlled as appropriate to the
parts and materials to be stored.
3.4.2 A quarantine store shall be provided for parts and materials awaiting
confirmation of approval.
3.4.3 A bonded store shall be provided for storage of approved parts and
material and there shall be a system which identifies the parts and materials
with the relevant incoming documentation.
3.4.4 Adequate provisions shall be made for the segregation of aircraft parts and
materials from other goods and protection of such parts and materials
against deterioration, contamination and damage.
3.5 Systems and Procedures
3.5.1 Procedures shall be established to the satisfaction of Civil Aviation

Authority of Nepal for controlling matters affecting airworthiness, in
particular, procedures for the procurement, receipt, storage and re-issue of
parts and materials obtained from approved sources.
3.5.2 The organization shall establish a system of stores control which shall be
adequate for the type and quantity of spares held. As a minimum, the
system shall specify procedures to ensure that:
a) incoming items are those required and that they confirm with the
appropriate incoming documentation (see paragraph 3.5.6 (iii).
b) items held in storage do not deteriorate as a result of that storage.
c) the stores records accurately represent the items held in storage and
are properly maintained, and
d) items are issued on a first in, first-out basis.
3.5.3 A system of technical records shall be maintained and shall be such that
proper correlation of all activities is established with relevant incoming,
stores and outgoing documents to ensure traceability.
3.5.4 Inspection stamps of a type and design approved by Civil Aviation

Authority of Nepal shall be issued to approved persons for their individual
use and a record of the stamps issued shall be maintained.
3
3.5.5 The system shall provide for the issue of an Authorized Release
Certificate, Airworthiness Approval Tag, to the consignee for all approved
parts and materials. A copy of the certificate must be retained by the
consignor.
3.5.6 The organization shall have satisfactory procedures to be observed in

issuing Authorized Release Certificates, Airworthiness Approval Tags.
Note: An Authorized Release Certificate, Airworthiness Approval Tag may not be

issued unless.
i) the items comply with the descriptions and specifications stated on the
certificate
ii) the items are serviceable.
iii) the aircraft part or material has been procured under cover of a
document specified or approved for the purpose by the Director General.
iv) in the event that any modification, inspection, or other work or change
has been made to the items, that such work has been certified by an
appropriately licensed/approved person or organization, details of the
work and certification are endorsed on the Authorized Release
Certificate Airworthiness Approval Tag and the consignor has received
certification that the items do comply with the appropriate documents or
data required for the work. A copy of this certification should
accompany the item to the consignee.
v) where items with a specified life are concerned the period or cycles of
operation to the date of last removal of the items from an aircraft are to
be stated on the certificate such periods can be substantiated from
documentation issued by an appropriately licenced/approved person or
organization.
vi) where raw aircraft materials are concerned, their heat treated condition
be stated together with any heat treatment requirements recommended b
the manufacturer.
3.5.7 The organization shall establish a system of defect reporting and

investigation.
3.5.8 The organization shall have a system to ensure that staff are
properly acquainted with the relevant requirements and procedures
related to their work.
3.5.9 The organization shall comply with any further requirements that
the Airworthiness Division, Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal may
prescribe as a result of initial assessment or subsequent
surveillances.
4
4. REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAINTENANCE OF APPROVAL
4.1 The organization holding a valid Certificate of Approval shall be maintained at the
standard necessary to undertake the work for which it is approved and all
activities carried out under the approval granted shall be conducted to the
satisfaction of the Airworthiness Division, Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal.
4.2 The organization shall be responsible to the Director General for compliance with
Nepalese Civil Airworthiness Requirements, associated procedures, and other
requirements as may be prescribed by the Airworthiness Division, Civil Aviation
Authority of Nepal from time to time.
4.3 The organization shall consult the Airworthiness Division, Civil Aviation
Authority of Nepal if any difficulty arises in the interpretation of the Nepalese
Civil Airworthiness Requirements or associated procedures.
4.4 The exposition required by paragraph 3.3 shall be reviewed periodically by the
organization and any necessary amendments submitted in duplicate to the Director
General through the Airworthiness Division, Aviation Safety Directorate, Civil
Aviation Authority of Nepal for approval.
4.5 The organization shall report to the Airworthiness Division, Aviation Safety
Directorate, Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal in writing as soon as possible of
any accident or incident occurring in the approved facility.
4.6 The organization shall notify the Director General through the Airworthiness
Division, Aviation Safety Directorate, Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal in writing
for acceptance of any intended change of the followings:
a) Name of the organization specified in the Certificate of Approval.

b) Address of the organization specified in the Certificate of Approval.
c) The Chief Executive or persons nominated in accordance with paragraph
3.2.1.
d) The approved facilities.
4.7 The organization shall permit access to its premises by an authorized person from
Airworthiness Division for the purpose of:
a) Assessing whether the organization continues to comply with the conditions of

its approval and whether the activities to which the approval relates are carried
out to a satisfactory standard.
b) Assessing whether the policies and procedures stated in the exposition are
being observed.
c) Investigation of materials, components or equipment which due to
unseviceability, manufacturing discrepancies, inadequate quality control in
manufacture, overhaul or processing, contamination or inadequate storage
have been to be unsuitable for aircraft use.
5
d) Investigation of accidents/incidents occurring in or connected with the
approved facility.
Where deficiencies or discrepancies have been disclosed to an organization

subject to a surveillance inspection, the organization shall take corrective
active the advise the Airworthiness Division, Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal
of the action taken.
Note:
1. The Director General may withdraw, suspend or vary the certificate of Approval of
the organization if he is satisfied that the condition required for approval are not
being maintained.
2. A Certificate of Approval may be varied or withdrawn at the request of an
organization.
3. The organization shall surrender the Certificate of Approval to the Airworthiness
Division, Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal if it permanently ceases to engage in the
activities for which the approval was granted.
6
SECTION D
APPROVAL PROCEDURES
CHAPTER D.4 ISSUE 1
OCTOBER 1982
TRAINING COURSES AND TRAINING ORGANIZATIONS
1. GENERAL
1.1 This chapter prescribes conditions for the grant, extension and renewal of a
Certificate of Approval to a training organization providing courses of instruction
for trainees requiring aircraft maintenance technician licences and/or licence
ratings.
1.2 The grant of a Certificate of Approval or Letter of Approval to a single course

intended for the instruction of licence holders or licence applicants is also covered
in this chapter.
1.3 Applicants for the issue of a basic licence without type rating may, in accordance
with Anex-1 to the Convention, have the required experience reduced from three
years to two years if they have completed and approved course of ab initio
training (see paragraph 3.1 of Chapter F.3 of these Requirements).
1.4 For the grant of licence ratings on the more complex types of aircraft and aircraft
components, it is mandatory that the applicant shall have successfully completed
an approved course.
2. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRANT OF APPROVAL FOR AB INITIO TRAINING
2.1 A training organization providing ab initio courses for aircraft maintenance

technicians/engineers shall provide the Director General, with written evidence
that:
a) There is a properly qualified and experienced Chief Instructor with authority

for the organization and control of all training and training staff to ensure that
training will be carried out in a satisfactory manner.
b) There are properly qualified and experienced instructors who have themselves
been trained in the subjects on which they will instruct.
c) There is adequate accommodation for the training to be given, including
suitable workshop facilities for practical training and administrative offices
with heating, lighting and noise insulation to acceptable standards. Suitable
arrangements must be made for cleaning and maintenance.
1
d) The full syllabus prescribed in Appendix-1 to Chapter F.3 of these
Requirements, as appropriate to the particular categories of licences, will be
covered during the ab initio training.
Note: This does not preclude additional material being included if the training
organization deems it necessary.
e) The course will not be less than two years in duration and a minimum of fifty
percent of the training time will be spent on practical training.
Note: The I.C.A.O. Training Manual, Part D-1, Aircraft Maintenance Technician, Type
II and Type I, should be used as a guideline by the training organization.
f) The instructors and trainee shall have access to a library containing sufficient
technical textbooks and manuals for study of the full curriculum of the course,
and shall be loaned or issued with textbooks, lecture notes, manuals and
diagrams covering the subject matter. Lecture notes, diagrams, manuals and
other training material supplied shall be accurate at the time they are loaned or
issue to the trainee. A nominated person shall be responsible for keeping the
training material in the library up to date.
g) There are sufficient teaching facilities, audio-visual training aids,
demonstration equipment and component specimens, to facilitate complete
comprehension of the instruction given.
h) Workshop shall be provided with basic equipment and tools appropriate to the
training being given. Instructional equipment, airframes, engines and
components sufficient to support the practical training specified in the
approved syllabus, shall be provided. Instructional equipment shall reasonably
up to date and appropriate to the licence category, and such as to enable the
experience requirements of Chapter F.3 to be met.
i) There shall be written examinations held at the conclusion of each section or
phase of the training. Examination papers in use shall cover the complete
syllabus or section of the syllabus concerned. The actual papers in the
particular examination shall be prepared by the person nominated to act as a
training supervisor, who must be other than the instructor of the subject, and
the examinations will be held under his direct supervision.
2.2 A training organization which has applied for approval of an ab initio course and
submitted the evidence required by 2.1, may be granted a Certificate of Approval
if it is inspected by an authorized person from the Airworthiness Division who
establishes that:
a) The premises are clean and suitable,

b) The facilities are adequate for training to the standard required by the syllabus.
c) The instructors know their subjects and are experienced and sufficiently skilled
in instructional technique.
d) The library is adequate and all manuals in it are fully amended up to date.
2
3. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRANT OF APPROVAL FOR SINGLE COURSES AND
TYPE COURSES
3.1 An organization proposing to conduct a course of instruction on a particular

aircraft type, aircraft system or aircraft component, may apply to the Director
General, for the course to be approved. The application should be accompanied
by:
a) The name, qualification and experience of the instructor nominated to conduct

the course.
b) A description of the accommodation provided for classrooms, demonstrations
areas and administrative offices with heading, lighting and noise insulation to
acceptable standards.
Note: Suitable arrangements must be provided for cleaning and maintenance.
c) A copy of the detailed course syllabus and lesson plan for the proposed
course. The syllabus must be compatible with the licence examination
requirements for the particular type of aircraft, aircraft system or aircraft
component. The lesson plan shall show details of both classroom training
periods and visits to relevant items of equipment for demonstration purposes.
d) A list of teaching and demonstration facilities, audio-visual training aids
maintained to a satisfactory standard, and other facilities to be used during the
course to facilitate complete comprehension of the instruction given.
e) A copy of the training notes or training manual with diagrams, charts and
graphs to be used for the training.
f) The duration of the course and the proposed starting and finishing dates.
g) Written progress examinations to be held at the conclusion of each section or
phase of training. Examination papers in use shall cover the complete syllabus
or section of the syllabus concerned. The actual paper of the final examination
at the conclusion of the training programme shall be prepared by the person
nominated to act as training supervisor, who must be other than the instructor
of the subject, and the examination should be held under his direct supervision.
3.2 The Director General will require that the course be monitored, in whole or in
part, by an authorized person from the Airworthiness Division. The grant of
approval will be dependent on a favourable report on the actual conduct of the
course.
4. GRANT OF APPROVAL
4.1 Approval of a training organization to conduct ab initio training or repetitive type

courses will be granted by issue of a Certificate of Approval and an associated
Schedule of Conditions.
4.2 Approval of a single course which will not necessarily be repeated will be signified
by issue of a Letter of Approval to the organization arranging the course.
3
4.3 Any organization conducting an approved course shall issue each successful
trainee with a certificate showing the following information:
a) the name of the organization issuing the certificate,

b) the title of the course,
c) the approval status of the course,
d) the commencement and finishing dates of the course,
e) the full name of the trainee,
f) the examination percentages obtained during progress and final examinations.
4.4 Where, a course certificate is issued it shall be in a format as shown in Form D.4.1
of Appendix 1 to this Chapter D.4.
4.5 A course certificate shall not be issued to any trainee who attended less than 80%
of the course. A daily attendance record shall be maintained for each trainee and
held available for inspection on request by an authorized person from the
Airworthiness Division.
4.6 A course certificate issued to any trainee who secures less than 70% of marks in
all progress examinations conducted during the training period will not be
recognized for licensing purposes. Trainees' examination papers shall be preserved
for six months following the conclusion of each course and shall be made available
for inspection on request by an authorized person from the Airworthiness
Division.
5. EXTENSION AND RENEWAL OF APPROVAL
5.1 An organization already approved to conduct certain courses may apply to

conduct additional courses and such approval may be granted when the Director
General is satisfied that the required conditions will be met.
5.2 A Certificate of Approval to a training organization will normally be valid for one
year but may be renewed if the Director General is satisfied that the required
conditions for grant of approval have been maintained. For this purpose any
changes in staff, syllabi or facilities shall be notified to the Director General.
4
6. FOREIGN TRAINING ORGANIZATIONS
6.1 Training organizations outside Nepal or single courses of instruction conducted by

such organizations, may be approved by the Director General provided the
requirements for approval of such courses are met.
6.2 If approval of a course or training organizations outside Nepal is requested by a

Nepalese operator, all expenses incurred in granting such approval shall be borne
by that operator.
5

(Name of the Training Organization)
"COURSE CERTIFICATE"
Mr
has successfully completed the approved

Course of Training covering
..
(Ab-initio Course or Aircraft Type//Aircraft Systems/ Aircraft Component Course)
from to
... .
Instructor Chief Instructor
Examination Mark %
Course S/N
1
NCAR, Chapter D.4 Issue 1, March 2002
SECTION D
APPROVAL PROCEDURES
CHAPTER D.5 ISSUE 1
APRIL 1983
PERIODS BETWEEN OVERHAULS AND

COMPONENT LIFE LIMITATIONS
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 This chapter prescribes the standards applicable for the control of the periods in
service of aircraft and aircraft components.
1.2 All aircraft and their components are subject to periodic or occasional inspections
to assess their fitness to continue to fly. Some components may, if found
satisfactory on inspection, continue in service indefinitely: other components
require periodic dismantling and reconditioning: a few items have finite "safe lives"
after which they must be scrapped.
2. DEFINITIONS
2.1 OVERHAUL - The complete dismantling, inspection, reconditioning,

reassembling and testing of a component to restore it to a fully airworthy
condition.
2.2 HARD TIME MAINTENANCE - Minor or major maintenance, including

overhaul, which is performed at predetermined intervals of time in service,
calendar time, operational cycles or number of landings.
2.3 ON CONDITION - Components which are maintained "On Conditioned" are not
subject of hard time overhaul. Instead the necessity for overhaul or other remedial
action is determined by visual inspection, measurement of observation of
performance during flight, and tests made in situ or on a test bench.
2.4 CONDITION MONITORED MAINTENANCE - Applicable only if failure of a

component will not have a direct adverse effect on operating safety, condition
monitoring is a maintenance system where the necessity for remedial action, such
as overhaul, is determined in accordance with statistical reliability monitoring of a
quantity of like components spared over an aircraft fleet.
2.5 SAFE FATIGUE LIFE - A structure which is so designed that after the failure
during operation of part of the primary structure, there is sufficient strength and
stiffness in the remaining primary structure to permit continued operation of the
aircraft for a limited period.
1
NCAR, Chapter D.5 Issue 1, April 1983
2.6 SCARAP LIFE - Also known as ultimate or retirement life, this is period of time
in service, engine running cycles or other prescribed units of measurement at
which a component must be completely removed from service. In particular a
scrap life is established for the rotating components or gas turbines to reduce the
risk of catastrophic failure from fatigue caused by cycles of mechanical or thermal
stress.
2.8 T.B.O. - This is an abbreviation of 'Time Between Overhauls' and relates to hard
time prescriptions for the overhaul of engines and other components.
3. AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE
3.1 Aircraft structure, including parts where access for inspection is difficult, shall be
inspected at the intervals approved in the aircraft Maintenance Schedule and at
any other time when there is cause to suspect that damage may have occurred
from overload, fatigue or corrosion.
3.2 Aircraft structural parts for which a safe fatigue life has been specified by the State
of Manufacture or by the aircraft manufacturer shall not be flown when this life
has expired unless an approved modification to extend the safe life is embodied.
The aircraft operator shall maintain records of time prescribed safe is not
exceeded.
3.3 If a structural component is transferred from one aircraft to another, the time in
service, number of landings and other relevant data accumulated on the first
aircraft shall be recorded in the aircraft logbook of the aircraft to which it is
transferred. The safe life, if applicable, shall then be calculated according to the
total time in service or number of landings of the component.
3.4 Structural members of aircraft certificated as fail safe (or damage tolerant) shall be
inspected periodically for the onset of fatigue cracking, corrosion or other time
related damage. If the aircraft type is a type for which the State of Manufacture
has required that a structural integrity audit be made and this has resulted in the
issue of an Inspection Document or Airworthiness Directive, the requirement of
the State of Manufacture shall be applied in Nepal.
Note: Any serious structural damage arising from corrosion or fatigue is a "Reportable
Defect" and shall be reported in accordance with Chapter C.9 of these
Requirements.
4. AIRCRAFT ENGINES
4.1 The aircraft operator shall ensure that engine parts, such as compressor and
turbine discs, which are subject to a scrap life do not remain in service beyond the
prescribed scrap life. The scrap life prescribed by the State of Manufacture of the
engine manufacturer is mandatory and must never be exceeded.
2
4.2 If a hard time T.B.O. is prescribed for an engine type by the State Manufacture or
by the engine manufacturer, the engine shall be overhauled when this time is
expired unless otherwise approved by the Director General. However the Director
General may required that engines subjected to unfavourable operating conditions
be overhauled more frequently than recommended by the engine manufacturer.
4.3 All engine accessories shall be considered part of the engine for determining the
time at which they must be overhauled unless the engine manufacturers or the
Director General specified otherwise.
4.4 Piston engines shall be overhauled in accordance with the engine manufacturer's
recommendations and the procedures given in Leaflets EL/3-1 to EL/3-8 of Civil
Aircraft Inspection Procedures published by the United Kingdom C.A.A. Piston
engine T.B.O. s may also be extended subject to the Director General's approval,
in accordance with Leaflet EL/315 of C.A.I.P.
4.5 Turbine engines for which a hard time T.B.O. is prescribed may qualify for an
extended T.B.O. if the Director General is satisfied that adequate technical
justification has been provided. The justification shall take the form of detailed
reports of the condition of engines from Nepalese aircraft compiled by the
organization overhauling the engines, and reports submitted by the operator giving
detailed histories of each engine of the type since it was last overhauled. The
historical report shall list each reportable defect experienced and provide evidence
that every applicable Airworthiness Directive or Mandatory Modification has been
embodied. On submission of acceptable data to meet this requirement, the
Director General may approve an escalation programme to establish a new, safe
T.B.O. for the engine type.
4.6 Engines for which on condition maintenance has been approved by the F.A.A. of
United States of America or the C.A.A. of the United Kingdom may be approved
for on condition maintenance in Nepal only if the engine condition will be
monitored by the same procedures used by the appropriate operators of the United
States of America or United Kingdom, and that prescribed scrap lives for
components will be strictly observed.
Note: Monitoring may entail recording detailed performance measurements during flight and
ground testing, and inspecting the internal condition with precision viewing equipment
such as borescopes.
5. PROPELLERS
5.1 Unless otherwise approved by the Director General, the T.B.O. of a variable pitch
propeller shall be that recommended by the aircraft manufacturer or, in the
absence of such a recommendation, that recommended by the propeller
manufacturer.
5.2 If the T.B.O of a propeller in service has not expired after 5 years, the propeller
shall be removed for inspection by an organization approved to overhaul the
propeller type. The inspection shall be that specified in paragraph 5.4.
3
5.3 If a variable-pitch propeller has been stored for 5 years, or has a combined service
and storage life of 5 years, it shall be inspected by an appropriately approved
organization as specified in paragraph 5.4.
5.4 Any inspection made in accordance with paragraph 5.2 of 5.3 shall include:
a) Dismantling the propeller sufficiently to enable the hub, hub spider, blade
bearings, races and blade roots to be visually inspected for corrosion and
general condition.
b) Renewal of all seals and gaskets.
c) If fitted, checking condition of de-icer boots.
d) Blending out nicks on blades and checking that the manufacturer's damage
limits have not been exceeded.
e) Verifying that there has been compliance with all applicable Airworthiness
Directives.
f) Reassembly of propeller in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
6. COMPONENT T.B.O. s
6.1 For all components other than engines, propellers or structural components, the
approved Maintenance Schedule shall specify whether the necessity for overhaul
shall be determined by hard time, on condition maintenance or condition
monitored maintenance.
6.2 The operators responsible to ensure that components with hard time T.B.Os do
not exceed the T.B.O. recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the
Director General. The T.B.O. may be in terms to Time in Service, number of
landings, numbers of cycles as appropriate.
7. APPROVAL OF OVERHAUL PERIODS
7.1 Periods between overhauls, or other criteria for determining the necessity for
overhaul, must be specified in the Maintenance Schedule for the aircraft type. The
procedure for approval of an original schedule, or for alterations to a schedule,
must be in accordance with Chapter C.4 of these Requirements.
7.2 The Director General may grant approval for extension of a T.B.O., or a different
method of determining the necessity for overhaul, if an adequate justification for
the change is submitted for evaluation. Before granting approval, The Director
General may require further evidence such as defect statistics, test reports etc.
4
SECTION D
APPROVAL PROCEDURES
CHAPTER D.6 ISSUE 1
NOVEMBER 1994
WELDERS
1. GENERAL
1.1 This chapter is applicable to persons who weld parts which are essential to the
Airworthiness of an aircraft where the making of a sound joint by the welding
process depends largely on the competency of the operator.
1.2 Welders will be approved in accordance with the requirements of this Chapter and
Appendix 1.
1.3 This Chapter prescribes also the responsibilities of the approved welders and of
the approved organizations employing them.
2. WELDER'S APPROVAL
2.1 An applicant for the issue or renewal of a welder's approval shall:
a) be employed by an approved organization who shall ensure that the applicant

has passed School Leaving Certificate examination, is able to read, write and
converse in the English language and not suffering from any disability likely to
affect his technical skill or judgement.
b) provide evidence of his qualifications and practical experience in welding.
c) satisfactorily complete the appropriate test samples and meet the examination
requirements specified in Appendix 1.
2.2 Applicants for the issue or renewal of welder's approval shall be made and
submitted to the Airworthiness Division, Aviation Safety Directorate, Civil
Aviation Authority of Nepal. Details of the qualifications and practical experience
in welding shall be submitted with the application.
2.3 Approvals are granted with specific ratings of metal groups and welding processes
and with restrictions prescribing the type of welding work that may be undertaken
(e.g. sheet to sheet, tube to tube). The metal groups and welding processes are
given in Appendix 1.
2.4 Approvals are granted with a validity period of twelve months maximum.
Note: The approvals granted to a welder when in the employ of an Approved Organization
will be invalidated automatically if the welder leaves that organization. The Approved
Organization shall inform the Airworthiness Division whenever an approved welder
leaves the Organization.
1
2.5 The holder of a welder's approval is approved to certify for completion of work
provided:
a) the approval in valid and appropriate for the type of material and welding
process used.
b) the work consists solely of welding.
c) that where necessary the welding process followed and the material used
comply with approved data or design documents specified for the work.
d) the certification in only made in respect of the quality of the welding and of the
fact that an approved process has been followed.
Note: an approved welder is not permitted to certify the welded parts unless approved as a
person competent to issue a Certificate of Compliance.
3. PROCEDURES FOR THE ISSUE OF APPROVAL
3.1 The approved organization employing the welder shall make arrangements for the
welder to prepare and weld test samples in accordance with the requirements
specified in Appendix 1.
3.2 The approved organization shall arrange to submit the test samples to an
Approved Test Organization for examinations together with full particulars of the
welder concerned, materials and welding processes used, test sample figure
numbers and identification marks on the test samples.
3.3 When the welder has made an application and after the test results furnished by the
Approved Test Organization are found satisfactory the Civil Aviation Authority of
Nepal may then issue a Welder's Approval to the welder for the materials and
welding processes used and prescribing any restriction.
4. PROCEDURES FOR THE RENEWAL OF APPROVAL
Note: Should approval be sought for a rating (material and welding process used) or restriction
different from that already granted, the procedures for the issue of approval as detailed in
paragraph 3 shall be followed.
4.1 The approved organization employing the welder shall arrange for renewal
examinations of the welder's competency for each of the approved
rating/restriction combination.
4.2 To ensure continuity of a welder's approval the renewal examination should be

carried out before the expiry date of the approval, but not more than two months
before the expiry date. The examination should be scheduled so that the results
can be known before the approval expires.
4.3 At each renewal examination, the approved organization shall make arrangement
for the welder to prepare and weld an appropriate test sample in accordance with
the requirements specified in Appendix 1.
2
4.4 The approved organization shall arrange to submit the test sample to an Approved
Test Organization for examination together with full particulars of the welder
concerned material and welding process used, test sample figure number and
identification marks on the test sample.
4.5 When the welder has made an application and after the test results furnished by the
Approved Test Organization are found satisfactory, the Civil Aviation Authority
of Nepal may then renew the welder's approval.
4.6 If the test results are unsatisfactory the approved organization employing the
welder shall arrange for the renewal examination to be repeated immediately and
the test sample sent to an Approved Test Organization for examination. After
these unsatisfactory test results are known and before the results of the repeated
renewal examination are known the welder shall not weld parts that are essential
to the Airworthiness of an aircraft. If the test results of the repeated renewal
examination are satisfactory, the welder's approval may than be renewed.
Note: If however, the test results of the repeated renewal examination are again
unsatisfactory the welder's approval shall be suspended until further training and/or
experience has been gained to the satisfaction of the approved organization, and a
further examination has been satisfactorily completed.
5. TEST REPORTS FROM APPROVED TEST ORGANIZATIONS
5.1 The Approved Test Organization examining the test samples shall send a copy of
all test reports to the Airworthiness Division of Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal.
The test reports shall detailed the test results and indicate also the date of receipt
of the test samples and the date when testing is completed.
6. RECORDS
6.1 The approved organization employing approved welder's shall maintain a register
of the welder's approvals as well as the records required in paragraphs 6.2 and 6.3
and shall keep copies of all test reports.
6.2 In relation to each approval (rating/restriction combination) issued, records shall

be kept to indicate:
a) the date of preparation of the test sample.

b) the name of the authorized person supervising the preparation.
c) the name of the Approved Test Organization to which the test sample has been
sent for examination.
d) the data the test sample has been sent to the Approved Test Organization.
e) the date the test report was received.
f) the test report reference.
3
6.3 In relation to the renewal of approvals, records shall be kept for the information
required in paragraph 6.2 and, in addition, to indicate:
a) the scheduled date for the next renewal examination.

b) the period of suspension of approval, if any.
Note: Records for all renewal examinations whether satisfactory or unsatisfactory, shall
be kept.
6.4 All records shall be made available to the Airworthiness Division of the Civil
7. CHECKS BY THE CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY OF NEPAL
7.1 The Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal may select samples of approved welder's
work at any time for additional check examination purposes.
4
Appendix-1
EXAMINATION REQUIREMENTS
1. Metal Groups and Welding Processes
1.1 Welder's approvals are granted for the following metal groups and welding
processes:
Metal Groups
1 - Aluminum alloys
2 - Magnesium alloys
3 - Low carbon steels
4 - Corrosion and heat resisting steels
5 - Nickel alloys
6 - Copper alloys
7 - Titanium alloys
Welding Processes
1 - Gas (Oxy - acetylene, etc.)
2 - Braze welding (Oxy - gas)
3 - Metal arc (flux coated consumable electrode)
4 - TIG (tungsten - arc inert gas sheilded)
5 - MIG (metal - arc inert gas shielded - consumable electrode)
6 - Plasma - arc
1.2 Other metal groups and welding processes may be considered by the Civil
2. Type of Test Samples
2.1 The standard test samples are as follows:
A. Sheet to sheet butt weld.

B. Sheet to tube tube weld.
C. Tube to tube weld.
Note:
1. Approval will be limited to welding material from the specified metal group using the
specified process. The selection of test samples to be welded by the applicant will further
determine any restrictions to an approval in respect of the type of work to be undertaken.
2. On application to the Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal other test samples may be used if
they would be more relevant to the work normally undertaken.
1
2.2 The test sample shall be prepared by the applicant under the direct supervision of a
supervisor. The supervisor will examine the dimensions, preparation and fitting of
the test samples, and ensure that the required materials and process are used and
that the test samples are completed in accordance with the requirements of
paragraph 3.3.
Note: The supervisor shall be a person authorized by the Approved Organization to supervise
welder's preparation of test specimens.
2.3 Additional test samples may be used if the applicant is not satisfied with the
quality of the weld. The test samples shall be submitted complete and suitably
identified to an Approved Test Organization for examination.
3. Welding of Test Samples
Note: Irrespective of the type of test samples, completed welds shall not be dressed, hammered or sand
blasted. Light tapping with a hammer to remove scale deposits is acceptable. Flux shall be
removed by standard procedures.
3.1 A Test Sample:
The edges of the sheet to be welded may be chaffered when thicker than 1.5 mm
sheet is used. Edge preparation is not necessary for aluminium alloys thinner than
2.5 mm. The welding shall be performed with the test piece flat and by forehand
welding from one side only using the correct filler rod, flux or shielding gas as
applicable.
3.2 B Test Sample:
A 12 mm diameter hole shall be drilled in the centre of each end plate prior to
welding. The end plates may be positioned by tack welds. The first weld shall be
completed by working around the test piece with the end plate flat on the bench
and the tube vertical. The second weld shall be completed by working under and
over the test piece with the tube horizontal and not moved during the welding
process.
3.3 C Test Sample:
The tubes shall be prepared, assembled in a jig and tack welded. The assembly is
then to be removed from the jig and mounted in a vertical position with the 150
mm long tube vertical and 75 mm long tube (at 45 degree) at the top. The welding
shall not be moved from this position until all welds are completed. The welding
of the lower tube shall not be made until all welds are completed. The welding of
the lower tube shall be made by working around the test piece and the other welds
by overhead welding and working around the test piece.
4. Cutting Test Specimens
4.1 Test specimens shall be out from test samples by an Approved Test Organization
in accordance with the appropriate figures.
2
5. Specimen Examination
5.1 Assessment of a weld shall be based on consideration of the sample weld as a

whole, including the results obtained by visual, microscopical, and where
applicable, mechanical testing. If any doubt exists regarding the quality of the
weld, or any defect revealed is thought to be of a local character, further sections
should be examined and final assessment shall be based on all the specimens
examined.
Note: "A" test specimens shall be subjected to tensile and bend tests "C" test specimens shall
be subjected to tensile test.
5.2 The micro test specimen shall be examined at suitable magnifications in the
unetched and etched conditions.
5.3 The presence of intergranular oxide films is considered to be detrimental to be

weld due to their embritling effect, but the extent of these films is very difficult to
determine in etched specimens. If the area of intergranular oxide is only very slight
and satisfactory results are obtained by mechanical testing, further sections of the
weld shall be examined before a decision is reached.
5.4 Where fillet welds are concerned, unless complete fusion is required by the
drawing, a certain degree of lack of fusion is permissible at the roots:
a) For fillet welds of 450 or more, the maximum lack of fusion which can
normally be accepted is that revealed by a line of oxide extending from the
root of the weld for a distance not greater than one-third of that between the
root and the labs of the weld. Provided the amount of weld material used has
been adequate, this method of assessment should ensure that the effective
throat thickness of the weld is not less than the thickness of the sheets or tubes
used for the specimens.
b) For fillet welds at acute angles as 300, complete peneration in the root of
tubular sections is difficult to achieve and there is a danger of collapse of the
tube walls if excessive penetration is attempted. The presence of a fairly large
cavity, or corresponding lack of fusion, is permissible at the root of such welds
but there should be a bridge of weld metal and reasonable throat depth,
showing satisfactory fusion to the basic metal.
5.5 Sheet to Sheet Butt Welds:
The section must be free from excess oxidation, burning cracks, cavitation,
porosity, scale and slag. The specimen must show adequate penetration when the
underside of the weld is examined. If excessive penetration occurs along the entire
length of the weld the specimen must be rejected, but isolated excrescences on the
underside are permissible, provided the weld itself is free from cavities, oxide
films, and other defects.
3
5.6 Tube to Sheet and Tube Welds:
The specimen must show adequate penetration and freedom from excess
oxidation, cracks, cavitation, porosity, scale and slag.
6. Mechanical Testing of Specimens
6.1 Tensile Test:
6.1.1 Tensile test specimens shall be tested to destruction in direct tension. The
ultimate stress (calculated on the minimum area of cross section of the
specimen, i.e. ignoring the increase in thickness due to welding) and the
location of the break shall be recorded. Tube to tube weld specimens shall
be broken in a tensile test machine fitted with suitable shackles and pins,
the pins being passed through the top and bottom cross tubes of the
specimens, to that the tensile load may be applied without bending the
specimens.
6.1.2 A weld will be considered satisfactory when the failure occurs in the parent
metal. A test piece failings at the toe of the weld or in the weld material
can only be considered satisfactory if the ultimate stress is found to exceed
the minimum tensile strength of the parent metal as given is the appropriate
material specification, and if the fracture surfaces are free from defects
such as cracking, bio wholes, excessive porosity or inclusions. No
evidence of lack of adhesion such as the peeling away of the filler metal
shall be apparent.
6.2 Bend Test:
6.2.1 Bend test specimen shall be tested in bending so that the weld lies along
the centre line of the bend and the weld face (the side from which the
welding was performed) is on the outside of the bend.
6.2.2 To ensure the close contact of the specimen to the bar about which it is
bent, the side of the specimen away from the weld face should be dressed
down by filing or grinding until the weld is level with the parent metal. The
edge of the specimen in the vicinity of the weld should be given reasonable
radii.
6.2.3 Austenitic steel specimens must be given the "weld decay" pickling test
prescribed in the relevant specification or in accordance with British
standard 5903 prior to the bend test.
Note:
1. In the event the bend test details exceed distortion limits of the parent material,
the bend limitations of the parent material shall be used.
2. Special test requirements may be specified by the Director General..
4
6.2.4 A bend test will be considered satisfactory if the test specimen with-stands
the bending without developing cracks visible to the unaided eye.
Note: If interpretation of the bend test results is in doubt, comparison may be made
with the bend test performance of a separate sample of the parent material
from which the test speciments were prepared.
5
SECTION D
Approval Procedures
CHAPTER D.7 ISSUE 5
SEPTEMBER 2011
NON-DESTRUCTIVE TEST PERSONNEL
1. Introduction
This Chapter prescribes,
(a) The requirements for the grant of an approval to undertake nondestructive testing of
aircraft, components or equipment.
(b) The responsibilities of approved non-destructive testing personnel in respect of

inspections on parts of an aircraft or its components and equipment, the failure of which
could jeopardize the safety of an aircraft.
2. Definitions
Certificate of Competency - A certificate issued by CAA Nepal to perform specialized

processes such as NDT, which may affect the airworthiness of an aircraft.
NDT - LEVEL I - defines the level of competency required by the applicant to have the
skills and knowledge to process parts, any necessary preparation of parts before or after
inspection and perform equipment standardization in accordance with written
instruction approved by the appropriate level 3.
Note: Level-I qualification does not entitle a person for issue of Certificate of
Competency.
NDT - LEVEL II - defines the level of competency required by the applicant for
certification of NDT Level II calls for in-depth training, experience, and basic knowledge
of aircraft product manufacturing and inspection technology. He will be capable of
setting up and calibrate test equipment, make decision and judgment, evaluate, interpret
and certify inspection result in technique in which he is qualified.
NDT - LEVEL III- defines the level of competency required by the applicant for
1
NCAR, Chapter D.7 Issue 05, September 2011

certification of NDT Level III should have the skills and knowledge to interpret
codes, standards and other contractual documents that control the NDT method(s) as
utilized by the employer. He will be capable of selecting, preparing and verifying the
adequacy of procedures in the method certified and technique for a specific inspection.
He will also be capable of providing or directing training, examination and certification of
personnel in the method in which he is certified.
3. Applicability
No person will carry out specialized processes such as Non-Destructive Testing (NDT) of
aircraft structures, aircraft parts, engine parts unless issued with Certificate of Competency
(C of C) by CAA Nepal.
4. Non-Destructive Testing
4.1 Requirements for issue of C of C
No person will carry out and certify NDT inspection on an aircraft/aircraft engine or
its component unless issued with Certificate of Competency for specific NDT
techniques by CAA Nepal.
The C of C may be issued in one or more of the following NDT techniques: -
a) Magnetic Particle Inspection (MPI)
b) Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection (FPI)
c) Eddy Current Inspection (ECI)
d) Ultrasonic Inspection (UI)
e) Radiography (RI)
Note - NDT technique(s) not covered above shall be referred to CAA Nepal.
4.2 Qualification
The applicant shall have passed at least
a) Diploma in Science or Engineering with Physics and Mathematics; or
b) Graduate in engineering/any other equivalent qualification acceptable to CAA Nepal;

and
2

c) Should hold at least Level II competency in each relevant NDT technique
d) With respect to para 4.2.(c) CAA Nepal will accept European Standard EN473
/EN4179 qualifications or equivalent such as NAS 410
4.3 Experience
4.3.1. The applicant shall have minimum of 6 months experience in past 24 months
in relevant NDT technique; of which three months must be recent experience.
4.3.2. In case a candidate does not fulfill requirements stated in 4.3.1, the candidate is
subjected to proficiency test.
4.3.3. For amendment of C of C to cover additional technique the applicant shall have
acquired at least 3 months recent experience in respective NDT technique .
5. Issue of C of C in NDT
An applicant desirous of obtaining C of C shall apply to CAA Nepal on prescribed form.

On being satisfied that the applicant meets the requirements with regard to qualification,
experience, vision and skill he may be issued with a Certificate of Competency,
covering the relevant NDT technique by CAA Nepal.
5.1 Validity
The Certificate of Competency (C of C) for all types will be valid for a period not
exceeding 24 months at a time.
5.2. Renewal of C of C
The Certificate of competency may be renewed for a further period of 24 months at a

time provided the applicant:
a) Applies to CAA Nepal on a prescribed proforma for renewal of C of C, at least 15 days

prior to the date of expiry.
b) Shall have a minimum of Six months experience in the last 24 months.
c) Has satisfied the vision requirement for renewal of C of C for NDT.
d) Has undergone a refresher course at least once in 24 months.
e) Shall have the validity of Level II certificate.

3

f) Whenever the applicant fails to meet the renewal requirements CAA Nepal may
subject the applicant for additional tests/examination
6. General
6.1. Medical / Vision standards for C of C holders
a) Shall not have any physical disabilities, which impairs his normal functions as holder
of C of C. The examination must be on a periodic basis, not to exceed one year.
b)Normal Vision - an examination to assure near vision, of at least one eye, either
corrected or uncorrected, must be such that the employee can read SNELLEN
equivalent of 20/25 (Jaeger#2).
Distance vision, of at least one eye either corrected or uncorrected, must be equal to or
better than SNELLEN equivalent 20/30 (Jaeger#3).The examination must be on a
periodic basis, not to exceed one year.
c) Colour perception requirements- The applicant shall be required to demonstrate the

ability to perceive readily those colors the perception of which is necessary for the safe
performance of duties. The applicant shall be tested for the ability to correctly identify
a series of pseudoisochromatic plates (tables) in daylight or in artificial light of the same
color temperature such as that provided by the Illuminant "C" or "D" as specified by the
International Commission on Illumination (ICI). The examination must be on a periodic
basis, not to exceed five years.
6.2. Applicants who have acquired the educational and technical qualification as spelt out
above may apply through their organization to CAA Nepal. The experience claimed by
the applicant has to be authenticated by QCM after going through the applicants
logbooks. The application should be submitted in the prescribed form.
6.3. FEES - For issue/ renewal of C of C the applicable fees as per regulations shall be
paid.
6.4. Records
The applicant shall maintain certification records for as long as their certification is in effect.
Such records shall be available for audit. The records shall include, as a minimum:
a) Name of the individual certified;
b) Level, method, and techniques for which individual certified;

c) Date and expiration of current certification(s)
d) A summary of all previous NDT certifications;
e) Training history which identifies source, type of training, dates of training and course
hours;
f) Experience history, including any previous certifications, sufficient to justify

satisfaction of experience requirements for certification;
g) Results of the most-recent (i.e. current) visual acuity and color perception
examinations;
h) Extent and documentation of formal education, when used to meet qualification

requirements;
i) The name and signature of the employers representative authorizing the certification.
7. Privileges of Certificate of Competency holder
7.1. To carry out and issue certificate of release to service in respect of NDT work
performed.
8. Recertification for LEVEL- I, LEVEL - II and LEVEL-III
8.1 Level- I and Level- II personnel shall be re-certified at intervals not to exceed 60
months. Practical and specific examination equivalent to those required for initial
certification shall be administered for Level l and Level II. Certification is considered to
expire at the end of corresponding month in which the certification began.
8.2 Level-III personnel shall be re-certified at intervals not to exceed 60 months.

Recertification shall be accomplished in accordance with NAS 410, or by specific and
practical re-examination equivalent to initial certification.
9. Suspension/Cancellation of C of C
The CAA Nepal shall suspend, limit or revoke the Certificate of Competency where it
has identified a safety issue or if it has clear evidence that the person has carried
out or been involved in one or more of the following activities:
a) Obtaining C of C and/or the certification privileges by falsification of

submitted evidence.

b) Certifying without carrying out required NDT procedures combined with a
failure to report such fact.
c) Failing to report defects noticed during NDT procedures to responsible

person for repair action combined with failure to report such fact.
d) Failure to follow proper NDT Procedures.
e) Negligent application of NDT Procedures.
f) Falsification of the NDT record.
g) The issue of a Certificate of Release to Service for NDT work, knowing

that the NDT work specified on the Certificate of Release to Service ahs
not been carried out or without verifying that such NDT work has been
carried out.
h) Carrying out NDT work or issuing a Certificate of Release to Service for such
work when medically unfit or adversely affected by alcohol or drugs.

SECTION D
APPROVAL PROCEDURES
CHAPTER D.8 ISSUE 1
NOVEMBER 1994
MATERIALS AND PARTS
1. GENERAL
1.1 This chapter prescribes the requirements for the use of parts, components,
equipment and materials in maintenance, overhaul modification or replacement
work on aircraft components or equipment, the certification of such items by an
approved organization and the rejection of items which do not comply with these
requirements.
1.2 The parts, components, equipment of material, which comply with requirements of
this chapter are approved for the purpose of overhaul, repair, replacement or
modification of aircraft, components or equipment.
2. USE OF AIRCRAFT, PARTS, COMPONENTS, EQUIPMENT AND

MATERIALS
2.1 Before aircraft parts components, equipment or materials are used the person or
organization responsible for their use must ensure evidence is available that:
a) Such usage is approved in the relevant approved documents or data.
b) The item is serviceable, and either new, or unused since issue of the relevant
Authorized Released Certificate - Airworthiness Approval Tag.
c) The item has been procured from approved sources and is accompanied by either
an Authorized Release Certificate - Airworthiness Approval Tag or a document
otherwise approved by the Director General and which includes the necessary
information.
d) Items manufactured in Nepal have been manufactured in an appropriately
approved workshop and certified in accordance with approved procedures.
e) The item has been previously fitted to a Nepalese aircraft or removed from a
foreign civil aircraft in Nepal and overhauled, or inspected and repaired as
necessary, by an appropriately approved organization and certified in accordance
with approved procedures.
f) That approval has been obtained from the Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal prior
to the use of components, parts, equipment or materials that have been received
without the prescribed certification documents.
Note: Application for approval must include evidence that the items concerned are identical
with items presently specified in the relevant approved data or documents and they either
new or have been overhauled, inspected and repaired as necessary by an approved
person or organization in Nepal, and certified in accordance with approved procedures.
1
3. DISTRIBUTORSHIP OF AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS, PARTS, EQUIPMENT
AND MATERIALS
3.1 Aircraft components, parts, equipment and materials may only be distributed for
use on Nepalese aircraft by a person or organization holding a proper Certificate
of Approval. Each item being distributed to other persons or organizations shall be
accompanied by an Authorized Release Certificate - Airworthiness Approval Tag
which includes the required information.
3.2 The person issuing an Authorized Release Certificate - Airworthiness Approval
Tag shall ensure evidence is available that:
a) The item complies with the information stated on the Authorized Release
Certificate - Airworthiness Approval tag.
b) The item is serviceable.
c) Will substantiate any statement referring to the flight time or life of the item.
3.3 An Authorized Release Certificate - Airworthiness Approval Tag may be issued
for an item received from an approved source outside of Nepal provided the
person issuing the certification has established as far as possible that the
statements on the documents received with the goods are correct and any
endorsements on the documents are included on the certificate.
3.4 A new Authorized Release Certificate - Airworthiness Approval Tag shall be
issued for any item on which work has been completed whilst the item was in the
custody of the person or organization issuing the certificate. Details of the work
shall be included on the certificate which shall include the essential required
information.
3.5 A person or organization receiving parts, components, equipment or materials that
have been certified on an Authorized Release Certificate Airworthiness Approval
Tag or similar document, as complying with any data or documents and which
have been found to be unsuitable for aircraft use due to unserviceability,
manufacturing discrepancies, inadequate quality control during manufacture,
overhaul, repair, inspection or processing, deterioration, or contamination during
storage shall advise the Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal in writing of the
following.
a) A description of the items, including part, drawing specification or serial
numbers as applicable and where possible a parts catalogue reference.
b) The quantity received and quantity with discrepancies.
c) Details of the discrepancies.
d) Name of the person or organization, either in Nepal or overseas from whom
the items were received.
e) In respect of items not received direct from the manufacture any additional
details which could assist in tracing the history of the items, e.g. manufacturers
identification markings, the name and address of the person or organization
who issued earlier certificate, etc.

2
NEPALESE CIVIL AIRWORTHINESS REQUIREMENT
SECTION D
APPROVAL PROCEDURES
CHAPTER D.10 ISSUE 1
SEPTEMBER 1996
APPROVAL OF AIRBORNE GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEMS (GPS)

INSTALLATION IN AIRCRAFT FOR IFR OPERATION.
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 The purpose of this Requirement is to clarify current policy, and to provide the
basic criteria which must be satisfied before a Global Positioning System (GPS)
installation may be approved for Instrument Flight Rules (IFR) operation.
1.2 At present, GPS is accepted as a navigation aids only. It is not approved as a sole
means of navigation of the aircraft . It remains the responsibility of the pilot to
determine his position using approved Navigation Aids on board his aircraft.
2. APPROVAL CRITERIA
2.1 Stand alone airborne GPS equipment (i.e. a GPS system which has a dedicated
display and provides no signals to any other aircraft system) may be installed as
"non required equipment" ON a "no-hazard no-interference" basis. In order for the
installation to be approved, it must meet the following criteria :
a) the installation must be shown not to interfere with the operation of any other
equipment;
b) a means must be provided to indicate to the flight crew when the GPS receiver
has failed or is unable to perform position calculations. (any failure warning
provided as part of the normal GPS display will satisfy this requirement. This
requirement may also be satisfied by the provision of a warning light located in
a prominent position in clear view of the pilot.)
c) the installation must be in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and
limitations, or in a manner acceptable to the Director General.
d) the aircraft must be dependent on operational approval to clearly indicate that
navigation must not be predicated on the use of GPS, until such time that the
Dirctor General approves the equipment for that purpose.
e) the equipment must comply with FAA TSO-C129a Class A or equivalent and
meet installation requirement.
1
NCAR, Chapter D.10 Issue 1 , September 1996
f) a statement must be inserted into the relevant section of the Flight Manual
(radio limits page of equivalent) detailing any operating limitations and/or
restrictions applicable to the particular GPS system.
Note : Any Flight Manual supplement provided by the manufacturer must be included
in the approved Fflight Manual.
2.2 GPS system which provide signals or navigation information to other aircraft
systems, (including instruments or displays, or auto pilots, but excluding area
navigation systems), must, in addition to the above requirements, also comply with
the following :
(a) there must be a means provided to indicate to the flight crew the source of
the navigation systems data being supplied. The position of a selector
switch is not acceptable.
Note: Indications must be unambiguous, and must be provided for ALL sources of
navigation data which may be provided by other systems.
(b) if the GPS is coupled to the autopilot, the installation must not
compromise the requirements that (i) the Auto pilot be quickly disengaged
by the pilot to let him control the aircraft (ii) unless there is automatic
synchronization, each system must have a means to readily indicate to the
pilot the alignment of the actuating device in relation to the control system
it operates.
(c) an unambiguous means must be provided to indicate to the flight crew
when the GPS has failed or has reverted to dead reckoning mode. Where
the GPS supplies warning or status output to external annunciators then
these annunciators must be installed, and must be located in a prominent
position in clear view of the pilot.
(d) a statement must be inserted into the relevant section of the Flight Manual
detailing normal operating procedures (relating to the interface between
the aircraft and the GPS) as well as any operating limitations and/or
restrictions applicable to the particular GPS system. As a minimum, this
information would include any supplement supplied by the manufacturer,
and an entry on the Radio Limitations (or equivalent) page.
(e) equipment must comply with FAA TSO-C129a Classes B or C or
equivalent and meet installation requirements.
2.3 Multi Sensor Area Navigation Systems (RNAV)
A multi sensor area navigations system which utilizes a GPS sensor must, in
addition to the requirements of para 2.2.1, provide an unambiguous indication
when any sensor, including GPS, has failed or can not provide the accuracy
necessary for that phase of flight:
Note:- equipment must comply with FAA TSO-C129a Classes B or C or equivalent and meet
installation requirements.
2
3. APPROVAL PROCEDURE
GPS installation may be installed by personnel holding appropriate license, or by an

Authorized person. Depending on the installation involved, delegations for Radio,
Instrument, Electrical, Structures and Weight and Balance may be required.
3
SECTION E
MANUALS AND RECORDS
CHAPTER E.1 ISSUE 2

JANUARY 2009
DOCUMENTS TO BE CARRIED IN FLIGHT
1. GENERAL
1.1 This Requirement, pursuant to Article 29 of the Convention, prescribes the

documents to be carried on board Nepalese aircraft engaged in international
navigation.
1.2 The documents listed in paragraph 2 are also to be carried on board Nepalese
aircraft flying within the boundaries of Nepal.
2. PRESCRIPTION
2.1 The Pilot-in-Command of an aircraft shall not allow the aircraft to be flown unless
the following documents are valid and on board the aircraft.
a) The Certificate of Registration,

b) The Certificate of Airworthiness,
c) The approved Flight Manual,
Note: These docuements must be stowed in a suitable place accessible to the flight crew
in flight.
d) The appropriate licence for each member of the flight crew,
e) The Journey Log Book,
f) The Technical (Flight) Log,
Note: The Journey Log and the Technical (Flight) Log may be the same document.
g) The aircraft Mobile Radio Station Licence,
h) The Maintenance Release,
i) If the aircraft carries pasengers, a list of their names and places of embarkation
and destination,
j) If the aircraft carried cargo, a manifest and detailed declarations of the cargo,
k) If the aircraft carries dangerous goods, a list of such goods,
Note: Any such list must be specifically brought to the notice of the Pilot-in-Command
before the flight.
l) A Weight and Centre of gravity Schedule,

1
NCAR,Chapter E.1 Issue2, January 2009
Note: This should be included in the Flight Manual as a Weight and Balance
Supplement.
m) A Load Sheet stating the empty weight, fuel weight, crew and passenger
weights and cargo weight, and giving the actual take-off weight and calculated
landing weight.
n) A Trim Sheet shwoing the disposition of load and the Centre of Gravity
position for the laden aircraft.
o) The valid Insurance Policy.
p) A certified true copy of AOC for commercial aeroplanes
q) A certified true copy of validated noise ceretificate for international operation
2.2 For multi-engined aircraft it is also required that following documents be carried:
a) The approved Operations Manual,

b) The approved Minimum Equipment List,
Note: Normally incorporated in the Operations Manual.
c) Check lists for cockpit drills and emergency procedures, as specified in Flight
Operations Requirements, and current and suitable navigation charts, maps
and route guides.
3. RESTRICTION
3.1 The following documents must not be carried on the aircraft to which they relate:
a) The Aircraft, Engine and Propeller Log Books.

b) The duplicate copy of the Maintenance Release.
c) The duplicate copy of the Certificate of Fitness for Flight.
2
NCAR, Chapter E.1 Issue1, September1982
Amendment 2,April 2007
SECTION E
MANUALS AND RECORDS

CHAPTER E.2 ISSUE 4
JANUARY 2009
OPERATOR'S MAINTENANCE CONTROL MANUAL/

MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE MANUAL
1. GENERAL
1.1 Chapter C.1 of these Requirements prescribes that any organization performing
maintenance on aircraft or aircraft component shall be approved for the purpose.
The operator shall provide, for the use and guidance of maintenance and
operational personnel concerned, a maintenance control manual, acceptable to
Director General. The design of the manual shall observe human factors
principles.
1.2 Chapter D.1 of these Requirements prescribes the conditions for grant of
approval to a Maintenance Organization and requires that its organization and
procedures shall be detailed in a Maintenance Control Manual and if the
maintenance organization forms part of an aircraft operator's organization, it shall
be covered by the Operator's Maintenance Procedure Manual
1.3 This Requirements, in accordance with Annex-6 to the Convention, prescribes

that a Maintenance Control Manual or Maintenance Procedure Manual together
with all amendments and/or revisions to it, as applicable be provided by each
approved maintenance organization and it specifies the minimum content
required for approval of such a manual including any mandatory requirement
specified by the Director General.
1.4 Each approved maintenance organization shall ensure that there is provided, for
the use and guidance of maintenance and operational personnel concerned, an
approved Maintenance Control Manual or Maintenance Procedure Manual, as
applicable containing the information specified in paragraph 2.
1.5 The approved maintenance organization shall ensure that his Maintenance
Control Manual or Maintenance Procedure Manual, as applicable is amended or
revised as is necessary to keep the information contained therein up to date.
1.6 The approved maintenance organization shall ensure good maintenance practices
and compliance with the relevant requirements of Maintenance Control Manual
or Maintenance Procedure Manual.
1.7 Copies of all revisions and amendments of the Maintenance Control Manual or
Maintenance Procedure Manual shall be furnished promptly to all organizations
or persons to whom the manual has been issued.
1
NCAR, Chapter E.2 Issue 4, January, 2009
Amendment 1 14 July 2013
1.8 The Operator's approved Maintenance Control Manual or Maintenance
Procedure Manual, as applicable shall be designated on the Certificate of
Airworthiness for each aircraft.
1.9 The operator shall provide the state of operator and the state of registry with a
copy of the operator's maintenance control manual, together with all amendments
and/or to it and shall incorporate in it such mandatory materials as the state of
operator of the state of registry may require.
2. CONTENTS
2.1 An Operator's Maintenance Control Manual or Maintenance Procedure Manual

shall contain:
a) a description of the procedures required to ensure that:
1) each aeroplane is maintained in an airworthy condition;
2) the operational and emergency equipment necessary for the intended
flight is serviceable;
3) the Certificate of Airworthiness of each aeroplane remains valid;
b) a description of the administrative arrangements between the operator and the
approved maintenance organization;
c) a description of the maintenance procedures and the procedures for completing
and signing a maintenance release when maintenance is based on a system other
than that of an approved maintenance organization;
d) the names and duties of the person or persons employed to ensure that all
maintenance is carried out in accordance with the maintenance control manual;
e) a reference to the maintenance programme (refer to 6.4of this chapter);
f) a description of the methods used for the completion and retention of the
operator's maintenance records which show:
1) the total time in service (hours, calendar time and cycles, as appropriate) of the
aeroplane and all life-limited components;
2) the current status of compliance with all mandatory continuing airworthiness
information;
3) appropriate details of modifications and repairs to the aeroplane or its major
components;
4) the time in service (hours, calendar time and cycles, as appropriate) since
the last overhaul of the aeroplane or its components subject to a mandatory
overhaul life;
5) the current status of aeroplane's compliance with the maintenance
programme; and
6) the detailed maintenance records to show that all requirements for the
signing of a maintenance release have been met;
g) procedures for monitoring and assessing maintenance and operational
experience in order to improve the maintenance programme;
h) a description of the procedures for monitoring, assessing and reporting
maintenance and operational experience to the State of Registry (only applicable
to aeroplanes over 5 700 kg and helicopters over 2 730 kg maximum certificated
take-off mass);
2
i) a description of the procedures for complying with the service information
reporting requirements of Annex 8, Part II, 4.3.5 and 4.3.8;
j) a description of the procedures for assessing continuing airworthiness information
and recommendations available from the organization responsible for the type
design. Resulting actions considered necessary as a result of the assessment
shall be in accordance with a procedure acceptable to the State of Registry
(only applicable to aeroplanes over 5700 kg and helicopters over 2730 kg
maximum certificated take-off mass);
k) a description of the procedures for implementing action resulting from mandatory
continuing airworthiness information;
1) a description of establishing and maintaining a system maintaining
of analysis and continued monitoring and performance and efficiency of the
maintenance programmes, in order to correct any deficiency in that
programme (refer to 6.7 of this chapter);
m) a description of aircraft types and models to which the manual applies;
n) a description of procedures for ensuring that unserviceabilities affecting
airworthiness are recorded and rectified; and
o) a description of the procedures for advising the State of Registry of significant in-
service occurrences.
In Addition following description should be included in Operators Maintenance
Control Manual
i. Procedures to ensure that work interruptions do not adversely effect required
inspections.
ii. A general description of the organization's facilities.
iii. A general description of the scope of work authorized, under the
organization's terms of approval.
iv. Details of maintenance program to be followed, including procedures for
ensuring that all maintenance is performed when required or for obtaining an
approved concession in exceptional circumstances.
v. Methods used for designating critical items requiring inspections.
vi. Procedures for the recording and certification of maintenance including the
use of Technical (Flight) Logs and Aircraft, Engine and Propeller Log Books.
A description of the method used for the completion and retention of the
maintenance records.
vii. Procedures to ensure that required maintenance or inspections are handled by
appropriately trained, qualified and certificated/licensed personnel.
viii. Procedures for issue of a Maintenance Release, control of Maintenance
Release validity periods and identification of licensed engineers authorized to
issue.
ix. Procedures to ensure that inspections are completed satisfactorily before
aircraft are released to service.
x. Identification of the aircraft types operated and/or maintained and the
approved Maintenance Schedule for each type. Procedures for control and
amendment of Maintenance Schedules.
3
Note: For preference the Maintenance Schedule for each aircraft type should be included
in the manual.
xi. A description of the organization's maintenance procedures and quality
assurance systems of inspection. Details of any reliability and quality
assurance or quality control program operated by the Engineering
Department.
xii. Procedures for control of items subject to maintenance On Condition,
Condition Monitoring, fixed time overhaul lives (TBOs) or retirement lives,
and, if applicable, approved escalation programs.
xiii. A description of procedures whereby information on faults, malfunctions,
defects and other occurrences which cause or might cause adverse effect on
the continuing airworthiness of the aircraft is transmitted to the aircraft
manufacturer and to the Director General. The approved Minimum
Equipment List for each aircraft type.
xiv. Provision for unscheduled maintenance and rectification of defects when
aircraft are away from base.
xv. Procedures for receiving, assessing, amending and distributing within the
maintenance organization all the necessary airworthiness data from the type
certificate holder or type design organization including the implementation of
applicable Airworthiness Directives and manufactures' Service Bulletins.
xvi. Procedures for control and amendment of Nepalese Civil Airworthiness
Requirements, Flight Standards Notices, Manufacturers' Manuals, Flight
Manuals and for the issue of drawings, specifications, work sheets and
mandatory instructions.
xvii. Procedures for control of stores, including incoming goods inspection and
shelf life control.
xviii. Procedures for swinging compasses, weighing aircraft, ground running, etc.
xix. Procedures for ensuring periodic calibration of precision tools and test
equipment.
xx. Procedures for designing and obtaining approval of modification and repair
designs originated by the maintenance organization.
xxi. Procedures for control of special processes, e.g. anodizing, welding, heat
treatment, non-destructive testing, tests of safety equipment, etc.
xxii. Procedures for contracting out maintenance to foreign organizations, the
system for issuing directives on quality standards to be observed by such
organizations, and the procedure for inspecting and accepting work
completed by such organizations.
xxiii. Identification of forms used for recording and certification of maintenance.
Specimens of such forms should be included in the manual.
xxiv. A statement signed by the CEO confirming that the manual defines the
organization's procedures and associated personnel responsibilities and will
be complied with at all times. An organization chart showing the chain of
responsibility for maintenance management and quality assurance (control).
Key personnel shall be identified by name and their responsibilities be
defined by individual job descriptions
4
xxv. A definition of the duties and responsibilities of each section or workshop
of the Engineering Department. Instructions regarding communication
between sections, and procedures when passing work from one shift to the
next
3. PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING APPROVAL
3.1 An applicant for approval of an Operator's Maintenance Control Manual or

Maintenance Procedure Manual, as applicable must submit two copies of the
manual to the Airworthiness Inspection Division, Aviation Safety Department,
Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal. If approval is granted, one copy of the manual
will be returned, stamped and signed as approved by an authorized person.
3.2 After an Operator's Maintenance Control Manual or Maintenance Procedure

Manual is approved, any subsequent amendments must also be approved.
3.3 If new types of aircraft or equipment are required to be maintained or existing

aircraft are changed by modification or repair or the maintenance organization or
procedures are changed, an appropriate amendment to the Maintenance Control
Manual or Maintenance Procedure Manual, as applicable must be submitted for
approval.
5
SECTION E
MANUALS AND RECORDS

CHAPTER E.3 ISSUE 1
OCTOBER 1982
MANUFACTURERS' MANUALS AND TECHNICAL DATA
1. GENERAL
1.1 This chapter specifies the manufacturers' manuals and other technical data that
shall be held by each operator of Nepalese aircraft and by any maintenance
organization performing maintenance on Nepalese aircraft or aircraft components.
1.2 Chapters B.1 and B.2 of these Requirements prescribe the manufacturers' manuals
and technical data that must be submitted to the Director General by applicants
for a Type Certificate and/or a Certificate of Airworthiness for an imported
aircraft.
2. MANUALS AND DATA TO BE HELD BY AN AIRCRAFT OPERATOR
2.1 No owner or operator shall fly or maintain an aircraft unless he is holding copies
of:
a) the updated manufacturers' maintenance manuals covering the minor
maintenance of the aircraft type, including its engines and other components.
b) one Flight Manual for each aircraft in his fleet, plus a minimum of one
additional copy for each aircraft type. An approved Flight Manual, fully
amended up-to-date, must be on board every time an aircraft flies.
c) all Service Bulletins or equivalent documents issued by the manufacturer of
the aircraft and its aircraft components which are relevant to the aircraft or its
components.
d) all relevant Airworthiness Directives issued by the States in which the aircraft
or aircraft components are manufactured or by the Director General.
e) Nepalese Civil Airworthiness Requirements and Flight Standards Notices
issued by the Director General
Note: Copies must be issued to each licensed supervisor and inspector and must be
available in each technical section and each workshop.
f) the manufacturers' Illustrated Parts Catalogues for the aircraft and aircraft
components.
g) an approved Maintenance Schedule, as prescribed in Chapter C.4, for the
aircraft type.
h) if the aircraft is operated on air transport services, an approved Operators
Maintenance Procedure Manual as prescribed in Chapter E.2.
1
NCAR, Chapter E.3 Issue 1, October 1982
3. MANUALS AND DATA TO BE HELD BY AN MAINTENANCE
ORGANIZATION
3.1 No maintenance organization shall perform maintenance on an aircraft or aircraft

component unless it is holding:
a) the updated manufacturers' maintenance manuals, including overhaul and

repair manuals, appropriate to the maintenance to be performed,
b) items (c), (d), (e), (f) and (g) of paragraph 2.1.
c) Instructional data relating to the performance of particular maintenance tasks,
e.g. non-destructive testing, compass swinging, weighing aircraft, engine
testing, etc.
Note: It is recommended that each maintenance organization holds copies of:
i) Civil Aircraft Inspection Procedures, Parts I and II, published by the Civil
Aviation Authority of the United Kingdom.
ii) Aircraft Inspection and Repair, AC 43.13-1A, published by the Federal Aviation
Administration of the U.S.A.
3.2 If the maintenance organization forms part of an aircraft operator's organization,

it shall be covered by the Operator's Maintenance Procedure Manual specified in
paragraph 2.1 (h): if it is separate, its organization and procedures shall be
detailed in an Engineering Procedures Manual.
4. DISTRIBUTION AND RECENCY OF MANUALS AND DATA
4.1 An aircraft operator or approved maintenance organization shall ensure that

sufficient copies of each manual or other technical data are provided for all
technical staff to have ready access to a copy when needed for the performance of
maintenance.
4.2 All manufacturer's manuals and other technical data shall be maintained fully up-
to-date; all amendments must be received, evaluated and be incorporated
promptly.
4.3 All manufacturers' manuals and other technical data shall be subject to inspection
on request by an authorized person.
2
NCAR, Chapter E.3 Issue 1, October 1982
SECTION E
MANUALS AND RECORDS

CHAPTER E.4 ISSUE 1
NOVEMBER 1982
FLIGHT MANUALS
1. GENERAL
1.1 A Flight Manual is manual associated with, and forming part of, the Certificate of
Airworthiness. It prescribes the flight limitations within which the aircraft may be
considered airworthy, and instructions and information necessary to the flight
crew members for the safe operation of the aircraft.
1.2 The Flight Manual for each aircraft must be approved by the Director General
1.3 Aircraft for which a Certificate of Airworthiness is in force shall carry an

approved Flight Manual on each flight, except that the Director General may
exempt aircraft of simple design with a maximum weight not exceeding 2,800 kg.
from this Requirement if:
i) No Flight Manual was issued as part of the Certificate of Airworthiness by

the State of Manufacture, or
ii) The limitations, instructions and information are promulgated by some
document other than a Flight Manual.
2. CONTENT OF FLIGHT MANUAL
2.1 A Flight Manual shall contain all the information prescribed by these
Requirements and any other information which the Director General may require
to be included.
2.2 If applicable to the particular aircraft, a Flight Manual shall contain as a minimum,
the following information:
a) Identification of the engines by manufacturer and type.
b) Identification of the propellers by manufacturer, type, diameter and pitch
setting.
c) The specification of fuel to be used and the total and unusable capacities of
the fuel system.
d) The specification of oil to be used and capacity of each oil system.
e) The following operational limitations:
i) Restrictions on I.F.R., night operations and flight in icing conditions.
ii) Airspeed limitations.
1
NCAR, Chapter E.4 Issue 1, November 1982
iii) Manoeuvres permitted and manoeuvres prohibited.
iv) Weight and Centre of Gravity limitations.
v) Flight load factors.
vi) Powerplant limitations.
vii) Minimum flight crew and permitted total occupants.
viii) Smoking restrictions.
ix) Interpretation of placards and instrument markings.
f) Emergency procedures
g) Normal procedures:
i) Fuel system management
ii) Stalls
iii) Spinning
iv) Aerobatics
h) Performance
i) Climb
ii) Stalling speed
iii) Glide angle
iv) Take-off and landing
v) Maximum designated cross-wind component.
2.3 If embodiment of a modification or the installation or removal of equipment

results in variation of Flight Manual data, the Director General may require or
approve a supplement containing revised data to be added to the manual.
2.4 As required by Chapter C.6, a Weight and Balance Supplement must be added to
each Flight Manual to inform the flight crew (and other persons responsible for
loading) of the Empty Weight and the Empty Weight Centre of Gravity position,
and to list the removable equipment included in the Empty Weight. The Weight
and Balance Supplement shall be amended whenever the aircraft is reweighed or
the Empty Weight is changed by the installation or removal of components or
equipment.
Note: The Weight and Balance Supplement shall be in the form C.6.1 given in Appendix-1 of
Chapter C.6.
2.5 Flight Manual data shall either be given in the following units or shall include
conversion tables for converting to these units:
Weight - Kilograms and pounds
Temperature - Degrees celcius
Short distances - Meters and feet
Long distances - International nautical miles
Height - Feet
Pressure - Kilopascals and pounds per sq. inch
Liquid quantity - Liters or U.S. gallons
Speed - Knots
2
3. APPROVAL OF A FLIGHT MANUAL
3.1 The owner or operator of an aircraft for which an application to the Director
General is made for an initial Certificate of Airworthiness shall supply with his
application two copies of the proposed Flight Manual for the aircraft. If available,
evidence of the approval of part or all of the Flight Manual by the Airworthiness
Authority of the country of origin of the aircraft shall also be submitted.
Note: If evidence of approval by another Contracting State is not available, the Director
General may withhold his approval until detailed design data and flight test reports are
submitted.
3.2 Approval of the Flight Manual for a particular aircraft will be granted only when it
is established that it meets the standards prescribed in these Requirements and
that all data is valid for the particular aircraft, including the data in the Weight and
Balance Supplement.
3.3 Approval of a Flight Manual will be granted by returning one copy, signed by an
authorized person from Airworthiness Division and stamped "APPROVED" to
the owner or operator. The other copy will be retained by the Airworthiness
4. AMENDMENT OF A FLIGHT MANUAL
4.1 A Flight Manual may need to be amended if the aircraft is modified or repaired, or
as a result of instructions from the aircraft manufacturer or an Airworthiness
Authority. The Director General may order amendments in the interest of safety.
The owner or operator of an aircraft may also request an amendment for
operational reasons and this may be approved if it is proven that there will be no
adverse effect on safety.
4.2 No amendment shall be incorporated into a Flight Manual until approval has been
granted. An applicant for approval of a Flight Manual amendment shall submit
two copies of the proposed amendment, together with a justification and any
supporting data, to the Airworthiness Division, Aviation Safety Directorate, Civil
Aviation Authority of Nepal. The return of one copy bearing the approval stamp
and signature of an authorized person from the Airworthiness Division signifies
that approval has been granted.
3
SECTION E
MANUALS AND RECORDS

CHAPTER E.5 ISSUE 1
NOVEMBER 1982
CREW MANUALS
1. GENERAL
1.1 Chapter B.2 of these Requirements prescribes that an applicant for a Certificate of
Airworthiness for an aircraft that is the first of its type in Nepal must supply the
Director General, with one copy of the Crew Manual for the aircraft type.
1.2 This chapter specifies conditions for the approval of a Crew Manual and all
amendments to it.
2. CONTENTS OF MANUAL
2.1 A Crew Manual shall contain instruction and information required by the Flight
Crew for safe operation of the aircraft. This information may be embodied in the
Operations Manual or be a separate document entitled "Crew Manual".
2.2 The Crew Manual should have originated from the Organization responsible for
Type Design of the aircraft and must contain a brief description of the aircraft, the
lay-out of the Flight Crew Station, instructions on the management and ground
servicing of the systems, and handling and emergency procedures. Crew check
lists, flight planning data and loading and C.G. data shall also be included.
2.3 The Crew Manual shall always be consistent with the Flight Manual prescribed in
Chapter E.4. Items fully covered in the Flight Manual may be omitted from the
Crew Manual provided appropriate cross-references are given.
3. AMENDMENTS TO CREW MANUAL
3.1 If the owner or operator of an aircraft wishes the Crew Manual for the type to be
amended, he must apply in writing the Director General, through Airworthiness
Division, Aviation Safety Directorate submitting two copies of the proposed
amendment with a justification for making the amendment.
1
3.2 An amendment to a Crew Manual or Operations Manual requires approval from
the Flight Operations and Airworthiness Division, Aviation Safety Directorate,
Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal. The grant of approval will be signified by
return of one copy of the amendment signed by an authorized person and stamped
APPROVED.
3.3 No Crew Manual shall be amended prior to grant of approval by the Director
General.
2
SECTION E
MANUALS AND RECORDS

CHAPTER E.6 ISSUE 1
JANUARY 1983
TECHNICAL LOG
1. GENERAL
1.1 A Technical Log, which may also be called a Flight Log, shall be carried on each
aircraft granted with a Certificate of Airworthiness in a Transport category or an
Aerial Work Category.
1.2 The Technical (or Flight) Log must be approved by the Director General but,
subject to compliance with the specification of this chapter, may be in a form to
suit the requirements of the operator.
2. CONTENTS
2.1 The Technical Log shall contain the following:
a) The registered name and address of the operator.

b) The nationality and registration marks of the aircraft, its date of manufacture
and expiring date of the Certificate of Airworthiness.
c) Instructions for completion of the forms or certificates included in the
Technical (Flight) Log.
d) Record sheets with provision for entering the Time in Service flown by the
aircraft and showing for each flight the place and time of take off and the
place and time of landing. The quantity of fuel and oil carried on each flight
and the total weight at take-off shall also be shown.
e) The Time Since Overhaul of each engine and each propeller.
f) Provision for entering any defects discovered in flight or on the ground during
operations, for recording the rectification or other action taken, and for the
appropriate Certificate of Compliance.
g) Provision for recording significant instrument data during flight.
h) The Maintenance Release required by Chapter C.3. This may either be
incorporated as part of the main record sheet or be a separate document.
i) Provision for the Pilot-in-Command to certify acceptance of the aircraft prior
to commencing the day's operations.
1
NCAR, Chapter E.6 Issue 1, January 1983
j) A separate record sheet shall be provided for recording any damage or defect
the rectification of which is deferred for any reason. The reason for deferment
must be signed by an appropriately licensed or approved person. When
corrective action has been completed, the Certificate of Compliance may be
issued on the same document.
Note: The purpose of the Deferred Defect Sheet is to alert the Pilot-in-Command to any
condition which may, in certain circumstances, affect the Airworthiness of the
aircraft.
k) A statement of the next check due to ensure compliance with the check cycle
of the approved Maintenance Schedule.
3. USAGE
3.1 Preflight data shall be entered either on the main log sheet of the Technical
(or Flight) Log on an alternative document associated with it, and a copy of the
sheet with this data shall be retained on the ground prior to the commencement of
each day's operations.
3.2 The Pilot-in-Command shall ensure that the appropriate entries are made at the
conclusion of each flight and at the conclusion of the day's operations.
3.3 The Pilot-in-Command shall ensure that any event likely to impair the
Airworthiness of the aircraft is recorded in the Technical (or Flight) Log. This
shall include any of the following events:
a) A heavy landing.
b) Heavy turbulence.
c) A bird strike.
d) Any excessive engine torque or engine temperature, including the use beyond
the authorized duration of any engine power selection.
e) A lightning strike.
f) The malfunction, however temporary, of any system or component of the
aircraft.
3.4 The appropriately licensed or approved person shall ensure that each entry
recording a possible impairment of appropriate inspection or rectification is
recorded and certified. If the rectification of a defect is deferred, he shall ensure
that this is properly entered on the Deferred Defect Sheet and that deferment is
acceptable in accordance with the Minimum Equipment List and applicable
3.5 The appropriately licensed or approved person shall ensure that all data from the
Technical (or Flight) Log affecting component limitations, e.g. time in service,
number of landings, number of engine cycles, etc. is communicated to the persons
responsible for component life control.
2
4. RECORDING AND PRESERVATION
4.1 One copy of each sheet from the Technical (or Flight) Log shall be preserved as
part of the aircraft logbook, and be destroyed only if the aircraft logbook is legally
destroyed as permitted by Chapter E.7.
4.2 Details of minor defects and their rectification which are certified in the Technical
(or Flight) Log need not be entered in the aircraft, engine or propeller logbooks.
Daily or between flight inspections may also be recorded only in the Technical (or
Flight) Log or an appropriate alternative document. However all other inspections
required by the approved Maintenance Scheduled, details concerning major
maintenance and entries concerning the implementation of Airworthiness
Directives must always be recorded in the aircraft, engine or propeller logbooks
irrespective of duplication in the Technical (or Flight) Log.
3
SECTION E
MANUALS AND RECORDS

CHAPTER E.7 ISSUE 2
JANUARY 2009
AIRCRAFT, ENGINE, PROPELLER AND RADIO LOGBOOKS
1. GENERAL
1.1 Pursuant to the Rule 25 of the Regulation 2002, records shall be maintained of
the repair and maintenance of aircraft, aircraft systems and aircraft components.
This chapter prescribes that certain records shall be entered in logbooks provided
for the purpose.
1.2 Rule 27 of the Regulation prescribes that the following logbooks shall be
maintained by the aircraft operator for recording time in service and maintenance
performed:
a) An aircraft logbook.
b) An engine logbook for each engine installed on the aircraft.
c) A propeller logbook for each variable pitch propeller installed on the aircraft.
d) A radio logbook.
1.3 Certain maintenance, as defined in Chapters C.2 and E.6, may be recorded on
other documents. If recorded on work sheets, microfilm or computer printouts
the documents shall be identified by a brief entry in the appropriate logbook. If
recorded in a Technical (or Flight) Log, this Log shall be considered part of the
aircraft logbook and must be preserved with it.
1.4 Entries recording the completion and certification of the following maintenance
shall always be made in the appropriate logbook:
a) Scheduled inspections prescribed in the approved Maintenance Schedule.

b) Any major maintenance as defined in these Requirements.
c) Any removal or replacement of significant aircraft components or equipment.
d) The current status of compliance with all Mandatory Continuing
Airworthiness Information
e) Appropriate details of modifications and repairs..
1
NCAR, Chapter E.7 Issue 2 January 2009
2. LOG BOOK ENTRIES
2.1 Logbooks shall be maintained in accordance with these Requirements and any
Instructions for Use contained in them and in such a manner as to provide an
accurate and complete history of the aircraft, engine or propeller to which they
relate.
2.2 Entries in logbooks shall be made within 48 hours of the event to which they
relate, except that if work is performed at an outstation where the logbook is not
available, the entries shall be made within 48 hours after the aircraft has returned
to base.
2.3 Each entry shall be legible, signed and dated by the person making it. Each
Certificate of Compliance must clearly show the licence or approval number of
the person issuing it. Signatures must be hand written in ink, but other entries may
be typed or rubber stamped.
2.4 If the record of any maintenance work is so voluminous that it would be

inconvenient to enter it in the logbook, it may be entered on work sheets,
microfilm or printouts, which must be coded for identification. The identification
of such records, as required by paragraph 1.3 and their location shall be recorded
in the logbook.
2.5 If the appropriate logbook is not available, the description of the maintenance
performed and the Certificate of Compliance may be recorded on a separate
document which shall be affixed in the appropriate logbook as soon as is
practicable.
2.6 Each entry shall state the place where the maintenance was done and where any
other detailed records of the work may be inspected.
2.7 The title and reference number of the approved Maintenance Schedule applicable
to scheduled inspections shall be recorded in the logbook entry, e.g.
2.8 Whenever any component is removed from or installed in an aircraft, the entry in
the relevant logbook, e.g. aircraft, engine, propeller and/or radio must state the
reason for the action and include the identification of each component newly
installed: the identification of the relevant Release Note must also be given.
2.9 Whenever a "lifed" component, either Zero time or part time, is fitted to an
aircraft, the time in service or calendar date at which the component must be
removed shall also be recorded. There must be record system associated with the
logbook which will give advance notice of the time due for removal.
2.10 Approximately one quarter of the logbook pages, being the pages at the end of
the logbook, shall be reserved for recording Airworthiness Directive and
modification arising form any other source. Upon receipt of an applicable A.D.
prescribes a repetitive inspection the initial inspection shall be recorded in the
logbook and the Maintenance Programme be amended to ensure the prescribed
2
repetition. The logbook entry shall be annotated to record that the Maintenance
Programme has been amended.
3. RECORDING TIME IN SERVICE
3.1 The total time in service of the aircraft, engine and propeller shall be recorded in
hours and minutes ( with minutes being recorded to the nearest 5 minutes )or
calendar time and cycles, as appropriate..
3.2 For airborne auxiliary power units, the operating cycles and running hours shall be
recorded in an APU logbook in lieu of 'time in service'.
3.3 All life limited components time in service ( hours, calendar time or cycles ) shall
be recorded in the appropriate aircraft and/or engine log books.
3.4 The time in service (hours, calendar time and cycles, as appropriate)
3.5 since the last overhaul of the aeroplane or its components subject to a mandatory
overhaul life shall be recorded in the respective log books. Time Since Overhaul
shall not revert to zero unless the aircraft, engine, propeller or component has
been completely overhauled.
4. ITEMS TO BE RECORDED
4.1 Except for defect rectifications certified in the Technical (or Flight) Log, entries
shall be made in the aircraft logbook for each of the following:
a) All maintenance performed on the aircraft or components except the engines,

propellers or radio station.. This shall include all scheduled inspections, except
daily or pre-flight inspections, prescribed in the Maintenance Schedule and
any special inspections made after heavy landings, turbulence, etc.
b) The removal or change of any major component, including engines propellers
or radio station units.
c) A swing of the compass installation. A copy of the deviation card shall be
entered in the logbook.
d) Any fuel flow test made.
e) A duplicate inspection of a disturbed flying control system as required by
Chapter C.7.
f) The weighing of the aircraft. The aircraft Weight and Balance Report shall be
affixed in the logbook as required by Chapter C.6.
g) The renewal of the Certificate of Airworthiness.
4.2 Except for defect rectifications certified in the Technical (or Flight) Log, entries
shall be made in the engine logbook for each of the following:
a) All maintenance performed on the engine. This shall include all scheduled
inspections, except daily of pre-flight inspections, prescribed in the
3
Maintenance Schedule, and any special inspections made after foreign body
ingestion, over temperature, etc.
b) The installation or removal of the propeller from an engine. The engine to
which the propeller is fitted or from which it is removed must be identified by
its serial number, and the aircraft concerned by their registration marks.
c) The change of any propeller component. If a blade is changed, both the serial
number of the blade removed and the blade fitted must be given.
5. FOREIGN LOGBOOKS
5.1 Unless a concession is granted by the Director General, a foreign logbook shall
not be used for recording time in service and maintenance performed on Nepalese
aircraft or aircraft components.
5.2 A foreign logbook which is replaced by a Nepalese logbook shall be closed by an

entry stating that it is replaced by the Nepalese logbook. This entry shall be signed
and dated.
5.3 The total time in service from the foreign logbook shall be brought forward to the
Nepalese logbook which replaces it and all modifications recorded in the foreign
logbook shall be listed in the rear pages of the Nepalese logbook. The initial entry
in the Nepalese logbook shall certify that these entries have been made.
5.4 Foreign logbooks which have been closed become Nepalese logbooks and shall be
preserved as specified in paragraph 6.
6. PRESERVATION OF LOGBOOKS
6.1 In the event of a temporary change of operator, the records shall be made
available to the new operator. In the event of any permanent change of operator,
the records shall be transferred to the new operator.
6.2 A logbook, and any associated technical logs or other records bearing Certificates
of Compliance, shall be preserved by the last owner of the aircraft, engine or
propeller until one year after the aircraft, engine or propeller has been
permanently withdrawn form service.
6.3 In the event of a temporary change of operator, the records hall be made available
to the new operator. In the event of any permanent change of operator, the
records shall be transferred to the new operator.
4
SECTION E
MANUALS AND RECORD

CHAPTER E. 8 ISSUE 2
JANUARY 2009
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST - MEL
1. APPLICABILITY
Except otherwise authorized by the Director General, operation of an aircraft with

inoperative equipment or system is prohibited unless an operator does so in compliance
with an approved Minimum Equipment List (MEL).
This Chapter specifies the process for compiling, approval and use of the acceptable MEL
for aircraft operated by scheduled and non-scheduled operators.
2. PURPOSE
2.1 The MEL is a joint operation and maintenance document compiled for or by an
operator to :
a) identify the minimum equipment and condition for an aircraft to keep the
Certificate of Airworthiness in force and to meet the operating rules for the
type operation;
b) define maintenance procedures necessary to maintain the required level of
safety and procedures necessary to secure any inoperative equipment.
c) define operational procedures necessary to deal with inoperative equipment.
3. COMPILING OF MEL
3.1 In general an operator will compile its MEL based on the Master Minimum
Equipment List (MMEL) duly approved by the competent authority of the country
of manufacture of the aircraft considering the type of operation he is engaged in.
His acceptable MEL may differ in the format from the MMEL but can not be less
restrictive than the MMEL. The operator should obtain the MMEL and refer to its
latest revision and submit his MEL to the Airworthiness Inspection Division, Civil
Aviation Authority of Nepal for approval.
3.2 MEL need not include items like wings, flight controls, complete engines, landing
gears etc., the Airworthiness and correct functioning of which is absolutely
necessary before any flight. It may also not include items like galley equipment,
entertainment systems, passenger convenience equipment, which do not affect the
Airworthiness of an aircraft.
1
3.3 All items which affect the Airworthiness of aircraft or safety of those carried on
board and are not included in MEL are automatically required to be operative for
each flight.
4. USE OF MEL
4.1 An operator shall mention in its Maintenance Procedure Manual as to when or

where an inoperative item shall be required to be replaced.
4.2 An operator (Quality Manager or equipvalent person) shall be responsible for

exercising necessary operational control to ensure that an acceptable level of
safety is maintained. When operating with multiple inoperative items, it has to be
determined that the interface or interrelationships between the inoperative items
will not result in an unacceptable degradation in the level of safety and/or undue
increase in crew workload .
4.3 Notwithstanding the MEL, an AMT need not relese the aircraft for flight or a
Pilot-in-Command need not accept the aircraft for flight if it is considered that it is
unsafe to do so with items of equipment inoperative. The decision of the Pilot-in-
command whether or not to accept the aircraft as safe is final.
4.4 The appropriately licensed or approved person responsible for releasing the
aircraft, after invoking the provisions of MEL shall inform the Pilot-in-Command
of the aircraft of the same, also make an entry of it in the Technical (or Flight) Log
and placard the inoperative system suitably. He should take maintenance action as
prescribed in Flight Operation Manual and crew should take operation action as
mentioned in the above Manual.
4.5 The MEL is intended to permit operation with inoperative items of equipment for
a period of time until repairs can be accomplished. It is important that repairs be
accomplished at the earliest opportunity.
4.6 In order to maintain an acceptable level of safety and reliability the MEL
establishes limitations on the duration of and and conditions for operation with
inoperative equipment. Operators are to establish a controlled and sound repair
program including the parts, personnel, facilities, procedures, and schedules to
ensure timely repair. The MEL is not intended to provide for continued operation
of the aircraft for an indefinite period with inoperative items but to permit the
operation of an aircraft with inoperative equipment within the framework of a
controlled and sound programme of repairs and parts replacement. The operator
shall, therefore, spell out his specific programme of rectification action in the
preamble of MEL in respect of each type of aircraft consistent with safety, which
will have the prior approval of the Director General.
5. APPROVAL OF MEL
5.1 MEL will be compiled by operators and submitted for approval to the
Airworthiness Inspection Division, Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal.
2
The MEL will have a preamble attached to it. This preamble will indicate the
procedure of release of aircraft with items of equipment unserviceable as per
MEL, when and where the defects/items will be rectified/replaced. It will also
define the main bases and transit stations. It should also indicate the method of
informing the crew about the unserviceability of item/defect.
5.2 The MEL or amendments thereto received by the Airworthiness Inspection

Division will be scrutinized to ensure that safety of aircraft is not in any way
jeopardized by the unserviceability of any units or items included therein before its
final approval. Pending issue of final approval, provisional approval may be
granted by the Airworthiness Inspection Division.
5.3 In the interest of uniformity the Airworthiness Inspection Division may compare
the MEL of different operators when the same type of aircraft is operated by two
different operators so that the MEL or amendments thereto provisionally
approved do not materially differ.
6. AUDIT OF OPERATOR'S MELs
The Airworthiness Inspection Division, Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal will audit the
Operators conformance to MEL requirements on an ongoing basis and as part of any
company audit. Significant non-conformances may result in the MEL approval being
withdrawn.
7. CAAN RESPONSIBILITY
7.1 The Flight Operations Division of Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal is responsible
for vetting the operator's MEL with respect to the operations functions and
procedures, ensuring that all of the operational procedures produced and
published by the operator are relevant to the required task.
7.2 The Airworthiness Inspection Division of Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal is

responsible for vetting the operator's MEL with respect to the maintenance
function and procedures, ensuring that all of the maintenance procedures
published and adopted by the operator are relevant to the required task.
8. MEL DISTRIBUTION
An approved or revised MEL is deemed to be in force upon receipt from the

Airworthness Inspection Division of Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal. However, the
operator may have 10 calendar days or as specified in the operators approved system, if
necessary to distribute and implement the new document, in all cases, copies are required
for :
1. Each aircraft
2. Senior company official - maintenance
3. Senior company official - operations
4. Flight Operations Division, Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal
5. Airworthiness Inspection Division, Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal
3
6. Dispatching Official
7. Maintenance Co-ordinator (if applicable)
9. MEL UPDATES
It is the operators responsibility to ensure that their MEL is reviewed and updated as
required. The MEL should be reviewed by the operator at least annually to ensure that it
incorporates any changes to the operation, aircraft or to the Regulations. A revision to the
MMEL or CAAN Supplement will require that the operator review and amend their
MEL, as necessary. The MEL development, processing and approval procedures should
be reviewed as part of the operators quality assurance program.
10. MELs FOR LEASED AIRCRAFT
a) A leased aircraft must have a MMEL .

b) The MEL for a particular leased aircraft must not be less restrictive than the CAAN
approved or accepted MEL and must be approved or accepted by CAAN. The MEL
must be available in English.
c) The country of registration of the leased aircraft may require that their aircraft be
operated in accordance with their approved MEL, in which case any less restrictive
changes to the MEL must be approved by the foreign authority. The Civil Aviation
Authority of Nepal may require more restrictive changes to the MEL.
11. A scheduled operator shall maintain a record, monthwise, of all the defects carried
forward in terms of MEL and analyze the same to determine if servicing facilities require
strengthening at transit in an effort to rectify the reported/observed defects at the earlier
possible. Results of such analysis shall be notified to Airworthiness Division every three
month.
12. It is imperative on the part of the operator that all defects noticed be rectified and
recourse to the use of MEL should only be taken to avoid passenger inconvenience
keeping in view their safety. They should also review their procedures regularly of
distributing the spares etc. at various bases to ensure that the items carried forward in the
MEL are attended to at the earliest. The Director General may put a specific time limit in
the operator's MEL for the rectification of the defects carried forward under the MEL
considering the safety of the aircraft and also increased crew load it may cause.
4
SECTION F
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN LICENCES

CHAPTER F.1 ISSUE 4
JANUARY 2009
LICENCE CATEGORIES, RATINGS AND PRIVILEGES
1. APPLICABILITY
1.1 Section F of Nepalese Civil Airworthiness Requirements, pursuant to the

Regulation prescribes requirements for the grant, renewal or extension of aircraft
maintenance technician licences. It also prescribes the privileges and limitations of
each category of licence.
Note: This issue of Section F prescribes requirements for Type II licences only. The Director
General does not issue Type I licences. Major maintenance on aircraft or aircraft
components is carried-out and certified by a person or organization approved for the
purpose.
1.2 The standards of knowledge and experience prescribed in these Requirements
conform to those specified in Annex 1 to the Convention on International Civil
Aviation.
2. DEFINITIONS
In this Section 'F' the following definitions shall apply:
Aircraft Maintenance Technician Licence: A document issued by the State

authorizing the holder to exercise specified privileges, including the issuance of required
certificates concerning the Airworthiness of aircraft and components.
Lincence Type: Pursuant to Annex 1 of the Convention on International Civil Aviation,

two types of aircraft maintenance technician licences may be issued. A Type II licence
authorizes the holder to certify minor maintenance for the aircraft or aircraft components
for which it is rated. A Type I licence authorizes the holder to certify major maintenance
for the aircraft or aircraft components for which it is rated.
Licence Category: Issuing a licence in a particular category limits the privileges of the
licence to the certification of particular portions of an aircraft or particular aircraft
components defined by the category.
Licence Rating: A rating on an aircraft maintenance technician licence identifies the

particular types or groups of aircraft, aircraft systems or aircraft components which may
be certified by the licence holder within the scope of his licence categories.
Grant, in relation to a licence, means initial issue of a licence category or licence rating.
1
NCAR, Chapter F.1 Issue4, March 2009
Extension, in relation to a licence, means the addition of further types or groups of
aircraft or aircraft components to an already rated licence or the addition of another
category.
Renewal, in relation to a licence, means the restoration of the validity of a licence rating
if the validity has lapsed at the end of a specified calendar period or for any other reason.
3. LICENCE CATEGORIES
3.1 The Director General may grant aircraft maintenance technician licences Type II,
in the following categories:
Category 'A' for Airframes

Category 'C' for Engines
Category 'X' (Electrical) for Aircraft Electrical Systems.
Category 'X' (Instruments) for Instrument Systems, including
Compasses and Autoflight Systems
Category 'R' for Radio and Associated Avionic Systems.
3.2 The Director General may issue approval to a maintenance organization/person or
may issue a Letter of Validation/Letter of Authority, as appropriate to the holder
of aircraft maintenance technician licence, Type I, in such categories as he
considers necessary to carry out and certify major maintenance.
3.3 An aircraft maintenance technician licence may be granted with privileges

restricted by limitations if the Director General considers this is warranted by the
knowledge or experience of the applicant.
4. LICENCE RATINGS
Each category of licence may be rated as follows:
4.1 Category 'A'

Group 1. Aeroplanes:
Twin Otter DHC-6 series

Harbin Y-12 (II)
Biman - 1 series, Aeroprakt, Cruise, Edge Airborne
Aeroplanes of such complexity that a company in-house course must be

successfully completed before a rating is granted
Group 2. Aeroplanes:
Aeroplanes of such complexity that an approved type course must be
successfully completed before a rating is granted.
Dornier DO-228 series (-100, -101, -201, -202/K and -212)
British Aerospace HS 748 series (2A and 2B)
Boeing 757-2F8,
2
Raython Beech 1900 (C and D)
ATR 42-320
SAAB - 340A
Jetstream J41
Group 3. Rotorcraft:
An approved type course must be successfully completed for the grant
of a rating and a rating will be granted only to an applicant who also
qualifies for a rating for the engine of the particular helicopter.
Eurocopter Super Puma AS-332 (L and L1)

Eurocopter Ecureuil AS 350 series (B, BA and B2)
Kazan/Ulan Uday/MIL MI-17 (MI-8AMT and MTV-1V)
Kawasaki BK117-B1
Bell Bell 206 series (-L3,-L4,B3)
4.2 Category 'C' Engines

Group 1. Piston Engines:
Rotax-582
IO-240 Teledyne Continental
Group 2. Gas Turbine Engines:

An approved type course on the engine type must be successfully
completed for the grant of a rating and a rating for a helicopter engine
will be granted only to an applicant who also qualifies for a rating for
the airframe of the particular helicopter.
UACL/Pratt and Whitney PT 6A series (-27,-34,65B and 67D)

P & W 121
Garret TPE-331(-5/ 5A, 5B, -10 and -14)
Rolls-Royce DART MK 534-2,
RB-211-535E4
Air Research GTCP 85-98,
GTCP 331-200
General Electric GECT7-5A2
Turbomeca MAKILA-1A
ARRIEL-1 series
Zaparojhe TV3-117VM
AI-9V (APU)
Lycoming LTS-101-750B1
Allison C25-30P
4.3 Category 'X' (Electrical)

Group 1. Simple Electrical Systems:
Electrical systems with D.C. power generation or A.C. systems of less
than 5 kw capacity of all aircrafts other than listed in Group2.
In-house training course should be successfully completed for rating.
3
Group 2. Type Electrical Systems:
Rating on the electrical systems of the following aircraft types will
only be granted after successful completion of an approved type
course:
Dornier DO-228 series (-101,201,202 and -
212)
British Aerospace HS-748 series (-2A and -2B)
Boeing B757-2F8
Raython Beech 1900 (C and D)
ATR 42-320
SAAB-340A
Jetstream J41
Eurocopter Super Puma AS 332 series (L and L1)
Kazan/Ulan Uday/MIL MI-17series(MI-8AMT and MTV-1V)
Kawasaki BK 117-B1
4.4 Category 'X' (Instruments)
Group 1. Simple Instrument Systems:
Instruments and instrument systems without electronic amplifiers of all
aircraft other than those listed in Group 2.
In-house training course should be successfully completed for rating.
Group 2. Type Instrument Systems:

Ratings on the instruments, flight data recorders, auto-flight systems,
compasses and instrument systems and of the following aircraft types
will only be granted after successful completion of an approved type
course:
Dornier DO-228 series (-101,201,202 and-

212)
British Aerospace HS-748 series (-2A and -2B)
Boeing B757-2F8
Raython Beech 1900 series (C and D)
ATR 42-320
SAAB-340A
Jetstream J41
Eurocopter Super Puma AS 332 series (L and L1)
Kazan/Ulan Uday/MIL MI-17 series (MI-8AMT and MTV-1V)
Kawasaki BK 117-B1
4.5 Category 'R' (Radio and Associated Avionic Systems)

Group 1. Radio communication systems, including VHF, HF, selcal, emergency
locator transmitters, voice recorder and audio systems.
Group 2. Radio navigation systems, including ADF, VOR, ILS, VLF/OMEGA,

GPS, TCAS and CW hyperbolic systems.
Group 3. Secondary radar systems, including DME and ATC transponder

systems.
4
Group 4. Primary radar, pluse and FM systems, including weather radar and
radio altimeter systems.
Note: Applicants must hold Group 1 rating before applying for Group 2, 3 or 4.
5. PRIVILEGES
5.1 An aircraft maintenance technician licence Type II authorizes the holder to issue
certificates within the scope of the categories of the licence, and with respect to
the aircraft components or aircraft systems for which it is rated, as follows:
a) Issue a Maintenance Release or a Certificate of Fitness for Flight in Formatted: Indent: Left: 1",
Numbered + Level: 1 + Numbering
Style: a, b, c, + Start at: 1 +
accordance with Chapter C.3.
b) Issue a Certificate of Compliance after minor maintenance in accordance with Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0" +
Tab after: 0.25" + Indent at: 0.25",
Chapter C.2. Tabs: 1.25", List tab + Not at 0.25"
Note: A Certificate of Compliance and Release Note after major maintenance may only
be issued by the holder of an aircraft maintenance technician licence Type I under
the authority of Letter of Validation/Letter of Authority or by a person or
organization approved for the purpose.
5.2 The privileges of the holder of an aircraft maintenance technician licence Type II Formatted: Outline numbered +
Level: 2 + Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3,
+ Start at: 2 + Alignment: Left +
specified in 5.1, shall be exercised only :-
Aligned at: 0.5" + Tab after: 0.75"
+ Indent at: 0.75"
a) in respect of such :-
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +
Numbering Style: a, b, c, + Start
1) aircraft as are entered in the in their entirety either specifically or under at: 1 + Alignment: Left + Aligned at:
broad categories; or 0.75" + Tab after: 1" + Indent at:
1"
2) airframes and powerplants aircraft systems and components as are entered
on the licence either specifically or under broad categories; and/or Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, + Start
3) aircraft avionic systems or components as are entered on the licence at: 1 + Alignment: Left + Aligned at:
1.25" + Tab after: 1.5" + Indent at:
either specifically or under broad categories; 1.5"
b) provided that the licence holder is familiar with all the relevant information
relating to the maintenance and airworthiness of the particular aircraft for which Numbering Style: a, b, c, + Start
at: 1 + Alignment: Left + Aligned at:
0.75" + Tab after: 1" + Indent at:
the licence holder is signing a Maintenance Release, or such airframe,
powerplant, aircraft system or component and aircraft avionic system or 1"
component which the licence holder is certifying as being airworthy; and
c) on condition that, within the preceding 24 months, the licence holder has either
had experience in the inspection, servicing or maintenance of an aircraft or
components in accordance with the privileges granted by the licence held for not
less than six months, or has met the provision for the issue of a licence with the
appropriate privileges, to the satisfaction of the Licencing Authority.
5.3 When a Contracting State authorizes an approved maintenance

organization to appoint non-licensed personnel to exercise the privileges of
5.1 & 5.2, the person appointed shall meet the requirements specified in
NCAR chap F.3.
5
SECTION F

CHAPTER F.2 ISSUE 3
MARCH 2002
LICENCE GRANT, EXTENSION AND RENEWAL
1. APPLICABILITY
This chapter prescribes the requirements for the grant, extension and renewal of aircraft
maintenance technician licences.
2. GRANT OF A LICENCE
A Nepalese aircraft maintenance technician licence may be granted only to an applicant

who:
a) is not less than 18 years of age, and

b) satisfy the Director General that he has sufficient knowledge of the English language
to perform the duties of an aircraft maintenance technician, and
c) must hold a certificate in intermediate of science or 10+2 with physics and
mathematics as main subjects, or
d) must hold a certificate in any branch of engineering, or
e) must meet the qualification as specified in paragraph (c) or (d) above and must hold a
graduate or post-graduate degree in any branch of engineering, and
f) passes, or is granted exemption from, the examinations prescribed in these
Requirements for the particular category of licence, and
g) has the practical experience prescribed for the particular category of licence unless
exempted from some part of it by the Director General, and
h) is either ordinarily a citizen of Nepal or, not being a citizen of Nepal, requires the
licence for the certification of Nepalese aircraft or aircraft components, and
i) provides a certificate from the Registered Medical Practitioner that the applicant is
not suffering from any disability likely to have an adverse effect on his technical skill
or judgement.
3. APPLICATION FOR EXAMINATION
3.1 Examinations for the grant or extension of an aircraft maintenance technician

licence will be conducted by the Airworthiness Division, Aviation Safety
Directorate, Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal, and may be written, oral and/or
practical examinations as appropriate.
1
NCAR, Chapter F.2 Issue 3, March 2002
3.2 Exemptions from basic examinations may be granted by the Director General,
who may refuse to grant an exemption or may withdraw an exemption previously
granted or may grant additional exemptions in accordance with the qualifications
of the applicant.
3.3 An application to sit, or claim exemption from, one or more examinations

required for a particular category of licence shall be made on the official
application form and be forwarded to the Airworthiness Division, Aviation Safety
Directorate, Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal.
3.4 Each application shall be accompanied by a record of the applicant's practical

experience. An applicant whose practical experience of aircraft maintenance is not
proved to be on civil registered aircraft, aircraft component or aircraft systems or
is inadequate may have his application rejected to appear in any examinations
conducted in Nepal or in other countries.
3.5 An application for exemption from basic examinations must be accompanied by

original certificates showing that the applicant has passed examinations which are
equivalent, or superior, in level and content to the examinations specified for the
licence. If doubt exists the applicant may be required to submit full copies of the
examination syllabi and provide any other information required.
3.6 Each application for examination shall be accompanied by the fees prescribed in
The Rules.
4. EXAMINATION RULES
4.1 The examination requirements for each category of licence and for particular
ratings are prescribed in Chapter F.3. The syllabi for the preseibed examinations
are given in Appendix-1 to Chapter F.3.
4.2 Examinations will be conducted each year. Applications for the examinations must
be received one month before the examination. Each applicant will be informed of
the time, date and place of the examinations for which he has been accepted.
4.3 The minimum pass mark for each written examination shall be 70%. Each
candidate will be advised of his result.
4.4 A candidate who has passed an examination or been granted exemption from it is
given a permanent credit for the particular subject.
4.5 A candidate who fails a particular examination may not be reexamined on the
same subject until ten months has elapsed since he was examined.
4.6 A candidate detected using dishonest methods during an examination will receive
no marks for the examination subject and may not resit that examination until ten
months has elapsed.
2
5. EXTENSION OF A LICENCE
5.1 The holder of a licence valid in one or more categories may apply for additional
categories, and his licence may extended by the grant of any categories for which
he qualifies by meeting the knowledge and experience requirements prescribed in
Chapter F.3.
5.2 The holder of a licence in any category may apply for additional ratings to be
added to the category, and his licence may be extended by the grant of any ratings
for which he qualifies by meeting the knowledge and experience requirements
prescribed in Chapter F.3.
5.3 The holder of a Nepalese licence who also holds a foreign licence issued by a
Contracting State, may be granted categories and ratings to his Nepalese licence
equivalent to those of his foreign licence, provided the latter are compatible with
6. VALIDITY AND RENEWAL OF LICENCES
6.1 A licence, including all its categories but not its ratings, shall remain valid for the
lifetime of the holder unless cancelled or suspended in special circumstances by
6.2 The first rating of an aircraft maintenance technician licence shall be valid for a
period of twelve months from the date of its issue or renewal. Subsequent ratings
on the licence shall be valid until the expiry date of the first rating and may be
renewed thereafter every year coincident with renewal of the first rating.
6.3 A licence holder should apply for renewal of his ratings four weeks before their
expiry date and renewal will be granted if the applicant:
a) has been engaged in aircraft maintenance for not less than six months during
the twenty-four months prior to the expiry date, and
b) provides a certificate from a Registered Medical Practitioner that the applicant
is not suffering from any disability likely to have an adverse effect on his
technical skill and judgement, and
c) proves that he is familiar with the Airworthiness Directives for those aircraft,
aircraft components or aircraft systems for which his licence is rated and with
all current Nepalese Civil Airworthiness Requirements and Flight Standards
Notices, and
d) pays the renewal fee prescribed in The Rules.
6.4 Each licence holder must ensure that his ratings do not lapse. If they lapse he
must not make airworthiness certifications until their validity is renewed. If the
holder of a licence with lapsed ratings discovers that he has inadvertently certified
aircraft during the period of lapse, he must report this to the Airworthiness
Division.
3
6.5 The holder of licence ratings which have lapsed for more than two years will be
required to pass such examinations and gain such experience as the Director
General specifies in his particular case before his ratings may be renewed.
6.6 The Director General may re-examine the holder of an aircraft maintenance
technician licence if he considers it necessary to establish the holder's competency.
As a result of any such re-examination, the Director General may vary or cancel
some or all of the licence ratings.
4
SECTION F

CHAPTER F.3 ISSUE 1
SEPTEMBER 1982
LICENCE KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 This chapter prescribes the knowledge and practical experience of aircraft
maintenance engineering required for the grant of each category of aircraft
maintenance technician licence and the ratings thereto.
1.2 The detailed syllabus for each prescribed examination is given in Appendix-1 to
this chapter and specimen Schedules of Work in Appendix-2.
2. EXAMINATIONS
2.1 For the grant of aircraft maintenance technician licence categories the examination
subjects shall be as follows:
Subject 1 Basic Mathematics and Physics

Subject 2 Workshop Practice
Subject 3 Aircraft Materials and Standard Parts
Subject 4 Aircraft General Knowledge
Subject 5 Avionic General Knowledge
Subject 6 Aeroplane Aerodynamics and Design
Subject 7 Rotorcraft Aerodynamics and Design
Subject 8 Aircraft Structure and Landing Gear
Subject 9 Helicopter Construction and Systems
Subject 10 Aircraft Systems
Subject 11 Piston Engines
Subject 12 Gas Turbine Engines
Subject 13 Basic Electronics and Servomechanisms
Subject 14 Aircraft Electrical Systems and Equipment
Subject 15 Aircraft Instrument Systems and Equipment
Subject 16 Basic Radio and Navigation Theory
Subject 17 Aircraft Radio Stations and Equipment
Subject 18 Airworthiness Rules and Requirements
2.2 The examinations in Subjects 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 will each be of 1 hours duration

and will normally consist of forty multi-choice questions and five questions
requiring short answers.
1
NCAR, Chapter F.3 Issue 1, September 1982
2.3 The examinations in Subjects 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 and 17 will
each be of two hours duration and will normally consist of 40 multi-choice
questions and 5 questions requiring short answers.
2.4 The examination in Subject 18 will be an oral examination.
2.5 An examination for the addition of a rating to a category may be written, oral and
practical and of such duration as the Director General may determine in each
particular case.
3. EXPERIENCE
3.1 No person may be granted an aircraft maintenance technician licence Type II

unless:
a) he has completed four years of practical experience of aircraft maintenance

engineering, or
b) he has completed two years of practical experience and satisfactorily
completed an approved ab initio training course as an aircraft maintenance
technician.
Note: Practical experience of aircraft maintenance engineering must be experience of
maintenance of the civil registered aircraft, aircraft components or aircraft
systems.
3.2 An applicant to sit the written examinations Subject 1 to 5 is required to have
completed one year of practical experience before his application will be accepted.
3.3 An applicant to sit the written examinations Subject 6 to 17 is required to have
completed two years of practical experience before his application will be
accepted.
3.4 An applicant to sit the oral examination Subject 18 is required to have obtained
the examination credits and practical experience prescribed for the grant of the
particular category of licence for which he has applied.
3.5 Of the total experience of an applicant for the initial issue of a licence category, a
minimum of one year must be experience relevant to the scope of the particular
category. The relevant experience shall have been gained not more than two years
previous to the date of application.
3.6 Of the total experience of an applicant for a rating to a licence category, a
minimum of six months must be experience of maintenance of the particular civil
registered aircraft, aircraft components or aircraft systems to be included in the
rating. The maintenance experience shall have been gained not more than one year
previous to the date of application. An applicant for a rating is also required to
submit a Schedule of Work before the rating will be issued.
Note: A Schedule of Work is a list of maintenance tasks completed on particular civil
registered aircraft, aircraft components or aircraft systems by the applicant and
certified by his supervisor as a true and proper record. Guidance on acceptable
Schedules of Work for each category of licence is given in Appendix-2 of this chapter.
2
The record of maintenance tasks should be entered in an Aircraft Maintenance
Experience Log.
4. CREDITS REQUIRED FOR LICENCE CATEGORIES
4.1 All Categories: For the grant of a licence in any category, the applicant shall, by
pass or exemption, hold credits in the following subjects:
Subject 1 Basic Mathematics and Physics

Subject 2 Workshop Practice
Subject 3 Aircraft Materials and Standard Parts
Subject 4 Aircraft General Knowledge
Subject 5 Avionic General Knowledge
4.2 Particular Categories: For the grant of a licence in a particular category, the
applicant shall, by pass or exemption, hold credits additional to those listed in
paragraph 4.1 as follows:
4.2.1 Licence in Category 'A' (Airframes)
a) Group 1 or 2, Aeroplanes
Subject 6 Aeroplane Aerodynamics and Design

Subject 8 Aircraft Structure and Landing Gear
Subject 10 Aircraft Systems
b) Group 3 Rotorcraft
Subject 7 Rotorcraft Aerodynamics and Design

Subject 9 Helicopter Construction and Systems
4.2.2 Licence in Category 'C' (Engines)
a) Group 1 Piston Engines
Subject 11 Piston Engines
b) Group 2 Gas Turbine Engines
Subject 12 Gas Turbine Engines
3
4.2.3 Licence in Category 'X' (Electrical Systems)
a) Group 1, Simple Electrical Systems
b) Group 2 Type Electrical Systems

4.2.4 Licence in Category 'X' (Instruments)
a) Group 1 Simple Instrument Systems
b) Group 2 Type Instrument Systems

4.2.5 Licence in Category 'R' (Radio and Associated Avionic Systems)
a) All Groups

Subject 16 Basic Radio and Navigation Theory
Subject 17 Aircraft Radio Stations and Equipment
5. KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERIENCE REQUIRED FOR RATINGS
5.1 A rating will be granted to an applicant who has obtained the credits and
experience required for the relevant category and, additionally:
a) has completed a satisfactory Schedule of Work in respect of the type or group

of aircraft, aircraft components or aircraft systems to be included in the rating,
and
b) has passed written, oral and practical examination on the type of aircraft,
aircraft components or aircraft system to be included in the rating, and
c) if the type is classified in a group for which completion of an approved course
is mandatory, has successfully completed the approved course.

4
SECTION F

CHAPTER F.4 ISSUE 1
SEPTEMBER 1982
RESPONSIBILITIES OF LICENSED AIRCRAFT

MAINTENANCE TECHNICIANS
1. GENERAL
1.1 The privileges granted to the holder of a rated aircraft maintenance technician
licence are prescribed in Chapter F.1; no privileges are granted by the issue of an
unrated licence in any category. This chapter amplifies the prescription of Chapter
F.1 and defines the responsibilities and limitations of holders of rated licenses in
each category.
1.2 Any maintenance which involves the certification of work which is outside the
privileges of an aircraft maintenance technician licensed in one category only, shall
be jointly certified by technician who, between them, are licensed in all the
appropriate categories.
1.3 Any maintenance which involves welding, non-destructive testing other than
penetrant-dye testing, or other work involving specialist skills such as heat
treatment or electro-plating, may be certified by an aircraft maintenance
technician only if he holds a Certificate of Competency or an approval for the
purpose.
Note: An applicant for a Certificate of Competency must apply to the Airworthiness Division.
A certificate of Competency will be granted only to an applicant who has been
appropriately trained and passes such tests as the Director General may require.
1.4 The holder of a Type II licence is not authorized to certify work which has
involved partial or complete disturbance of bench-tested components, unless
adjustment or module replacement is normally performed in situ and functioning
tests can be completed using only terst equipment normally used for in situ
testing.
2. LICENCE IN CATEGORY 'A'
2.1 A licence in Category 'A' authorizes the holder to certify, for the aeroplanes or
rotorcraft for which his licence is rated, minor maintenance of:
a) the aircraft structure, including all transparencies,

b) the flying control systems except auto-flight systems,
1
c) the landing-gear,
d) the airframe systems, except those defined as avionic systems or powerplant
systems,
e) fuel and oil tanks which are not an integral part of the powerplant,
f) rotorcraft clutches, transmissions and rotors, including balancing of rotors,
g) safety equipment, e.g. life jackets dinghies and first aid kits,
h) control cabin and passenger cabin furnishings; galley, toilet and cargo
compartment equipment and systems,
i) equipment for aerial work, parachute dropping, etc., placards and markings.
2.2 The holder of a licence in Category 'A' may issue Certificates of Compliance
relating to replacement of airframe electrical or instrument components provided
the subsequent serviceability of the electrical or instrument installations can be
function checked without using avionic test equipment and if no appropriately
licensed technician is available.
2.3 The holder of a licence in Category 'A' may weigh an aeroplane or rotorcraft for
which his licence is rated and calculate the Empty Weight centre-of-gravity
position.
2.4 Unless approved to do so by the Director General, the holder of a licence in

Category 'A' is not authorised to certify major maintenance, which includes:
a) reassembly of structural joints requiring special techniques,

b) complete riveted, glued or bonded joints in structures,
c) welded and brazed joints,
d) fabric covering of a complete fuselage or aerofoil
3. LICENCE IN CATEGORY 'C'
3.1 A licence in Category 'C' authorizes the holder to certify, for the engines for wich
his licence is rated, minor maintenance of:
a) installed propulsion and A.P.U. engines and the work involved in changing an
engine,
b) installed propellers and the work involved in changing a propeller,
c) powerplant control systems, including thrust reverser controls, from control
cabin to powerplant,
d) powerplant supply systems, i.e. fuel, oil and water/methanol,
e) powerplant protection systems, i.e. anti-icing, de-icing, fire detection and fire
extinguishing systems,
f) components driven by or associated with the engine, such as gear boxes,
coolers, turbo-chargers, etc.
2
g) powerplant cowling, firewalls, shrouds, thrust reversers, pylons, engine
mountings, etc.,
h) engine placards and markings.
3.2 The holder of a licence in Category 'C' may issue Certificates of Compliance
relating to replacement only of engine electrical or instrument components
provided the subsequent serviceability of the electrical or instrument installations
can be function checked without using avionic test equipment, and if no
appropriately licensed technician is available.
3.3 The holder of a licence in Category 'C' may ground test the engines for which his
licence is rated provided he is familiar with the aeroplanes in which they are
installed.
Note: Ground test of engines installed on rotorcraft is not authorized.
3.4 Unless approved to do so by the Director General, the holder of a licence in

Category 'C' is not authorized to certify major engine maintenance, which
includes:
a) any dismantling of a piston engine to a greater extent than is necessary to

perform top overhaul of the cylinders,
b) any dismantling of a gas turbine engine to a greater extent than is necessary to
perform work specified as "line maintenance" modular unit change or hot
section inspection, balancing of propellers or rotating assemblies,
c) welded or brazed joints.
4. LICENCE IN CATEGORY 'X' (ELECTRICAL)
4.1 A licence in Category 'X' (Electrical) authorizes the holder to certify minor
maintenance of the electrical systems of the aeroplanes or rotorcraft for which the
licence is rated, including:
a) the electrical power generation and control system, including constant speed
drives, transformers, rectifiers and voltage regulators,
b) the electrical power distribution and consuming systems, including busbars,
cables, switches, relays and motors,
c) engine starting and ignition systems,
d) electrical systems for sensing, controlling, lighting or heating
e) testing and re-charging aircraft batteries.
f) testing aircraft bonding.
3
5. LICENCE IN CATEGORY 'X' (INSTRUMENTS)
5.1 A licence is Category 'X' (Instruments) authorizes the holder to certify minor
maintenance of the instruments, auto-flight systems, compasses and instrument
systems of the aeroplanes or rotorcraft for which the licence is rated, including:
a) sensors and indicators, including bench tests of standard flight and engine
indicating instruments for serviceability,
b) calibration of direct reading and remote reading compasses,
c) flight director and automatic flight systems,
d) air data systems,
e) inertial navigation systems,
f) flight data recorders.
6. LICENCE IN CATEGORY 'R' (RADIO AND ASSOCIATED AVIONIC

SYSTEMS)
6.1 A licence in Category 'R' (Radio and associated avionic systems) authorizes the
holder to certify minor maintenance of the radio and associated avionic systems
for which the licence is rated, including:
a) radio or radar receiving and transmitting equipments,

b) radio station power supplies, selectors, feeders and aerials,
c) headsets and microphones,
d) aircraft intercommunication and passenger entertainment systems
e) electronic alerting systems.
6.2 The holder of a licence in Category 'R' which is rated for A.D.F. systems, may
certify the calibration of rotatable A.D.F. loop aerials after a ground or air check
calibration which he has witnessed.
4
SECTION F

CHAPTER F.5 ISSUE 3
MARCH 2002
RECOGNITION OF FOREIGN LICENCES
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 This chapter prescribes the condition for the recognition of aircraft maintenance
technician licences or equivalent documents issued by the competent authority of a
Contracting State. Recognition means grant of authority to certify the
airworthiness of Nepalese aircraft or aircraft components and may be granted by :
(a) validation of the foreign licence or equivalent document, or

(b) issuing to the holder of the foreign licence or equivalent document a
Nepalese licence, or
(c) issuing to the holder of the foreign licence or equivalent document a letter
of authority, limited in duration and scope, for the purpose of making
specified certifications of particular aircraft or aircraft components
2. VALIDATION OF A FOREIGN LICENCE
2.1 Rendering a licence valid is the action taken by a Contracting State, as an

alternative to issuing its own licence, in accepting a licence issued by any other
Contracting State as the equivalent of it own licence.
2.2 Not being a citizen of Nepal, the holder of a valid foreign licence or equivalent
document may apply for the validation in equivalent categories and with equivalent
ratings and this may be granted by the Director General, if the applicant:
(a) is not less than 21 years of age,

(b) satisfies the Director General that he has sufficient knowledge of the
English language to perform the duties of an aircraft maintenance
engineer/technician.
(c) passes a written or oral examination on Subject 18. Airworthiness Rules
and Requirements, and
(d) pays the prescribed fees.
2.3 Validation remains in force only during the period of validity of the foreign licence.
2.4 A person whose foreign licence has been validated shall not certify Nepalese
aircraft or aircraft components unless he is familiar with the latest issues of all
1
relevant Nepalese Civil Airworthiness Requirements, Flight Standards Notices and
any Airworthiness Directives applicable to the aircraft type.
2.5 A Letter of Validation will be issued to each successful applicant. The letter will
state any limitation imposed by the Director General and shall be in a Form F.5.1
as shown in Appendix-1 to this Chapter F.5.
3. GRANT OF A NEPALESE LICENCE TO A FOREIGN LICENCE HOLDER
3.1 Being a citizen of Nepal, the holder of a valid foreign licence may apply for a
Nepalese licence in equivalent categories and with equivalent ratings and this may
be granted by the Director General, if the applicant :
(a) is not less than 21 years of age,

(b) satisfies the Director General that he has sufficient knowledge of the
English language to perform the duties of an aircraft maintenance
technician,
(c) meets the basic qualification as specifies in paragraph 2 (c), (d) or (e) of
Chapter F.2,
(d) satisfies the Director General, that the knowledge and experience required
for the grant of his foreign licence conformed to the standards specified in
these Requirements.
Note 1: If the foreign licence is without type rating, the applicant shall have to pass
the sampling examination on each category (e.g. Airframe, Engine, Electrical,
Instrument and Radio and Associated Avionic Systems) as well as type
examination on the aircraft, aircraft component and systems for which the
licence is to be rated for.
2: If the foreign licence is rated for types or groups of aircraft on the Nepalese
Civil Aircraft Register, or for aircraft components and systems of such aircraft,
equivalent ratings may only be added to the Nepalese licence after passing
sampling examination on each category the licence is to be rated for. Foreign
licence ratings for aircraft or their components which are not on the Nepalese
Register may not be added to the Nepalese licence.
(e) passes a written or oral examination on Subject 18, Airworthiness Rules

and Requirements, and
(f) pays the required fees.
3.2 The holder of a foreign licence who is granted a Nepalese licence which he wishes
to be rated for aircraft or aircraft components for which his foreign licence is not
rated must meet the knowledge and experience prescribed for the particular ratings
in Chapter F.3 of these Requirements.
3.3 An applicant for Nepalese licence in recognition of his foreign licence must
complete an official application form and forward it, together with his foreign
2
licence and all relevant certificates and work schedules, to the Airworthiness
4. ISSUE OF A LETTER OF AUTHORITY TO A FOREIGN LICENCE HOLDER
4.1 To facilitate the certification of maintenance performed on Nepalese aircraft or

aircraft components, the Director General may issue a Letter of Authority to the
holder of a foreign licence or equivalent document provided the foreign licence or
equivalent document is appropriately rated for the maintenance to be certified or if
it not appropriately rated, that it is in an appropriate category and that the
competency of the foreign licence or document holder is established to the
satisfaction of the Director General.
4.2 A Letter of Authority will state which particular maintenance tasks on specified
aircraft or aircraft components the holder may certify. It will normally be valid for
six months only but may be renewed for a further period at the discretion of the
Director General.
4.3 Where a Letter of Authority is issued, it shall be in a Form F.5.2 as shown in

Appendix 2 to this Chapter F.5.
3
Form F.5.1 Appendix-1
Letter of Validation Number

..
Mr. .., the holder of .. Licence/Certificate/

Approval Number issued by ,
whose photo and signature appears below is hereby authorized to carry out and certify all
maintenance works on Nepalese registered aircraft 9N- . on Categories ......
by using the privileges and limitations mentioned on his ... Lincece/
Certificate/Approval.
Validity
From Till Signature and

Stamp
2" x 2"
Holders Photo and Signature

. Date : .
1
Form F.5.2 Appendix-2
Letter of Authority Number

..
Mr. .., the holder of .. Licence/Certificate/

Approval Number issued by ,
whose photo and signature appears below is hereby authorized to carry out and certify
maintenance works as specified below on Nepalese registered aircraft 9N-
by using the privileges and limitations mentioned on his ... Lincece/
Certificate/Approval.
Maintenance works authorized to carry out and certify: ..
Validity
From Till Signature and

Stamp
2" x 2"
Holders Photo and Signature

. Date : .
1
2
SECTION C
CHAPTER C.4 ISSUE 4
JANUARY 2009
MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES
1. GENERAL
1.1 This chapter prescribes the requirements for Maintenance Schedules, including
the Maintenance Programme and the standards for obtaining approval.
1.2 Chapter C.1 prescribes that the operator shall provide, for the use and guidance of
maintenance and operational personnel concerned, a maintenance
program/schedule, approved by the Director General, containing the information
required in the following paragraph 2.
1.3 The specific periodic maintenance task and their frequency of completion and
related procedures such as reliability programme, necessary for safe operation of
the aircraft shall be prescribed in the Maintenance Programme included in the
Maintenance Schedule.
1.4 The design and application of the Operator's Maintenance Programme shall take
into consideration Human Factors principles.
1.5 An approved Maintenance Schedule prescribes the minimum maintenance to be

performed: additional maintenance necessitated by defects or deteriorating
condition shall be performed whenever necessary.
2. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONTENT
2.1 Approval of Maintenance Schedule will be granted only if it contains:

a) The registered name and address of the operator,
b) A reference number, issue number and date,
c) The type designation of the aircraft and, as applicable, identification of the
types of engines, propellers and avionic equipment installed,
d) The intended operational use of the aircraft,
e) Daily and/or pre-flight check list,
f) The maximum periods for which a Maintenance Release may be issued,
g) Schedule Inspection to be made on the aircraft, aircraft components and
aircraft systems and installed equipment including their cleaning, inspection
and lubrication,
Checks to be made after abnormal occurrences, such as heavy landings, abnormal
flight loads, lighting strikes, bird strikes, etc.
1
NCAR, Chapter C.4 Issue 4,January, 2009
Rev 01 Feb 2010
h) The Maintenance Programme.
2.2 A Maintenance Programme shall contain:
a) maintenance tasks and the intervals at which these are to be performed, taking into
account the anticipated utilization of the aeroplane;
b) when applicable, a continuing structural integrity programme;
c) procedures for changing or deviating from a) and b) above; and
d) when applicable, condition monitoring and reliability programme descriptions for
aircraft systems, components and powerplants.
Maintenance tasks and intervals that have been specified as mandatory in approval of
the type design shall be identified as such.
The maintenance programme should be based on maintenance programme information

made available by the State of Design or by the organization responsible for the type
design, and any additional applicable experience.
2.3 A Maintenance Programme must identify any components to be maintained "On

Condition" or by "Condition Monitoring" and describe related procedures such as
reliability programme, engine condition trend monitoring programme (ECTM)
etc. and also specify any periodic checks to be made to indicate their condition.
The guidelines for the development of reliability monitoring program has been
given in the appendix to this chapter.
2.4 The periods between schedule inspections will normally be in terms of time in
service with overriding calendar times, but inspections governed by other criteria,
such as number of landings or engine running cycles, may also be approved.
2.5 The Maintenance Schedule shall have provision for the incorporation of
amendments required by the Director General, such as those arising from the
issue of Airworthiness Directives or to comply with the standards of Chapter
C.14 and C.15 of these Requirements.
3. COMPILATION AND AMENDMENT
3.1 For the continuing airworthiness of the aircraft, the aircraft operator is responsible
for the compilation of the Maintenance Schedule for his aircraft and for its
submission for approval to the Airworthiness Inspection Division, Aviation Safety
Department, Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal.
3.2 A Maintenance Schedule may be based on a schedule from the aircraft

manufacturer or from another operator of the same type of aircraft but must
include any changes required to comply with these Requirements or to suit
Nepalese operating conditions and maintenance facilities.
3.3 When applying for approval, two copies of the Maintenance Schedule or of
amendments thereto, must be submitted to the Airworthiness Inspection Division,
2
Rev 01 Feb 2010
Aviation Safety Department, and Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal. If approval is
granted, one copy will be returned to the operator, bearing an approval stamp and
signature; the other copy will be retained by the Airworthiness Inspection
Division. The returned, stamped copy is the operator's master copy and all
working copies must be identical with it.
3.4 After a Maintenance Schedule is approved any subsequent amendments must also
be approved. Repetitive inspections prescribed by an Airworthiness Directive
must be added to the schedule and submitted for approval within one month of
the issue of the Airworthiness Directive.
3.5 If a modification or repair embodied in an aircraft, or the installation of additional

equipment, affects the maintenance required, an amendment to the Maintenance
Schedule must be submitted for approval.
3.6 Where additional maintenance instructions have been prepared in compliance

with the standards of Chapter C.14 and C.15 of these Requirements, these shall
be incorporated into the Maintenance Schedule and an amendment to the
Maintenance Schedule must be submitted for approval.
3.7 Copies of all amendments to the maintenance programme shall be furnished

promptly to all organizations or persons to whom the maintenance programme
has been issued.
3
Rev 01 Feb 2010

Ncar PDF

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Ncar PDF

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

NEPALESE CIVIL AIRWORTHINESS REQUIREMENTS

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CHAPTER TITLE ISSUE NO. DATE

SECTION B. AIRWORTHINESS CERTIFICATION

B.1 Type Certificates 4 January 2009

SECTION C. MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

C.1 Maintenace of Aircraft 4 January 2009

SECTION D. APPROVAL PROCEDURES

D.1 Maintenance Organizations 2 January 2009

SECTION E. MANUALS AND RECORDS

E.1 Documents to be Carried in Flight 2 January 2009

SECTION F. AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN LICENSES

F.1 License Categories, Ratings and Privileges 4 January 2009

Appendix 1: Syllabi of Examinations for Aircraft

Appendix 2: Experience Required for Grant and Extension

F.4 Responsibilities of Licensed Aircraft Maintenance Technicians 1 September 1982

Issue 1, January 1983

Nepalese Civil Airworthiness Requirements, known hereafter as NCAR January 2009

(Keshab Raj Khanal)

CHAPTER A.1 ISSUE 4

'Aircraft System' means a combination of aircraft components and associated wiring,

Airship means a power-driven lighter-than-air aircraft.

'Appropriate airworthiness requirementsmeans the comprehensive and detailed

Approved Maintenance Organization means an organization approved/accepted/validated

'Associated aircraft systems'means those aircraft systems drawing electrical/pneumatic power

'Auxiliary power-unit (APU)' means a self-contained power-unit on an aircraft providing

'CAAN' stands for Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal.

Competency means a combination of skills, knowledge and attitudes required to perform a

'Contracting State' means a State which is a party to the Convention.

'EASA' stands for European Aviation Safety Agency.

Note. The characteristics of an acceptable flame can be found in ISO 2685.

'IFR' stands for Instrument Flight Rules.

'NFSR' means Neplaese Flying School Requirements.

'Operator' means a person, organization or enterprise, engaged in or offering to engage in an

Ornithopter means a power-driven heavier-than-air aircraft supported in flight chiefly by the

'Repair' means the restoration of an aeronautical product to an airworthy condition to ensure

'Rotorcraft' means a power-driven heavier-than-air aircraft supported in flight by the reactions

'Standard atmosphere' means an atmosphere defined as follows:

Sea level mean molar mass: M0 = 28.964 420 10-3 kg mol-1

Sea level atmospheric pressure: P0 = 1013.250 hPa

Sea level temperature:

Temperature of the ice point: Ti = 273.15 K

Geopotential altitude (Km) Temperature gradient (km)

11.0 20.0 0.0

'Type Design' means

(b) information on dimensions, materials and manufacturing processes necessary to

'Validation' means the acceptance of certificate/approval or any other document issued by

Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal.

CHAPTER A.2 ISSUE 3

PROCEDURE FOR ISSUE OF NCAR, AND ITS AMENDMENTS

2.5 A designated official in Airwprthiness Inspection Division shall be reponsible for

2.11 It shall be the responsibility of the approved organization, owner or operator to

Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal.

CHAPTER A.3 ISSUE 3

RESPONSIBILITY OF OWNER OR OPERATOR AND

2. SCOPE OF RESPONSIBILITY OF OWNER OR OPERATOR

2.2 Each owner or operator engaged in air transport service shall:

a) ensure that the Certificate of Airworthiness of each aircraft they operate

3. SCOPE OF RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY OF

a) Airworthiness audit of the approved organization within the scope of a pre-

b) spot checks of aircraft and aircraft components undergoing maintenance and

c) investigation of reportable defects.